Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals / Treatt

Treatt

tet · LSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker tet
Exchange LSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Treatt
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
T

r

e

a

T

T

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

2

ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2022

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
 
 
 
 
 
TREATT

OUR JOURNEY

We deliver long-term sustainable growth by strategically increasing our relevance to the growing global 
markets we serve. Our natural extracts and synthetic ingredients are used by the world’s leading 
flavour and fragrance houses, and beverage manufacturers, to turn good products into great ones.

FlaVOUr

FraGraNce

HealTH

A new chapter

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionTreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

1

WHAT’S IN OUR REPORT

Financial Statements
Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the Members of Treatt Plc 
Group Income Statement 
Group Statement of  
Comprehensive Income 
Group Statement of Changes  
in Equity 
Parent Company Statement  
of Changes in Equity 
Group and Parent Company  
Balance Sheets 
Group and Parent Company  
Statements of Cash Flows 
Group Reconciliation of  
Net Cash Flow to Movement  
in Net Debt 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Other Information
Notice of Annual General Meeting 
Parent Company Information  
and Advisors 
Financial Calendar 

104
110

111

112

113

114

116

118
120

150

157
158

Overview
Welcome 
Highlights 
At a Glance 

Strategic report
Our Business Model 
Chairman’s Statement 
Market Overview 
Our Ambition and Strategy 
Chief Executive’s Review 
Key Performance Indicators 
Sustainability 
Stakeholder Engagement 
Financial Review 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
Going Concern and  
Viability Statement 

corporate Governance
Board of Directors 
Corporate Governance Statement 
Nomination Committee Report 
Audit Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Directors’ Report 
Statement of Directors’  
Responsibilities 

2
3
4

6
8
10
14
20
22
24
50
54
62

68

70
72
79
81
84
100

103

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionOverview

Welcome

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 2

TREATT

OUR PURPOSE-DRIVEN ORGANISATION

‘If purpose is the input, then passion is our output.’

Becca Day, People Business Partner

Why we’re here

What we do

How we do it

We EXTRACT EXCELLENCE and ENHANCE EVERY DAY making the 
world TASTE BETTER through the manufacture and supply of AUTHENTIC 
NATURAL EXTRACTS and IMPACTFUL SYNTHETIC INGREDIENTS for the 
beverage, and flavour and fragrance industries with PRIDE and PASSION, 
INTEGRITY, RESPECT and TRUE TEAMWORK.

STRENGTHENING OUR FOUNDATIONS

Having navigated an extraordinarily challenging year, we move into the next phase of growth with a heightened sense of focus on 
our strategy and a deepened appreciation for what we know our people can deliver. Over the next five years, we will continue to:

DeepeN OUr MarKeT INSIGHTS
Increasing our relevance to the growing 
markets we serve remains a key aspect 
of our five-year plan, making our recent 
investments in market insights and 
customer research more prudent than ever.

DrIVe SUSTaINaBle cOMMercIal GrOWTH
We are recalibrating the business around the 
needs of our customers, focusing on how we 
can accelerate growth in key territories, such 
as China, in such a way that will improve the 
profitability of our organisation.

realISe OperaTIONal eFFIcIeNcIeS
Our ongoing transition to a new site in the 
UK, coupled with the recent expansion in 
North America, has been the catalyst for truly 
transformative operational efficiencies that will 
benefit, not only our growing customer base, 
but also our people.

FOcUS ON OUr cUlTUre
One cannot underestimate the impact that 
the last two and a half years have had on all 
organisations across all industries. The last 
year has shown us the strength of our people 
but has also importantly reminded us of the 
constant need to invest in and prioritise our 
culture, as it is central to our ability to create 
value for all our stakeholders.

Contents Generation – Sub PageHighlights

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

3

HIGHLIGHTS

FINANCIAL

Revenue1

£140.2m

m
2
.
0
4
1
£

.

m
3
4
2
1
£

.

m
2
2
1
1
£

.

m
7
2
1
1
£

.

m
0
9
0
1
£

Profit Before Tax And Exceptional Items1

£15.3m

.

m
9
0
2
£

m
3
.
5
1
£

.

m
8
4
1
£

.

m
3
3
1
£

.

m
6
2
1
£

2018 2019 2020

2021 2022

12.8%

2018 2019 2020 2021

2022

(27.1%)

Profit Before Tax1

£16.2m

.

m
6
9
1
£

m
2
.
6
1
£

.

m
7
3
1
£

.

m
5
2
1
£

m
5
.
1
1
£

Adjusted Net Operating Margin2,3

Adjusted Return on Average Capital Employed3,4,5

Dividend Per Share6

11.3%

%
8
3
1

.

%
4
2
1

.

%
0
2
1

.

%
2
7
1

.

%
3
.
1
1

11.6%

%
9
.
1
2

%
9
0
2

.

%
8
8
1

.

%
5
8
1

.

%
6
.
1
1

7.85p

p
5
8
.
7

p
0
5
7

.

p
0
0
6

.

p
0
5
5

.

p
0
1
.
5

2018 2018 2020 2021 2022

2019

(17.5%)

2018

2019

2020 2021

2022

(590bps)

2018 2019 2020 2021

2022

(930bps)

2018 2019 2020 2021

2022

4.7%

prODUcTION cOMMeNceD aT  
OUr NeW UK FacIlITY
Majority of our UK manufacturing 
transitioned to the new site during 
the third quarter, with a record sales 
month reported for the UK business 
in August 2022.

INVeSTMeNT IN OUr peOple 
INFraSTrUcTUre
Execution of planned investment in 
the knowledge, talent and capability 
of our people resources, supported by 
the creation of an experienced global 
executive leadership team.

OPERATIONAL

INFlaTIONarY preSSUreS 
acrOSS THe SUpplY cHaIN
Planned mitigation of the impact 
of risings costs through measures 
including sales price increases, 
margin discipline, strengthened cost 
controls and strategic inventory build 
to maintain supply.

cONTINUING TO DrIVe aND eMBeD 
OUr SUSTaINaBIlITY STraTeGY
Introduced our people, planet and 
performance pillars to clarify our 
strategy and progress, working  
with colleagues across the business 
on key priorities to ensure our 
collective efforts make for positive, 
measurable change.

a prOMISING FIrST Year  
FOr OUr cHINa eNTITY
First full year of trading by our 
China business, overcoming further 
lockdown restrictions to deliver 
revenue growth and win new  
and promising opportunities in  
this market.

1  Excluding discontinued operations in 2018, 2019 and 2020. There were no discontinued operations in 2021 and 2022. 
2  Operating profit is calculated as profit before net finance costs and taxation. 
3  Excludes exceptional items, details of which are provided in note 8 of the financial statements. 
4  The methods of calculating financial key performance indicators are shown on page 22.
5  Return on average capital employed is considered to be an alternative performance measure, details on these and the equivalent statutory measures are provided in note 31 of the financial statements.
6  The dividend per share relates to the interim dividend declared and final dividend proposed in the corresponding financial year, details of which are provided in note 10 of the financial statements.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionAt a Glance

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 4

MAKING THE WORLD TASTE BETTER EVERY DAY

AT A GLANCE

Our natural extracts and synthetic ingredients are used to differentiate products across the 
food and beverage, and personal care sectors the world over.

aUTHeNTIc NaTUral eXTracTS
We have been a key player in the natural extracts industry for over a century 
and bring our inimitable wealth of knowledge to every interaction with our 
customers. The strength and diversity of our supplier relationships ensure we 
deliver consistently high quality and cost-effective products at scale. Whether 
we are working with citrus, tea, coffee, fruit & vegetables, herbs, spices, & 
floral ingredients, or sugar reduction products, we enable our customers to 
achieve their commercial goals. 

IMpacTFUl SYNTHeTIc INGreDIeNTS
Our high impact and synthetic aroma ingredients are predominantly 
manufactured in the UK, minimising risk and ensuring a consistently high 
quality for our customers, no matter what scale. Our impeccable customer 
service and unrivalled regulatory expertise are relied upon by customers 
across the globe, as is the breadth of our product portfolio. 

WHO We are aND WHere We OperaTe

People

425

Products sold In 75+ 
countries

1,700

Customers

786

Split of natural extracts  
and synthetic ingredients

79%

Locations worldwide

Sales

3

£140.2m

Number of charities 
supported

12

“Our position in the value system is a huge 
advantage. We know these raw materials 
like no one else, consistently capturing the 
best of nature so that our lemon tastes 
the same, whether it’s being enjoyed in 
Edinburgh or Ecuador.”  
Melanie Cooksey-Stott,  
Chief Supply Chain Officer 

Global

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

5

A YEAR IN PICTURES

A YEAR IN
Pictures

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Our Business Model

OUR BUSINESS MODEL 

WELCOME TO OUR WORLD

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

6

Contents Generation – Sub PageOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

7

OUR BUSINESS MODEL CONTINUED

OUR CHANNEL MIX

FLAVOUR HOUSES
We forge relationships with the key flavour house companies in each of our territories, developing strong connections shaped by our 
unrivalled ingredient knowledge and dedication to outstanding customer service.

BeVeraGe BraNDS
Our authentic natural extracts and ingredients are sought after for 
their ability to bring the ‘real deal’ to a finished beverage by the 
world’s biggest brands, as well as start-ups tipped for success.

Customers continue to choose us because we:

•  Always put them first

•  Have a broad and market-driven product range 

•  Are world-class technical experts

•  Service diverse routes to growing markets

•  Proudly take a responsible approach to sourcing

•  Mitigate risk with dual-site manufacturing in strategic locations

OUr aDDreSSaBle MarKeT
The global alcoholic beverage market will increase in value to over 
USD 1.98 trillion by 2025, with the global non-alcoholic beverage 
market expected to reach a valuation of USD 1.3 trillion by 2030. 
Adult millennials and GenZ consumers make up almost 50%  
of the world’s population, representing a potential four billion  
health-conscious consumers aligned with our offering.

2022 CUSTOMER 
PERCEPTION SURVEY
In this year’s survey, we sought 
to understand how our brand was 
perceived by our customers in 
each of our key territories. 

The findings showed that our 
customers universally value our 
quality, the trust we have earned, 
and our ingredient expertise.

38

NpS score

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionChairman’s Statement

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

A YEAR OF PROGRESS

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

8

It’s a new chapter for Treatt in many ways, with new UK premises, a new Executive Leadership Team  
and a new Chairman ready to hit the ground running.

Tim Jones 
Chairman

Culture

These infrastructure updates and changes to the 
team are undoubtedly vital to our ability to deliver 
on the exciting market opportunities we have long 
perceived and are the reason I have remained as 
Chairman to see them through.

perFOrMaNce
In many ways, the performance of the Group has 
been strong. We have seen good growth across all 
categories, aside from hard tea. That such growth 
has not been fully reflected in the bottom line is 
frustrating, and caused by a number of factors, 
including the margin impact in hard tea, the impact 
of foreign exchange, input cost increases and 
lockdowns in Shanghai – the home of our China 
facility. I am confident that learnings are being 
taken forward in all of these areas. 

The new executive leadership team is firmly 
focused on optimising our increased capacity 
and sales through to the bottom line over coming 
years. With sales volumes going up, strong existing 
customer relationships, new customer wins, 
expanded market presences and vibrant new 
categories like coffee, there are, in my view, many 
reasons to be optimistic about Treatt’s performance 
and potential.

As I step down as Chairman after eleven years,  
I believe the Company has made significant 
progress this year, notwithstanding some 
disappointment around profitability. We have 
completed a period of substantial transition and 
consolidation, which enables us to expand our 
production capacity, launch new products, attract 
new customers and develop new markets and 
territories for years to come.

a Year OF prOGreSS
Many years of planning have come to fruition  
this year as we transferred operations to our 
new UK premises, grew our revenues, enhanced 
our Board and finalised our new global executive 
leadership team. 

The new UK site offers many benefits, from 
increased capacity and efficiency to more 
advanced systems, technology and sustainability 
benefits. Moving operations into Skyliner Way 
was a challenge, but our teams rallied to keep our 
customers on board and came together to get 
goods out of the door. The strength of our culture 
was evident as we overcame the teething issues 
and ensured we delivered on our substantial order 
book, with a record month in August.

To make the most of our investments in both the 
UK and US sites, we know that we needed to 
enhance and expand our people infrastructure. We 
needed to build a global leadership team of senior 
people to work with Daemmon and I am delighted 
with the talent we have brought in. 

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

9

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT CONTINUED

Our values 
Our values are the fuel that drives the culture and 
success of our growing business. They are the 
cornerstones of our organisation as they were 
created, owned and are championed by all our 
employees over three continents.

BOarD cHaNGeS
We have enhanced the Board over the year, with 
the addition of Christine Sisler and Philip O’Connor. 

Christine brings direct beverage experience 
from one of our key clients. She understands 
the business and our markets, particularly in the 
US, and brings key skills in development and 
commercialisation amongst many others.

Philip brings substantial experience, having been a 
CEO and Finance Director within the food industry. 
He founded two successful start-up businesses 
and has expertise in high growth businesses and 
in M&A.

I am also delighted that Vijay Thakrar will be 
my successor. Vijay has developed an extensive 
knowledge of Treatt which will complement his 
significant experience from a broad business and 
non-executive career covering a number of large 
international organisations.

DIVIDeND
The Directors are pleased to propose a final 
dividend of 5.35p per share (2021: 5.50p), which 
represents an increase in the total dividend for the 
year of 4.7% to 7.85p (2021: 7.50p). If approved by 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, the 
final dividend will be payable on 16 March 2023 
to all shareholders on the register at the close of 
business on 3 February 2023. 

OUTlOOK
The foundations of the Group are stronger than 
ever. Following the significant work completed over 
the last couple of years, Treatt is well placed to 
maximise the opportunities presented by its new 
premises in Skyliner Way, and take the business 
to the next level in terms of customer attraction, 
innovation and growth across our markets.

On a personal level, to see the business grow and 
develop into what it is today over the 11 years I 
have spent with Treatt has been a career highlight. 
The difference in premises, infrastructure, capacity, 
people, culture and strategy from then to now is 
extraordinary. Treatt has made huge leaps in so 
many aspects of what we do and is now perfectly 
poised for bigger things. I am enormously proud 
of what the business has accomplished across the 
last decade and wish Daemmon, Vijay, everyone at 
Treatt and all my fellow shareholders good fortune 
for the future.

Tim Jones 
Chairman

29 November 2022

INTeGrITY 
We are committed to excellence at 
every turn whilst working to the 
highest possible standards across 
the business.

TeaMWOrK 
Working in partnership is how we 
best serve our customers, exceed 
their expectations and meet their 
needs, no matter how ambitious.

cHalleNGe 
We strive for progress across the 
business and always work to find a 
better way to improve our service.

prIDe & paSSION 
Our people love what they do and 
are driven by the desire to delight 
everyone they work with. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionMarket Overview

MARKET OVERVIEW

OUR ADDRESSABLE MARKET

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

10

The global alcoholic beverage market will increase in value to over USD 1.98 trillion by 2025, with 
the global non-alcoholic beverage market expected to reach a valuation of USD 1.3 trillion by 2030.

“ Understanding the macro environmental trends impacting beverage 
innovation is very much part of the modern skillset at Treatt.”

Douglas rash 
Chief Commercial  
Officer

Adult millennials and GenZ consumers make up 
almost 50% of the world’s population, representing 
a potential four billion health-conscious consumers 
aligned with our offering.

“ Whether it’s a vitamin-infused super fruit 
smoothie someone drinks first thing in 
the morning, the nitro cold brew coffee 
that gives the mid-morning caffeine hit, 
or the canned ready to drink cocktail 
enjoyed on the commute home, beverages 
increasingly need to be better for us and 
the world we live in.”

MarKeT OVerVIeW 
Understanding the macro environmental trends 
impacting beverage innovation is very much part 
of the modern skillset at Treatt. Our insights 
team work closely with our innovation, product 
management, applications, and sales colleagues to 
ensure we maintain our relevance to the dynamic 
and challenging markets we all serve.

We use these insights to shape our own new 
product development, as well as support our 
customers’ innovation strategies as they  
seek to differentiate themselves in rapidly  
changing environments.

While the pace of innovation in our industry 
quickens, we continue to see very strong signals 
that suggest consumer interest in Health & 
Wellbeing has morphed from being a trend to a way 
of life. It remains a key motivator for consumers 
globally as it continues to evolve, sparking new 
opportunities for beverage innovation.

Insights

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

11

MARKET OVERVIEW CONTINUED

MacrOTreND: HealTH FOr all
As the Health & Wellbeing movement evolves, we 
are seeing increasing interest in consumer goods 
and services that are designed for everyone, 
and every occasion. This trend speaks to a 
growing interest in mental wellbeing, as well as 
one’s physical health, and now crucially, also 
encompasses health of the planet.

TreNDBITeS
We go beyond the macro to understand how 
megatrends like this evolve – and work with our 
internal teams, as well as our customers, to best 
understand how all of this creates opportunities for 
differentiation in our industry.

SUSTaINaBIlITY aND eTHIcS
This trend was born from the increasing desire 
to feel good about consumption choices in 
everyday life. There is mounting awareness and 
concern surrounding the scale, complexity and 
interdependence of social and environmental 
challenges globally.

MODeraTION aND aVOIDaNce
Consumers exhibit restraint as a means of 
supporting or improving their wellbeing. In doing 
so, they are moderating ‘villain’ ingredients, such 
as sugar and artificial ingredients for the good 
of their long-term health. The ‘no added sugar’ 
positioning is valued and increasingly embraced by 
manufacturers as one of the most prominent on 
pack claims across beverage categories.

FreSH aND NaTUral
A growing population of global consumers continue 
to shun highly processed products and artificial 
ingredients, in favour of those with stronger natural 
credentials. Such qualities are often perceived as 
healthier, cleaner, more authentic, and ultimately 
better quality.

SeNSOrY aND INDUlGeNce
Consumers are seeking enjoyment beyond 
tangible products themselves. They are becoming 
increasingly experience-driven and are willing to 
pay more for an enhanced brand experience. It is 
therefore becoming more important for brands to 
perform at an experiential level, and offer, varied, 
novel, and complex sensations for optimal enjoyment.

Top five

environmental/ethical claims feature in 
the top five claims across all new product 
launches in all regions globally

76%

of global consumers are actively trying to 
reduce or moderate consumption of sugar

Six-in-10

The degree to which a product or service is 
enjoyable or unique is routinely influential for 
around six-in-10 global consumers, which shows 
an increase of +6% since 2021

USD 849.7bn

The global organic food and beverage market is 
expected to grow from USD255.2 billion in 2020 
and reach USD 849.7 billion in 2028, growing at 
a caGr of 16.4% during the forecast period 

(Source: Organic Food and Beverages Market by Organic Food, 
By Organic Beverages, By Distribution Channel, Region, Global 
Industry Analysis, Market Size, Share, Growth, Trends, and 
Forecast 2021 to 2028 – Fior Markets)

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

12

MARKET OVERVIEW CONTINUED

DRIVERS 

WHO’S DrIVING INNOVaTION?
GenZ and Millennials are the dominating cohorts 
in a complex, five generation consumer landscape. 
Transparency, accountability, and trust are key to 
engaging with these two key demographics, as 
their influence over innovation will only intensify. 
The state of the climate and the move towards a 
green economy are also high on the agenda.

“ Sustainability is no longer a ‘nice to have’ 
as consumers expect brands to move at 
the speed of societal change by making a 
genuine commitment to being transparent 
about progress”

4bn

GenZ and Millennial 
consumers represent a 
potential of four billion 
end consumers aligned 
with our offering

Health

MarKeT OppOrTUNITIeS BY BeVeraGe caTeGOrY

READY TO DRINK (RTD) ALCOHOL
RTD alcohol (which includes hard seltzers) has 
grown faster than any beverage category since 
2018. The category was valued at USD 32.94 
billion last year, and is expected to reach USD 
85.5 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 11.2%. 
North America lead the market and accounts 
for a significant revenue share due to the high 
demand for on-the-go offerings. North America 
represents 40% of the global market, and with 
the hard seltzer market feeling saturated, brands 
are looking to differentiate themselves in this 
space as consumers continue to look for ‘better-
for-you’ options.

Fastest growing flavours:
•  Cherry
•  Guava
•  Kiwi

WHaT’S DrIVING GrOWTH?

Flavour impact
RTD cocktails are all about the sensorial benefits 
they bring – think taste, flavour, or texture. 
Research from International Wines and Spirits 
Record shows that flavour is the number one 
reason why people drink RTD cocktails.  
It’s no surprise that premium products  
with natural ingredients are the  
driving force in this category.

Quality innovation
The RTD space is ripe for creativity. Most new 
product launches in the past 12 months have 
had a premium slant and, in the US, spirit-based 
cocktails such as vodka, tequila and rum are 
driving the growth, pushing ahead where most 
products are still malt based.

Occasion variety
It seems there is an RTD option for everyone and 
every lifestyle, offering a way for consumers to 
experiment with different flavours and spirits. 
In North America, COVID-19 saw this category 
explode and that growth continues as brands  
look to reach consumers through non-traditional 
off premise channels that offer a broad range  
of different consumption opportunities  
and occasions. 

WHaT’S NeXT?
Whisky-based cocktails and high proof spirit-
based cocktails are growing, with a world of 
spirits to be explored and endless flavour pairing 
options available. Experts also expect to see 
growth in non-alcoholic spirit-based cocktails too. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

13

MARKET OVERVIEW CONTINUED

READY TO DRINK COFFEE
While the pandemic had an impact on the out-
of-home coffee market, demand picked up again 
quickly as the economy reopened and interest 
in the category continued to grow. It is still seen 
as a personal luxury – a deeply personal ritual – 
and isn’t something that consumers will readily 
or willingly go without.

WHaT’S DrIVING GrOWTH?
clean indulgence
Cold brew coffee speaks to the desire for a 
healthy beverage that is not only superior in taste 
but is also free of artificial ingredients. Cold brew 
coffee market size is over USD 674.26 million 
this year and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 
25.13% until 2027. 

continued premiumisation
As naturalness, provenance, and the product’s 
ability to deliver on taste all continue to grow in 
importance, the shift towards better quality coffee 
will continue moving one way. As consumers’ 
tastes continue to become more sophisticated, 
brands must ensure products keep pace and 
deliver that all important experience.

Flexible ingredient
Whether it’s coffee-infused water, or espresso 
martini, coffee is one of the most broadly used 
ingredients across functional drinks, carbonates, 
bottled water, and concentrates, as well as  
RTD alcohol.

WHaT’S NeXT?
As technology in this space advances,  
at-home consumption is likely to evolve  
as consumers look to enjoy the ‘coffee  
shop experience’ without having to  
leave the house, as well as on the go.

FUNCTIONAL DRINKS
With an increased emphasis on how to improve 
and protect one’s wellbeing, has come a 
proliferation of innovation in this category, as 
more and more drinks are brought to market with 
claims relating to the product’s performance.  
This broad category encompasses everything 
from sports and energy drinks to vitamin-
enhanced flavoured waters, and kombucha.  
This market is predicted to grow at a CAGR of 
9.38% to reach a value of USD 265.9 billion  
by 2030.

Fastest growing flavours:
•  Citrus
•  Tea
•  Ginger

WHaT’S DrIVING GrOWTH?
Heightened awareness
While there is a vast range of health supplements 
on the market, consumers are increasingly 
looking to get their vitamins from food and 
beverage. The increased knowledge around 
the power of functional ingredients has had 
a significant impact on this thriving category. 
The rise of functional beverages and fermented 
drinks bringing a new era for innovation and 
popularisation.

efficient consumption
As younger consumers seek to maximise every 
drinking occasion, they are looking for ways to 
improve or boost products that are already part 
of their daily routine. Fruit juices with enhanced 
vitamin C levels, flavoured waters that have 
additional protein for a post workout refuel, and 
an RTD kombucha that supports good gut health 
are all common place.

category hybridisation
The demand for beverages with functionality 
beyond hydration spans all categories, both 
alcoholic and non-alcoholic. As consumers 
expect this characteristic across all consumption 
occasions, there is an increasing fluidity across 
traditional pillars in our industry.

WHaT’S NeXT?
Nootropics are supplements that claim to improve 
cognitive functions such as mood, memory, 
creativity, or motivation in healthy individuals. 
The two most common products on the market 
currently are aimed at improving focus and 
calming the mind, so there is still potential for 
this area to grow.

Sources:
•  Global Data
•  Mintel
•  Beverage Daily
•  National Coffee Association

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionOur Ambition and Strategy

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

14

OUR AMBITION AND STRATEGY

DELIVERING LONG-TERM SUSTAINABLE GROWTH

We will deliver long-term sustainable growth by increasing our relevance to growing global markets. 
By focusing on increasing our relevance, and therefore our sustainable competitive advantage,  
we will continue to grow our business in all key territories. 

We WIll DO THIS BY:

EMPOWERING 
PEOPLE

They are the heart of all we do, and 
development in this area will unleash 
the value of our greatest opportunities 
through exceptional people

EMBEDDING 
SUSTAINABILITY

One of the lenses through which we view  
business decisions

TRANSFORMING 
TECHNICAL

We will treble our spend on r&D over 
the next five years

DRIVING 
OPERATIONAL 
EXCELLENCE

We are maximising our incredible 
facilities and will double capacity  
by 2028

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

15

STRATEGY IN ACTION

1. EMPOWERING PEOPLE

Our culture has long been cited as an integral part of why some of the industry’s brightest minds join our team,  
and the world’s biggest brands partner with us time and time again.

At Treatt, keeping our culture on track is everyone’s 
responsibility. We invest in it, prioritise it, and 
recognise that our work is never done. Far from 
being a fixed concept, our culture evolves with our 
business, and the people that work here.

The last two years have been hugely challenging 
for all organisations the world over, irrespective of 
size or industry. We would be remiss to not look to 
understand the impact this period has had on our 
culture, and as an organisation fully committed to 
continuous improvement, we are working on doing 
just that.

This year we appointed a diverse team of Culture 
Ambassadors, representing all business functions 
across each territory. They are working with 
our internal communications department, our 
People Team and Executive Leadership Team, to 
understand how our culture is evolving and what 
needs to be done to ensure we are living up to the 
high standards we set ourselves.

“ While others may see this as progressive, 
putting ourselves under the microscope 
to understand how and where we need to 
improve is very much part of our DNa at 
Treatt. We have a great culture, but don’t 
take it for granted.” 

Steven catanzaro
Sales Associate and Culture Ambassador, USA

“Our people have a purpose, passion, 
and drive that you don’t experience all 
that often – they truly are our ‘not so 
secret’ secret ingredient.”

Jo Mapston,  
Interim Chief People Officer 

Passion

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionSTRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED

2. EMBEDDING SUSTAINABILITY

Sustainability is one of the lenses through which we proudly make key business decisions.

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

16

Our Global Sustainability Manager, and our 
global Sustainability Working Group, have made 
great progress on the implementation of our 
sustainability strategy. A strong emphasis has been 
placed on the importance of ensuring our global 
workforce understand our plans and have a clear 
sense of focus as to the part they play in improving 
our understanding of, and ultimately lessening, the 
impact our organisation has on the planet.

You can learn more about our work on 
sustainability on pages 24 to 49.

WHaT OUr peOple aND OUr cUSTOMerS THINK

“ Sustainability is at the heart of 
our business strategy. We have 
set stretching targets as part of 
our Healthier people, Healthier 
planet strategy and we 
recognise that we cannot meet 
these without our suppliers. 
It is great to see Treatt is 
proactively playing its part 
through efficiency and process 
improvement programmes, as 
well as driving transparency in 
its own supply chain.” 
Leading British soft drinks producer

“ part of the reason I joined 
Treatt was because of the 
emphasis they put on doing 
the right thing for people, 
and the planet. It’s important 
to me to work somewhere 
that stands for something.”
Kesha allen
Marketing, UK

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

17

STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED

3. TRANSFORMING TECHNICAL: INVESTING IN INNOVATION

‘What is going to be different?’ is the burning question people ask Dr Wolfgang Tosch, who joined Treatt  
as our Chief Technical and Scientific Officer in December 2021.

Dr Wolfgang Tosch
Chief Technical and 
Scientific Officer

Wolf, having held several senior positions at 
very successful global beverage and ingredient 
businesses, throughout his career, brings a 
wealth of experience in our industry, as well 
as big ambitions for Treatt’s future. Creating 
and maintaining value for our customers and 
shareholders remains the cornerstone of 
everything Wolf and his team are building and 
embedding in Technical.

When asked what will be different (or the same) 
to deliver the big ambitions for Treatt, Wolf is clear 
on the focus and direction required, having pulled 
together a series of interconnected ‘pillars’ that 
give shape to our aligned priorities; Empower 
People, Enhance Quality, Operate Efficiently and, 
critically, Innovation Implementation.

“One thing that will remain unchanged is the value 
of our people. One of Treatt’s biggest and most 
competitive assets is undoubtedly the quality and 
breadth of our technical expertise and knowledge. 
Curating and continuing to build our knowledge and 
capability is critical.” 

As we move forward, empowering our people and 
continuing to invest in their success remains a 
strong focus as we embed our performance-driven 
culture; this enables clear accountability, creates 
a supportive and collaborative environment where 
people can thrive, fosters a growth mindset and, 
ultimately, creates the positive cultural habits of 
successful organisations. This, coupled with strong 
internal relationships enables us to deliver a great 
experience for our customers.

Quality

empower  
people

enhance  
Quality

Operate  
efficiently

Innovation  
Implementation

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionSTRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED

3. TRANSFORMING TECHNICAL: INVESTING IN INNOVATION

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

18

“ For Treatt, innovation is the 
process by which we remain 
commercially relevant, 
through the implementation 
of new ideas.”

Increasing  
investment from 

2% to 5%

of revenue by 2028

We would be remiss not to consider our impact 
on the planet, and people, as part of this process. 
Sustainability is critical to our future success and 
will become an increasing part of how we create 
value for our stakeholders.

My first year has been incredible. Getting to know 
the people behind the products has been the 
highlight, it’s rare to see such a diverse group of 
‘builders’ so invested in a company’s success. Even 
during challenging times, we have pulled together, 
and that camaraderie and pride is very special, and 
is very Treatt.

Quality is everything to us and at the heart of our 
business. It underpins our values. The emphasis on 
quality is not new for Treatt; it is a core part of how 
our brand is perceived by our customers across all 
product categories, in every territory. 

The difference going forward will be the leadership 
emphasis on ‘right first time’ across the value 
chain and our commitment to upholding the correct 
processes, tools, and governance, embedding this 
deeply across all areas of the organisation. 

By establishing globally aligned ways of working, 
self-directed teams and effectively managing cost 
we are harmonising our efforts across technical 
and manufacturing in powerful and creative ways 
that will drive sustainable business success. The 
difference is that this streamlining will have a 
transformative impact on our ability to identify and 
respond to opportunities for improvement on a 
global scale, while being flexible enough to respond 
to market and business changes – which is  
very exciting.

This provides clarity that empowers our people to 
deliver, drives consistency in decision making and 
execution and continues to give our customers 
confidence that we are both delivering, and holding 
ourselves accountable, to the highest standards.

This too will transcend our operations and our 
operational excellence programme. Over the last 
five years, we have made significant investments  
in our operational infrastructure; our landmark  
UK facility and our expanded US facility. The 
benefits are far-reaching, including everything  
from significantly increased capacity and space  
to grow, to more efficient ways of working for  
our operators. 

Innovation is also critical to our future growth 
and transcends across our product portfolio, new 
processes and technologies. However, defining 
‘innovation’ and what this means for Treatt has 
been an important part of the work we have done 
this year to align our global teams, our approach 
and our execution. 

Being able to innovate is something we take 
pride in and we have had great success in the 
past. The difference here is how we ensure the 
long-term viability of our innovation capability 
and partnerships and, importantly, successful 
implementation. The way in which we are going 
to manage this will be through the development of 
a series of new processes and tools that support 
how we innovate with our customers, focusing on 
the right opportunities and, ultimately, create value. 
With dedicated resources allocated to improving 
the ways in which we innovate, we are excited to 
feel the benefits of this as we look to the future.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

19

STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED

4. DRIVING OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE

“Moving to Skyliner Way will bring about 
short, mid, and long-term transformational 
efficiencies that will have a lasting impact 
on the profitability of our business.”

Babette Norman,  
Manufacturing Director, UK 

“ The potential 
you have now 
could not be 
clearer.”

  customer

“ This place is 
incredible! 
It must feel 
brilliant getting 
to work here 
every day.”
  customer

“ can I stay 
forever?!”
  customer

258

people under one roof

100%

renewable electricity in 
the UK

6

Digital

buildings’ worth of 
storage take up a fraction 
of our new warehouse

Moving from manual 
manufacturing to digital 
automation

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionChief Executive’s Review

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

20

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

A TRUE PERFORMANCE CULTURE

It’s been a mixed year for the business, with very encouraging performance across  
many categories and significant infrastructure progress dampened  
by short-term profitability headwinds. 

Daemmon reeve
Chief Executive

Ambition

There have been many positives this year, 
including strong top line growth and the successful 
transition of almost all UK operations to our new 
site at Skyliner Way. However, we have also faced 
a number of challenges that have affected our 
profitability; we are, however, determined to take 
learnings from these challenges and ensure we 
have greater resilience moving forwards.

Fundamentally, we remain optimistic and 
encouraged by the performance of the Group, 
our enhanced capabilities and the significant 
opportunities across our markets. We feel that 
the business is strategically sound and we’re 
determined to reinvigorate the growth path we’ve 
been on for the past nine years.

We have also reported on the adverse impact of 
increasing volatility in FX movements during the 
second half of the year. In response to this situation, 
we have taken measures to improve controls and 
ensure this is not an issue we face again. For more 
information on measures taken around FX, see the 
Financial Review below.

Finally, our China subsidiary has been heavily 
impacted by extended COVID-19 related restrictions 
which have led to the loss of some higher margin 
revenue in the year. Though it’s unfortunate to still 
be faced with such restrictions, we have built high 
quality relationships with a number of significantly 
sized customers in China and remain very 
optimistic about the potential of the region.

perFOrMaNce
As reported in August 2022, we saw a 
disappointing performance from our higher margin 
tea category this year. In the first half of 2021, 
we were involved in a large and very profitable 
hard tea product launch that did not repeat to 
anywhere near the level we had anticipated. It was 
a niche product and an unusually sized win for the 
category, meaning its subsequent lack of success 
had a disproportionate effect on our margins. The 
vast majority of our tea business remains stable 
and reliable, reflecting the diversified nature of 
our wider portfolio, which sells a multitude of 
ingredients that go into a wide variety of brands, 
meaning we’re typically not highly exposed to such 
volatility in margins.

These challenges have been in stark contrast to 
much of our performance. We’ve seen a strong top 
line performance across the portfolio, with double 
digit growth in almost every category apart from 
hard tea, with a particularly good performance 
across citrus, synthetic aroma and health & 
wellness. Some of that growth has come from 
new product and customer wins across multiple 
categories and geographies, and some of it has 
come from growing existing customers whilst 
passing on selected input cost increases. Coffee 
is a particularly exciting category for us at the 
moment, and one we have high hopes for with our 
new team now in place.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

21

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW CONTINUED

peOple
Following substantial investment in our people in 
the past two years, we believe we now have the 
right team in place to seize the multiple growth 
opportunities available. We have created a new 
executive leadership team to help us reach the next 
level, and I’m very pleased with the strength of 
the individuals we have brought in. Our new CFO 
Ryan Govender has also brought a lot of relevant 
experience to the role and has very quickly bedded 
into the business.

Board changes are often bittersweet as we 
lose trusted voices but gain fresh thinking and 
challenge. As Tim Jones retires, it feels like 
another sign that we’re at the end of a chapter 
for Treatt. He has been a great mentor to me for 
the last 11 years and he will be greatly missed by 
all as an enthusiastic and passionate supporter 
of the business. I would like to personally thank 
him for the immense role he has played in Treatt’s 
development over the past decade. We have 
an excellent replacement for our next chapter 
in Vijay Thakrar, who has already built a great 
understanding of the business and will bring new 
entrepreneurial thinking to the role of Chair.

SKYlINer WaY
Undoubtedly, the highlight of the year is that 
manufacturing is up and running at Skyliner Way. 
As a result, within several months of the move, 
we achieved record levels of sales from the UK in 
August 2022. It is very gratifying that we are already 
seeing the potential for efficiencies from the site and 
this speaks well to our ambition for the future.

On top of the obvious short and long-term 
efficiency and capacity benefits of the new site, 
it’s also a game changer for us when it comes to 
customer attraction. We’ve been able to onboard a 
number of significant target customers already and 
are confident we are changing the way the market 
sees the business. Initial customer feedback is 
positive on the new modern site, facilitating greater 
collaboration on developing flavours and fragrance 
solutions for end consumers.

We’re proud of how everyone at Treatt came 
together to make the transition a success. During 
a time of great change for the business, including 
the biggest move for the business in 50 years, 
I’m hugely grateful to the team for their flexibility 
and dedication. It’s been a real testament to the 
strength of our culture of collaboration and agility.

STraTeGY
As presented at our Capital Markets Day in May 
2022, we have finessed how we communicate our 
strategy though, as before, we remain very much 
focused on delivering long-term sustainable growth. 

SUSTaINaBIlITY
We are seeing significant benefits of having 
appointed a dedicated in-house Global 
Sustainability Manager who is driving and 
embedding our sustainability strategy throughout 
our business and collaborating closely with  
our customers.

During 2022, we have conducted energy audits 
at our facilities in the US and the UK and have 
committed investment to ensure we optimise 
energy efficiency and reduce our emissions; we 
have collected our Scope 3 emissions for the 
first time in order to gain better visibility of our 
total carbon footprint and we have considered 
the possible physical and transitional impacts of 
climate change on our business. We have also 
launched our responsible sourcing policy and are 
working with our suppliers to ensure that our 
supply chain is resilient. I am proud of how the 
business is adapting in support of both people  
and planet.

OUTlOOK
Looking ahead, we are greatly encouraged by 
the growth opportunities from new and existing 
customers, particularly in the US and China and, 
our ongoing progress in coffee.

The key challenges for the year will be 
macroeconomic driven. We are very cognisant 
that there are pressures from multiple angles, 
whether it’s interest rates, inflation or the cost 
of living crisis. However, as demonstrated most 

recently during the pandemic, beverages are seen 
as affordable luxuries and provide great resilience 
in difficult economic times, and the market trends 
towards healthier, natural products continue to 
support our strategy. 

Having taken learnings from the challenges which 
impacted the business over the past twelve months, 
we feel we can look forward with optimism. We 
know our markets well and the premium quality 
and authenticity we bring to the table are still in 
high demand by consumers. As such, I’m confident 
we have the right people and infrastructure in 
place to reach more customers and consumers 
than ever before. 

Daemmon reeve
Chief Executive Officer

29 November 2022

people with purpose, 
expertise and passion

425
Employees

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionKey Performance Indicators

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

FINANCIAL KPIs

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

22

The Group has financial KpIs which 
it monitors on a regular basis at 
Board level and, where relevant, at 
operational executive leadership 
meetings. The key performance 
indicators shown here cover 
a period of five years which 
is reflective of the Board’s 
long-term thinking.

RETURN ON AVERAGE  
CAPITAL EMPLOYED1,2

11.6%

21.9%

20.9%

18.8%

18.5%

NET CASH/ 
(DEBT) TO ADJUSTED EBITDA1,2

GROWTH IN PROFIT BEFORE 
TAX AND EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS1

GROWTH IN ADJUSTED1  
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

(1.21)

1.07

(27.1%)

41.3%

(26.8%)

37.2%

11.6%

0.69

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2018

2019

2020

0.03

2021

2022

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

8.1%

5.2%

11.3%

9.8%

10.7%

(1.1%)

(0.39)

(1.21)

(27.1%)

(26.8%)

return on average capital employed is 
an important measure used to assess the 
profitability of the Group relative to the 
capital being utilised.

Net cash/(debt) is used to ensure that the 
level of debt is appropriate relative to the 
profits generated by  
the business. 

profit before tax and exceptional items is 
considered the most appropriate measure 
of the underlying performance  
of the Group.

adjusted earnings per share is considered 
the most appropriate measure of 
performance which is aligned with 
shareholder value.

Why we measure it

Return on average capital employed enables 
stakeholders to see the profitability of the 
business as a function of how much capital  
has been invested in the business.

It is important to ensure that the level of 
borrowings can be supported by the cash 
flow in the business. EBITDA is widely 
recognised as a good indicator of the cash 
generative performance in year.

Calculation

We divide operating profit from continuing 
operations (as shown in the Group income 
statement) by the average capital employed in 
the business, which we calculate as total equity  
(as shown in the Group balance sheet) plus  
net debt or minus net cash (as shown in 
the Group reconciliation of net cash flow to 
movement in net debt), averaged over the 
opening, interim and closing amounts.

We divide the closing net cash or debt at  
the year-end date by adjusted EBITDA. 
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as operating 
profit before exceptional items (as 
shown in the Group income statement) 
plus depreciation and amortisation from 
continuing operations as shown in note 5 to 
the financial statements.

Profit before tax shows the underlying 
performance of the business for the year. 
We have a clear policy on exceptional items 
to ensure that only items (both positive and 
negative) which would otherwise distort the 
reported performance are excluded. 

Earnings per share is widely considered 
one of the most important metrics used 
by investors in order to place a value on a 
company and therefore in turn impact upon 
the share price. It lets shareholders know 
how much profit was made for  
each share they own.

As shown in the Group  
income statement.

As shown in the Group  
income statement.

1  All KPIs are calculated excluding exceptional items (see note 8). They also exclude discontinued operations in 2018, 2019 and 2020.

2   Return on average capital employed is considered to be an alternative performance measure, details on these and the equivalent statutory measures are provided in 

note 31 of the financial statements.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section 
Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

23

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

NON-FINANCIAL KPIs

We have a number of 
non-financial operational 
KpIs, which are aligned 
with our strategic 
themes and measure 
our progress against a  
number of priorities.

peOple
Our employees are central to our business and having happy, safe and engaged people, supported to deliver their full potential, is a key priority:

TOTAL TRAINING 
HOURS

VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE 
TURNOVER

WORKFORCE 
DIVERSITY

REPORTABLE 
ACCIDENTS

AVERAGE SICK DAYS  
PER EMPLOYEE

Year to 
2022

Year to 
2021

7,205

5,508

Year to 
2022

Year to 
2021

16.5%

9.4%

Year to 
2022

Year to 
2021

male 59% female 41%

male 61% female 39%

Year to 
2022

Year to 
2021

1

2

Year to 
2022

Year to 
2021

4

4

Employee turnover refers to the 
proportion of employees who have 
voluntarily left Treatt over the last 
year, expressed as a percentage 
of total workforce numbers.

plaNeT
We are committed to assessing the impact of our operations on the environment, to drive improvements:

SCOPE 1 AND 2 CO2 
EMISSIONS (TONNES)

TOTAL WATER USED 
(M³)

SUSTAINABLE 
SHIPMENTS1

Year to 
2022

Year to 
2021

4,546

4,234

Year to 
2022

Year to 
2021

53,149

49,030

Year to 
2022

Year to 
2021

79%

61%

perFOrMaNce
Driving improvements in ethical and responsible business practices in our global supply chain is a priority:

SEDEX REGISTERED 
SUPPLIERS2

Year to 
2022

Year to 
2021

46%

35%

1  See page 46

2  See page 48

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionSustainability

SUSTAINABILITY

OUR APPROACH

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

24

Introducing our people, planet and performance pillars to clarify our strategy and progress.

SUSTaINaBle acTION
Everything we do has an impact on both people and the planet, so it’s essential we perform in an ethically, socially and environmentally responsible way. 

Over the last twelve months we have made strong progress alongside our Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) consultants to deliver our sustainability strategy, working with colleagues across the business on 
key priorities to ensure our collective efforts make for positive, measurable change. 

Pillar

peOple

Areas of focus

Further details

Sustainable development goals

•  Embedding sustainability into our culture

•  Reviewing our purpose, values and behaviours

•  Reviewing our corporate giving and community relations strategy

•  Living Wage Employer (UK)

•  New labour and human rights policy

•  72% of our employees are shareholders

Page 26

Page 26

Page 26

Page 28

Page 28

Page 28

plaNeT

•  Carbon emissions data collection and analysis, including Scope 3

•  Carbon reduction strategy and incremental targets

Page 35 and 37

Page 35 and 38

•  Committing to investing £200,000 p.a over next three years on energy 

Page 36

saving projects (USA)

•  Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) disclosure

•  Renewable electricity – 100 % UK (38% of global electricity consumption)

•  Tree planting to help mitigate necessary business travel

•  Reviewing waste streams 

• 

Improving water monitoring

perFOrMaNce

•  Reviewing governance of sustainability

•  Determining and reviewing non-financial KPIs

•  Creating a responsible and sustainable supply chain

• 

Improving sustainability disclosure

Page 38 to 41

Page 36 to 37

Page 37

Page 42 to 45

Page 46

Page 47

Page 23 and 47

Page 47 to 48

Page 23 and 49

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

25

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
OUR APPROACH CONTINUED

Our strategy focuses on nine priorities which 
address the material issues, support our business 
strategy and are aligned with identified UN 
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). As it 
evolves our strategy will challenge us and address 
all those material issues, whilst continuing to 
deliver positive change.

HOW We MeaSUre aND repOrT 
We report with reference to the Global Reporting 
Initiative (GRI) Sustainability Reporting Standards 
2016. GRI is an independent international 
organisation that has pioneered sustainability 
reporting since 1997 and a GRI Standards index 
used for referencing is available on our website.

NON-FINaNcIal INFOrMaTION
The following information complies with the 
relevant non-financial reporting regulations and 
is intended to help stakeholders understand our 
position on key non-financial matters. We have 
several Group policies and standards which govern 
our approach in these areas. Further details can be 
found referenced in this table or on our website.

Reporting requirement and additional information

environmental matters 
Environmental policy

employees 
Board composition and diversity – page 80 
Board diversity policy

Human rights 
Slavery and human trafficking statement 
Supplier code of conduct (revised in 2022) 
Labour and human rights (new policy 2022)

Social matters 
Equal opportunities policy

anti-bribery and corruption 
Supplier code of conduct (revised in 2022) 
Anti-bribery and corruption policy

Description of business model 
Business model – pages 6 to 7

principal risks 
Principal risk and uncertainties – pages 62 to 67

peOple, plaNeT, perFOrMaNce

We have focused on four key strategic 
themes, considering the 18 material 
issues identified in our 2021 materiality 
assessment. Recognising that a clear and 
concise framework is essential to the 
success of our sustainability strategy, 
we have also defined three pillars of 
People, Planet and Performance to provide 
structure and clarity in our communications  
to all stakeholders. 

PEOPLE

PLANET

PERFORMANCE

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionSUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED

PEOPLE

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

26

releVaNT UN SDGs

PEOPLE

Our people and the culture we create are what makes our business a 
success. We know for this to continue, the values and behaviours we live by 
need to evolve with the business. In addition to supporting our workforce, 
our commitment to people extends to the communities in which we operate  
and serve.

prIOrITY: eMBeDDING 
SUSTaINaBIlITY INTO OUr 
cUlTUre

Our focus 

For sustainability to be successfully embraced and 
adopted within our culture, it is essential that our 
teams understand the wider implications. As such 
ESG training sessions and communication have 
continued for all employees.

We have developed custom communication tools 
to keep sustainability front of mind. Managers have 
received workshop-based training, with a focus on 
how they can empower their teams to consider the 
part they play in our journey. Our interactive global 
newsletter provides an in-depth review of our 
progress, with case studies, stories, and personal 
experiences bringing our strategy to life.

In the UK, we have partnered with local business 
Save Money Cut Carbon who have educated us 
on our personal carbon footprints, as well as 
supporting employees – through their online store 
- in making easy swaps to being more sustainable 
with their everyday consumables and homeware, 
from water-saving shower heads to re-usable 
kitchen roll. 

looking ahead

Sustainability is integral to our culture. Our 
Sustainability Working Group is supporting 
initiatives across the business that create a positive 
impact, working with marketing to align all internal 
and external messaging with our strategy. 

prIOrITY: reVIeW OUr pUrpOSe, 
ValUeS aND BeHaVIOUrS 

Our focus

prIOrITY: reVIeWING OUr 
cOrpOraTe GIVING & cOMMUNITY 
relaTIONS STraTeGY

As a business that continues to evolve we have 
revisited our values and the expected behaviours 
that support them to ensure sustainability continues 
to be at the heart of our purpose. Our holistic 
approach, driven from within the organisation, 
has ensured there is enhanced support of our 
environmental and social ambitions in our values, 
which will be relaunched in the coming months. 

Our focus

We began the year with a review of our localised 
community matters programme and corporate 
giving to ensure our approach is aligned with our 
sustainability strategy. Alongside those charities we 
support locally, our UK, US and China community 
voted to support the World Wildlife Fund (WWF) as 
our global charity. 

looking ahead

looking ahead

We will continue to integrate sustainability into our 
employee training and engagement programmes 
and promote our purpose and values to employees, 
customers, suppliers and communities to ensure 
our sustainability strategy is firmly understood. Our 
values are embedded in our performance review 
process which will further accelerate our progress 
around sustainability as it will be an integral part of 
everyone’s personal objectives.

Our global approach continues to evolve, whilst 
harnessing localised community strategies for 
the UK, US and China, engaging with our local 
communities and WWF to identify projects linked 
to our values and strategy. As part of our strategic 
thinking we will be identifying how our products 
and services can support social development in 
local regions. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

27

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PEOPLE CONTINUED

Gender diversity across the Group is reflected 
in the representation of women in management 
and senior roles. We recognise the importance of 
improving opportunities within the business. In 
response to our gender pay gap data, a proactive 
programme of support has been put in place 
including mentoring, coaching, physical health 
support and programmes to empower our female 
colleagues. 

position

Group Directors

Group Executive Team

Direct reports of Group 
Executive Team

Other employees 

Total employees1

Male  Female

Total

2

2

9

236

249

0

1

14

161

176

2

3

23

397

425

1  Actual number of employees at the year-end date. This 

differs to the headcount in note 6 to the financial statements 
which is the average number of employees during the year.

caring for our people 
Our people are critical to everything we achieve, 
and promotion of our people’s health and wellbeing 
are vital to our success, with the need greater than 
ever following the impact of the pandemic. 

Our talent management process continues to 
support improvements in employee performance. 
Work is underway to promote the continual focus 
on performance, to enhance opportunities for our 
people to flourish.

Our established flexible working policy, which 
enables employees to work remotely as far as their 
roles permit, supports a balance between their role 
and their responsibilities outside work. We seek out 
a harmonious relationship between work and life.

DIVerSITY aND INclUSION 
We are committed to an environment that values 
and respects differences. It is important that 
everyone feels welcome and accepted and has 
access to the same opportunities.

DeVelOpING OUr peOple 
LinkedIn training continues to provide a valuable 
resource, which is accessible for all staff and 
complements a whole range of development 
opportunities. This year we increased our level 
of investment in training, with 7,205 hours of 
staff training (2021: 5,508 hours). A wide range 
of courses were offered covering subjects 
and qualifications such as health, safety and 
compliance, coaching, transport regulations and 
specialist commercial skills. Training hours in the 
USA decreased during the year, due to reduced 
appetite for training and increased focus on 
transitioning for new starters. However, plans are 
in place to improve and establish a learning culture 
with more training and development opportunities 
moving forward. 

We continue to work on strengthening the Group’s 
links with schools and universities, developing 
relationships with the next generation of  
talented candidates. 

Political and social movements across the globe 
have rightly raised the profile of equality, inclusion 
and diversity, presenting an opportunity for everyone 
to self-reflect. We have spent time considering what 
this should mean to us, and how we can ensure 
that we are doing the right thing. In 2023, with the 
help of a specialist consultant, we will be working to 
develop our equality, inclusion and diversity strategy. 

Our ethnicity pay gap, whilst not formally reported, 
has been regularly reviewed. Whilst obtaining 
meaningful data remains a challenge, we have 
identified opportunities for improvement, ensuring 
that everyone has an equal opportunity for 
development and progression. A more proactive 
focus will enable us to identify talented colleagues 
and actively drive their career aspirations and 
progression. We will continue to develop our 
understanding of why we are not attracting 
sufficient diversity, considering all touch points, 
including our employer brand. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionTreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

28

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PEOPLE CONTINUED

TOTAL UK TRAINING HOURS

AVERAGE UK TRAINING HOURS PER EMPLOYEE

TOTAL US TRAINING HOURS

AVERAGE US TRAINING HOURS PER EMPLOYEE

6,218

(2021: 3,524)

24.1

(2021: 13.8)

974

(2021: 1,984)

6.1

(2021: 12.2)

2022

Male

2,804

Female

3,414

2021

Male

Female

1,904

1,620

2022

Male

Female

20.0

28.9

2021

Male

Female

13.3

14.5

2022

Male

Female

707

267

2021

Male

1,574

Female

410

2022

Male

Female

6.8

4.9

2021

Male

Female

14.2

8.0

72%

of permanent  
Group employees  
are shareholders.

HUMaN rIGHTS & lIVING WaGe 
We have assessed our policies that provide the 
important governance we need around people and 
planet. We recognised that a comprehensive policy 
covering labour and human rights was required 
to define standards for all employees across the 
group, covering a range of aspects from equality 
and diversity to harassment and working hours; 
this has now been introduced.

All our salaries should at a minimum, meet living 
costs. In the UK we are proud to have continued  
to be a Living Wage Employer, accredited to the  
UK Living Wage Foundation. In the US we complete 
salary benchmarking yearly to ensure we are 
competitive and paying employees comparable to 
the market rate.

INTEGRITY

PRIDE & PASSION

TEAMWORK

CHALLENGE

ValUeS BaSeD cUlTUre
Our values underpin the very core of who we 
are, they provide a framework by which we 
behave and operate our business. Our people 
are supported to ensure the right behaviours 
are demonstrated and encouraged to celebrate 
those values.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

29

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PEOPLE CONTINUED

results of cultural exploration  
with our colleagues in the US,  
by an independent third party 
This was an opportunity for employees 
to engage anonymously and provide 
honest feedback on their experience, 
enabling actions to be taken to  
improve matters

HOW THe BOarD MONITOrS cUlTUre

all-employee share  
scheme take-up
A good indicator of employee 
commitment to Treatt, its strategy, 
performance and culture:

–  UK partnership shares take-up  
December 2021: 65%1 (2021: 65%)

–  Group share save scheme take-up 
in July 2022: 56%2 (2021: 60%)

Investing in 
our culture

Feedback from 
employee Voice
Participants welcomed the 
opportunity to interact with Board 
members during the course of  
the year. Further details are  
on pages 51 and 57

linkedIn learning 
This platform provides a whole range 
of learning and highlights where 
employees are keen to further their 
knowledge. 679 engagement hours 
recorded from across the business

1  Compared to an average participation rate of 41% (Proshare SAYE & SIP report 2021).

2  Compared to an average participation rate of 28% (Proshare SAYE & SIP report 2021).

appointment of cultural 
ambassadors 
31 employees applied for 
15 global positions

cultural indicators
Good governance is driven not just from 
the operation of the Board but also from 
the culture of the organisation and the way 
in which employees conduct themselves on 
a day-to-day basis: 

–  health and safety metrics
–  employee turnover
–  whistleblowing incidents
–  breach of Group policies

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionTreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

30

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PEOPLE CONTINUED

HealTH, WellNeSS aND WellBeING
All employees are invited to open sessions on 
personal health topics, wellbeing and subjects  
such as financial information on pensions and 
shares. Sessions are accessible for all, utilising 
multiple methods to share content. We focus  
on supporting the ‘whole person’ via our  
wellbeing pillars. These were updated this  
year to provide a more comprehensive  
picture of what helps to create a good  
level of wellbeing, understanding that  
this will mean different things for  
different people. 

Our mission continues, to ‘think well,  
live well and be well’ and the Group  
remains committed to providing everyone  
with effective education, support and  
signposting, to help them understand  
their own wellbeing and the positive part  
they can play in supporting their colleagues. 

We actively encourage and educate our  
managers to look for signs of mental health 
concerns including depression, stress and  
anxiety, so support can be put in place. 

We work hard to create an environment where our 
people can have fun and believe this is important 
in supporting their motivation. We look for 
opportunities for teams to socialise together, with 
activities on offer in the workplace and after work. 

TREATT WELLBEING EVENTS IN 2022

KNOW YOUr NUMBerS
•  Session with occupational health (OH) expert 

covering mental health, exercise, healthy eating  
and hydration 

SUppOrTING DUrING WOrlD crISIS
•  Providing support and guidance on wellbeing 

during key world events such as the conflict in 
Ukraine, cost of living crisis and the passing of 
Her Majesty The Queen Elizabeth II

WalKING WeDNeSDaYS aT ONe
•  Treatt wide walking group 

launched during the summer 
to encourage connection whilst 
supporting physical health

FINaNcIal WellBeING clINIcS
•  Benefit providers delivered 
workshops to employees on 
pensions and other benefits

•  Financial advisory company 

St. James’s Place ran sessions 
to provide tips for being 
financially fit

WellBeING reSOUrceS
•  Created a digital wellbeing pack to 
include a wealth of resources for 
employees to access at any time

•  Used our Linkedin Learning 

resource to provide wellbeing 
related content to support our 
employees with their wellbeing

Physical  
Health

TIMe TO TalK aND WellBeING  
TeaM cHecK-INS
•  Held sessions to encourage employees  

to come and chat with the wellbeing team 

Financial  
Health

Relationships

cONTINUeD GlOBal  
cOFFee cONNecTIONS
•  Enabling colleagues to  

come together for a coffee  
on a monthly basis and make 
new connections across  
the business

Purpose

Emotional 
Health

recOGNITION OF aNNUal  
WellBeING eVeNTS
•  Providing resources and support to 

our employees during events such as:

 – Stress awareness month
 – Mental health awareness week
 – World sleep day
 – Eating disorders awareness  

week and many more…

reaDY, STeaDY, MOVe FOr SUFFOlK MIND
•  Event to support local charity which involved as 

many employees as possible to walk, dance or 
run their way to moving 150,000 minutes in May

cONTINUeD MeNOpaUSe SUppOrT GrOUp
•  Providing a safe space for employees to share 
experiences and advice to help each other

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

31

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED

PEOPLE CONTINUED

THe pHYSIcal WOrKING eNVIrONMeNT 
We continue to enjoy the numerous benefits of 
our new working environments at all our facilities 
globally, with more of our UK team moving into  
our new facilities during the year. 

In the UK, as more of our colleagues have moved 
over to the new site, the popular ground floor ‘Hub’ 
area is providing a welcoming, inclusive, bright and 
fun environment, giving our community and visitors 
a flexible space that enhances their wellbeing. 

The Hub’s subsidised catering facility provides 
locally-sourced, freshly prepared, nutritious food 
and drinks, and is proving popular with both our 
community and visitors. Food waste has been 
kept to a minimum with catering requirements for 
visitor meetings made to order. Menus are created 
weekly but are adaptable to create recipes mindful 
of waste. We have instigated conversations with 
various food waste re-purposing services,  
so at any time we have excess, we can utilise  
their services. 

KeepING peOple SaFe
We have effectively managed the risks associated 
with chemical manufacturing and processing for a 
long time and seek to improve our performance to 
achieve manufacturing and operational excellence. 
In addition to reporting incidents and accidents 
we encourage near miss/concern reporting. 
These are opportunities to identify events that, 
under different circumstances, could lead to an 
incident or accident and are leading indicators 
which, if actioned and resolved can prevent them 
occurring. The way employees work and behave 
can greatly influence the way they operate within 
the workplace. The human factors encompassed in 
the work environment, including temperature, pace 
of work, stress, health, distraction, training and 
competency, instrument layout and ergonomics 
are all considerations and our employees are very 
much enjoying the benefits of these considerations 
in the design of our new facilities.

BeHaVIOUral apprOacH TO HealTH  
& SaFeTY 
Although behavioural safety is a common approach 
in organisations with lower accident and incident 
rates and positive employee engagement in safety, 
we have continued working hard to ensure we 
identify human factors within accident and incident 
investigation. To further reduce accidents to a 
minimal level (Target Zero) there must be a positive 
safety culture and a willingness from all employees 
to want to protect themselves and their colleagues. 
This behavioural safety approach starts with one 
of our values – challenge – by ensuring we all 
understand why certain ways of working may 
increase the chance of an injury or incident. We 
help individuals reflect on why they did something 
and do not just adopt a policing approach. The 
behavioural safety model builds on inherent human 
factors and encourages an open and positive 
dialogue about safety.

Our mission  
continues, to 
‘think well,
live well & 
be well’.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionTreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

32

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PEOPLE CONTINUED

OccUpaTIONal HealTH aND SaFeTY 
TraINING
We work with a third-party occupational health 
service in the UK to monitor workers’ health, 
identifying risks and carrying out regular screening 
and surveillance. Support services extend to 
providing advice and guidance for long-term 
health cases and those employees needing 
health advice and assistance. This service also 
carries out statutory medical examinations (for 
example COSHH). Our training meets regulatory 
requirements reflecting our belief that training is an 
essential part of our safety and health programme 
for protecting our employees from injuries and 
illnesses. Employees undergo general health, 
safety, and environmental training upon starting 
and receive training related to specific hazards  
as required.

eNGaGING STaKeHOlDerS
The most important feature in safety is an 
organisational culture that involves all employees 
and promotes the benefits of working responsibly 
and diligently. It is important that employees 
feel involved in the development of standards, 
procedures and policies and are consulted with 
any changes. Discussing safety at health, safety, 
and environment meetings, toolbox talks, team 
meetings and shift handovers ensures they feel 
both involved and responsible for safety. In the 
US we have representatives from each of the 
departments on our Safety Committee and are 
reviewing our approach in the UK, to ensure there 
is an appropriate flow of information between 
individual departments and the safety team. All 
Directors, managers and team leaders are aware 
of their role in safety and where appropriate, 
additional specific health and safety training  
is given.

Top three categories of incidents –  
chemical, human factor, equipment1 

Top three categories of accidents –  
human factor, equipment, chemical2

Total H&S training hours per Group employee:  
5.6 (2021: 8.7)

Total H&S training hours: 2,391 
Internal: 557 external: 1,834 

2022

2021 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Number of reportable  
accidents across Group3 

average number  
of sick days 

1

4

2

4

1

3

5

3

4

3

1 

Incidents – unplanned event that causes damage or loss to property, vehicles or product. 

2  Accidents – unplanned event that causes injury or harm to people. 

3  Reportable accidents – Reportable accidents are work-related accidents, which in the UK legally have to be reported to a 

statutory body or, in the US, require hospitalisation, loss of limb, blindness in an eye or anything that leads to inability to work for 
seven days plus.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section 
Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

33

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PEOPLE CONTINUED

SUppOrTING cHarITIeS aND OUr cOMMUNITY 
We have a responsibility to the communities in which we operate, to support them both financially and with resource. We also recognise that by enabling our staff to support the community in which they live and work, 
it will add to a greater sense of purpose and community spirit. As a result of our focused community matters strategy we’ve made £54,417 in donations, and also contributed our time and support to charities and local 
community, summarised here:

Pillar

SDG alignment

Goal

Charity/Benefactor

peOple

To improve mental 
health in our community

To improve basic health

Just as we take the wellbeing of our colleagues seriously, we also support local causes to improve mental health in the community. 

In the UK we have supported Suffolk Mind through fundraising initiatives as well as raising awareness of their services across the 
workforce. In May we encouraged staff to get moving in a ‘Ready, Steady, Move’ initiative which raised £3,475.10 for the charity. In the 
US, we work closely with the mental health charity, Peace River.

We support various charities across the Group, including MyWiSH Charity, Upbeat Heart Support, East Anglia’s Children’s Hospices 
(EACH) and KidsPACK USA which help improve the basic health of those in our community. We do this through corporate fundraising, 
sponsorships and staff volunteering opportunities.

In the year, significant donations were also made to the Disasters Emergency Committee’s Ukraine Humanitarian Appeal.

To support future 
working generation

We understand we have a role to play in ensuring the next generation is best equipped for the world of work. Taking this into 
consideration we support various local schools with careers talks and assemblies. Two colleagues also volunteer their time as Enterprise 
Advisors for Sybil Andrews Academy, based in Bury St Edmunds, to help them develop a strong careers programme and create more 
opportunities for young people. We advised on a ‘Sustainable’ library design and partnered on a ‘Treatt Sales Task’; setting students the 
challenge of designing a beverage from scratch. Students were given the time to carry out market research, explore beverage trends and 
flavour combinations, before designing, with more support currently being planned for the year ahead.

plaNeT

To contribute back to 
our environment

As a business that takes its responsibility seriously, we support charities in all global locations, which support our planet.  
These include Operation Honey Bee, a conscious movement worldwide that serves to protect honey bees and Ocean Conservancy, who 
work with society to protect the ocean from today’s greatest challenges.

In the UK, our close partnership with Suffolk Wildlife Trust has provided us with opportunities to educate our staff and their families about 
the importance of pollinators including bees and other insects. 

WWF, voted by staff to be our global environmental charity, has been and continues to be a charity we will support in the years ahead.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionTreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

34

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PEOPLE CONTINUED

caSe STUDY – GreaT BIG GreeN WeeK 
‘People’ and ‘Planet’ have been and will continue 
to be a focus of the community and charity projects 
we support. This year we have built on this with 
our global community voting to support the WWF 
- the world’s leading independent conservation 
organisation, working in the field of wilderness 
preservation and the reduction of human impact  
on the environment. They felt this resonated  
with them personally, our values and our 
sustainability journey. 

The Great Big Green Week supports the need 
to draw attention to tackling climate change 
and protecting nature. We worked with our 
local community and our chosen charities on 

joint initiatives. The week included plant-based, 
plastic awareness, and ‘wear it wild’ days where 
employees donated money to dress as wildlife; 
a litter pick; and a visit from The Suffolk Wildlife 
Trust to talk about the importance of pollinators. 
We wrapped the week up with a sustainable 
travel day encouraging our people to take public 
transport, car share or walk or bike into work, 
inclusive of hiring mechanics for a bike fix session 
in the UK, to get people back on their bikes. All the 
funds raised were in support of WWF’s mission to 
create a world where people and wildlife can  
thrive together.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

35

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED

PLANET

PLANET

releVaNT UN SDGs

We drive positive environmental practices at every stage of our operations 
and cascade this through our supply chain. Our business is reliant on the 
sustainability of natural resources which means that environmental impacts, 
such as climate change, are matters of deep concern not only to humanity 
generally but particularly to Treatt.

prIOrITY: carBON eMISSIONS 
cOllecTION aND aNalYSIS 

prIOrITY: carBON reDUcTION 
STraTeGY 

looking ahead 
We intend to deep dive into our green house 
gas (GHG) inventory analysis to further assess 
hotspots and specific initiatives identified in our 
energy, water and waste audit report, including 
draft reduction scenarios and impact quantification. 
We also plan to carry out mapping reductions with 
short, medium and longer-term targets; assess 
monitoring and data collection methodologies; and 
investigate recommendations regarding solutions 
and technologies.

The full TCFD disclosure report can be seen on 
pages 38 to 41.

looking ahead
We will endeavour to increase the level of 
disclosure year-on-year.

Our focus 
Evaluation and validation of Scope 1 and 2 carbon 
emissions data capture, and Scope 3 determination 
and data collection. 

Our focus
To set incremental emissions reduction targets 
for Scope 1 and 2 in 2022 and start working on 
emissions reduction strategy.

prIOrITY: TaSK FOrce ON 
clIMaTe-relaTeD FINaNcIal 
DISclOSUreS repOrTING

Building on our long-standing reporting of Scope 1 
and 2 carbon emissions and following workshops 
on our specific circumstances, templates were 
devised to report on a range of Scope 3 emissions. 
We have since used these to capture our Scope 3 
data for analysis, to better understand our overall 
carbon footprint and to inform our consideration of 
setting carbon reduction pathways and targets.

looking ahead
We are investigating a carbon emissions reporting 
platform to ensure efficiencies in data capture, to 
offer sophistication in monitoring progress and to 
support verification and certification.

On completing Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions 
inventory, we can consider taking the first steps 
towards developing a coherent carbon emissions 
reduction strategy. This will move towards a long-
term goal of achieving net zero emissions, in line 
with UK Government policy.

We have worked with Clearlead Consulting to carry 
out thorough energy, waste and water audits on 
both our UK and US facilities. This has identified 
various opportunities for energy, waste and water 
saving projects that we have now committed to 
invest in and deliver over the coming years.

Learn more regards these energy saving projects 
and our carbon emissions on pages 36 to 38.

Our focus 
An initial assessment of climate change risks,  
using the TCFD methodology.

Recognising the medium to long-term potential 
strategic risks posed by climate change to our 
business model, we have worked with our 
sustainability consultants to assess the climate-
related risks and opportunities that are relevant 
to our business, allowing us to report on the four 
areas of Governance, Strategy, Risk Management 
and Metrics. As such, we have reported in 
reference to the recommendations of TCFD to 
understand the climate resilience of our business 
through assessment (and management) of 
transitional and physical risks, responding to the  
11 disclosure recommendations. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionThe business has committed 
to investing £200,000 per 
year over the next three 
years to put energy saving 
projects in place in our US 
facility.

In the UK, 100% of our 
electricity is provided from 
renewable resources. This 
equates to 38% of our total 
electricity consumption 

(2021: 32%)

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

36

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PLANET CONTINUED

clIMaTe cHaNGe
Over the last year we have put systems in place 
to further assess our operational impact along 
with that of our supply chains. Our aim is to adopt 
a systematic approach to setting environmental 
targets and objectives and demonstrating that they 
have been achieved.

Volatility in our supply chains is nothing new. We 
are mindful of the factors that may influence raw 
material prices and supply challenges, with adverse 
weather conditions and disease being two of the 
main drivers. To ensure our production practices 
and supply chain are sustainable, we need to 
understand the resilience of our supply chain to the 
potential impacts of climate change, allowing us in 
turn to provide transparency to our customers.

eNerGY SaVING
Energy and environmental considerations were 
integral in the design of the new UK facility 
designed to a Building Research Establishment 
Environmental Assessment Method (BREEAM) 
‘very good’ rating which denotes a newly-built 
asset which supports commercial success, whilst 
also creating a positive environmental and social 
impact. A number of efficiencies feature throughout 
our new UK facility, in relation to lighting, thermal 
efficiency of materials, incorporation of a building 
management system and a HVAC system (heating, 
ventilation and air conditioning). We will make a full 
evaluation of energy efficiencies on full completion 
of the move. 

In order for us to set our incremental targets on 
page 37 we worked with specialist consultants 
on energy waste and water audits at both our UK 
and US facilities. This has provided numerous 
opportunities for improvement for energy, waste and 
water efficiencies, some of which have already been 
actioned for the coming year, such as additional 
insulation to both ceilings in existing buildings 
and pipework at our US facility. With the business 
committing to investing in further energy saving 
projects over the next three years at our US facility 
whilst also exploring opportunities at our UK facility.

STreaMlINeD eNerGY aND carBON 
repOrTING (Secr) 
We report all our emission sources under the 
Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and 
Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013 as required 
and have calculated and reported our emissions in 
line with the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting 
and Reporting Standard (revised edition) and 
emission factors from the UK Government’s GHG 
Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 2022.

We continue to use 100% renewable electricity 
in the UK, playing our part in stimulating growth 
of the renewable energy market. This year we’ve 
increased our accuracy with a more rigorous 
approach by including location-based Scope 2 
emissions for this renewable electricity usage in 
the UK, in our global emissions. We also show 
market-based emissions to align with 2021 
reporting. Scope 1 & 2 emissions include all 
mandatory manufacturing and non-manufacturing 
related emissions.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

37

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PLANET CONTINUED

eNerGY cONSUMeD

GHG eMISSIONS

2022 (MWh)

2021 (MWh)

UK

US

UK

US

UK

US

UK

US

–

4,750

2,905

–

2,503

5,769

255

136

16,318

–

4,609

2,186

–

2,510

6,729

226

91

16,351

Electricity

Renewable 
electricity 
procured

Natural gas

Other fuel

Group

Notes

1.  The Group has adopted a greenhouse gas reporting policy and a 

management system based on the GHG Protocol.

2.  As defined by the GHG Protocol, Scope 1 and 2 emissions relate 
to emissions from activities within the operational control of the 
Group. In general, the emissions reported are the same as those 
which would be reported based on a financial control boundary.

3.  Emissions for previous years are retrospectively adjusted as and 

when more accurate data is provided.

4.  The sales office in China is currently excluded on the basis that 

emissions from utility consumption are estimated to be less than 
a materiality threshold of 5% of overall Group emissions. 

5.  Data has been accurately recorded from invoices, meter and 
mileage readings. GHG emissions detailed in the table have 
been calculated using the appropriate 2022 DEFRA conversion 
factors, except for overseas electricity which used the 2021 IEA 
conversion factor for reporting consistency.

6.  GHG Protocol chiller emissions are derived from those specified 
under Kyoto Protocol. However, other greenhouse gas emissions 
may be emitted that are not covered under GHG Protocol Scope 1 
and are required to be reported separately. In FY2022, the Group 
chiller emissions that fall outside of GHG protocol, namely those 
identified under Montreal Protocol and others, totalled 9.5 tonnes 
(2021: 8 tonnes).

Scope 1 – Direct emissions (tonnes CO2e)
Scope 2 – Indirect emissions (tonnes CO2e) (location-based) 
Scope 2 – Indirect emissions (tonnes CO2e) (market-based) 
Scope 3 – Indirect emissions (tonnes CO2e)
Purchased goods and services (spend-based)

Fuel and energy related activities (average-data method)

Upstream transportation and distribution (distanced-based)

Waste generated in operations (waste-type specific) 

Business travel (distance-based)

Upstream leased assets (average-data method)

Downstream transportation and distribution (distance-based)

Total Scope 3 emissions (tonnes CO2e)
Total Scope 1, 2 (location-based) emissions (tonnes CO2e)
Total Scope 1, 2 & 3 emissions (tonnes CO2e)
Intensity ratio Kg CO2 emissions (Scope 1 & 2) per kg of product shipped

BUSINeSS TraVel aND Tree plaNTING
Following the pandemic and in recognition of the 
need for urgent climate action, we have re-assessed 
what we determine to be necessary travel. We have 
also invested in an ongoing tree planting programme 
to provide a more nature positive solution to 
help mitigate the necessary air travel which still 
needs to take place. The programme, managed by 
Trees4Travel, involves planting ten trees for every 
flight we book departing the UK. It is assumed each 
tree will absorb 164.1kgs of CO2 in its first ten years. 
We have also invested in a United Nations Certified 
Emissions Reduction renewable energy project, in 
effect doubling this promise. So far 770 trees have 
been planted as part of a reforestation project in 
Haiti. The native species planted will in time provide 
jobs and a much-needed source of revenue to the 
local communities.

2022 

1,977

2,569

2,007

2021

2,047

not stated

2,187

51,177  not measured

832  not measured

5,005  not measured

838 not measured

181 not measured

14 not measured

4,797 not measured

62,844 not measured

4,546

 4,234

67,390 not measured 

0.52

0.43

ScOpe 3
We have collected Scope 3 carbon emissions data for the first time in 2022. This has been  
assessed using the GHG protocol guidance, applying methodologies (stated in the chart) to suit  
the data available, to provide as much accuracy as possible. This information is pivotal in  
providing us with the transparency we need to make sustainable decisions moving forward,  
whilst also choosing to disclose this for full transparency to our stakeholders.

Image: courtesy of Eden Reforestation Projects

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionTreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

38

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PLANET CONTINUED

eNerGY SaVING prOJecTS aND TarGeTS
In the UK, our distillation operations will move 
to our new site over the course of 2023. Once 
that move is complete we will be fully operational 
on our new site and will be able to set emission 
reduction targets globally based on actual 
emissions from realistic energy consumption data. 
In the meantime, and with a range of energy saving 
projects planned such as compressed air efficiency 
upgrades, steam trap survey and pipe insulation 
invertor options for well and glycol pumps, in the 
first instance, we have set the following interim 
target at our US facility, from which, over the last 
3 years generated an average of 82% of our total 
scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions. 

ScOpe 1 & 2 TarGeT

reDUce aBSOlUTe ScOpe 1 & 2 eMISSIONS IN 
USa FacIlITY BY 10% BY 2025 (BASELINE 2022)

lOOKING aHeaD
We hope to set science-based targets as a result of 
increased visibility following more time in operation 
at our new UK facility.

TaSK FOrce ON clIMaTe-relaTeD 
FINaNcIal DISclOSUreS (TcFD)

TcFD cOMplIaNce STaTeMeNT
This statement represents Treatt’s first climate-
related financial disclosures, all of which, we 
consider, to be partially compliant in line with the 
TCFD recommendations and eleven recommended 
disclosures. This statement covers the financial 
year 1 October 2021 to 31 September 2022.

We focus on Governance, Strategy, Risk 
Management & Metrics. These headings align to 
the TCFD’s recommended disclosures and discuss 
how we aim to mitigate climate-related risks and 
capitalise on opportunities. 

With this disclosure we have taken the first steps 
on our TCFD journey and aim to build on these 
recommendations to inform and drive our pathway 
to becoming a net zero business.

In terms of considering and assessing the potential 
climate change risks and opportunities on our 
business, we have made good progress. We 
recognise that TCFD is an iterative process and 
we will continue to increase our understanding, 
consider different aspects and embed insights 
within our business model, working towards  
full disclosure. 

OVerVIeW
We recognise that accountability and transparency 
relating to climate-related disclosures is critical to 
sustaining our relationship with our stakeholders. 
Adopting and reporting against the TCFD 
recommendations will allow both our stakeholders 
and investors to better understand the possible 
implications of climate change for Treatt. This is 
an evolutionary process and we will continue to 
consider the associated risks and opportunities of 
climate change on our business on a regular basis.

OUr TcFD FraMeWOrK cONSIDeraTIONS
A TCFD working group comprising senior 
members from asset management, finance, 
risk and the Executive Leadership Team was 
established and have met regularly throughout the 
year to understand the potential consequences 
of global climate change; discuss the TCFD 
methodology and associated governance; work 
through a recommended scenario; and consider the 
associated risk and finance implications. 

INITIal clIMaTe cHaNGe SceNarIO
Initially, we considered a two-degrees warming 
scenario, based on the Intergovernmental Panel on 
Climate Change’s (IPCC) defined Representative 
Concentration Pathway 4.5 (RCP 4.5), covering 
short, medium and long-term (up to 2050) time 
frames. RCP 4.5, as described by the IPCC, is 
an intermediate scenario and the most probable 
baseline scenario, considering the exhaustible 
character of non-renewable fuels. Under  
RCP 4.5, emissions peak around the year 2040,  
then decline. 

For our purposes, we have defined short-term as 
five years, medium-term as between 5 to 15 years 
and long-term as beyond 15 years and up to 2050. 

GOVerNaNce
The Board recognises the importance of climate 
action and the direct link it has to our ongoing 
success. The CEO is directly accountable to the 
Board for sustainability and reports on the progress 
of our sustainability strategy at every Board meeting. 
The CEO is supported by the Executive Leadership 
Team and the Global Sustainability Manager.

In 2021, we set up the TCFD Project Committee 
which includes representatives from Treatt’s 
Board and senior leadership, as well as members 
from its operational, risk, finance, legal and 
sustainability teams. During our consideration 
of the TCFD methodology, the Board has been 
regularly informed of the progress made by the 
TCFD Committee, whom will report to the board 
biannually. Climate risks will also be reviewed 
at the Board’s Annual Risk session. The Non-
executive representative from the Board also 
chaired the Audit Committee until 17 September 
2022 and is Chairman Designate. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

39

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PLANET CONTINUED

STraTeGY
Our climate change strategy relies on a two-
pronged approach: managing and reducing our 
own emissions and improving emissions across 
our supply chain.

1. Our emissions reduction Strategy
During 2022 we have conducted energy, water 
and waste audits of our manufacturing sites in the 
US and UK; we have identified new technologies 
and processes to reduce emissions over time; and 
we have collected our Scope 3 emissions for the 
first time to allow us a better understanding of our 
carbon footprint and to help us to model financial 
implications of potential future carbon pricing.

2. Improving supply chain emissions
With a supply chain that is spread out across the 
globe, we want to leverage our position to set 
expectations with our suppliers. 

In 2022, we launched our responsible and 
sustainable sourcing policy, which has been 
distributed to all our global suppliers. Starting with 
our citrus suppliers, we have requested information 
regarding their Scope 1 and 2 emissions; their 
targets to reduce these emissions, and strategy for 
meeting those targets; the physical and transition 
risks of climate change for their business and our 
supply chain; and the measures taken to reduce 
carbon emissions of agricultural production.

This year we have also worked closely with our 
suppliers to encourage them to become members 
of SEDEX to increase the transparency of our 
supply chain and drive sustainable and ethical 
practices. As such 81% of our citrus volume 
procured during the year is from suppliers that are 
SEDEX members.

rISK MaNaGeMeNT
Our risk management framework incorporates 
a top-down approach, setting the risk appetite 
and identifying our principal risks, together with 
a bottom-up approach to ensure risk appetite is 
understood and applied throughout the business 
and that operational risks have been clearly 
understood. Further information on our approach 
to risk management can be found on pages  
62 to 67.

to identify potential hotspots and help draft our 
mitigation measures. As suggested by the TCFD, 
the risks are categorised into: (1) transition risks, 
linked to the transition to a low-carbon economy as 
a result of carbon policy and regulatory changes, 
and (2) physical risks linked to climate change. 

We analysed our sensitivity to physical risks and 
our adaptive capacity to mitigate these risks and 
subsequently identified vulnerable hotspots. The 
results of the scenario analysis indicated higher 
incidence of flooding, water stress, wildfires and 
heatwaves in the longer term. We held several 
TCFD workshops with our senior leadership to 
better understand our short, mid and long-term 
physical and transition risks. We are in the process 
of identifying key performance indicators to track 
this more closely. 

As our business relies on products that are 
extracted from natural sources, chronic risks such 
as drought, increasing temperatures and drastic 
changes in precipitation patterns and acute risks 
such as tropical cyclones, heatwaves and wildfires 
may affect the availability and pricing of our raw 
materials; produce lower crop yields; and impact 
product quality. As a part of our contingency 
measures, we closely monitor such market 
conditions and identify alternative supply sources 
to mitigate these risks. 

MeTrIcS
We have been disclosing our Scope 1 and 2 GHG 
emissions and energy consumption data since 
2013. Scope 1 and 2 emissions data is calculated 
as per the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate 
Standard and DEFRA Environmental Reporting 
Guidelines. As of 2022, we are also reporting our 
Scope 3 emissions data. We are working through 
our net zero transition plans and including relevant 
details in our 2023 annual reporting, in line with 
UK Government guidance.

In the reporting year we conducted a 
comprehensive climate risk assessment of our 
facilities in the US and UK. We engaged specialists 

We disclose incremental emissions reduction 
targets for Scopes 1 and 2 on page 38.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionTreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

40

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PLANET CONTINUED

TcFD’S recOMMeNDeD DISclOSUreS

Disclosure

Commentary

Disclosure

Commentary

Describe the Board’s 
oversight of climate-related 
risks and opportunities

The Board, supported by input from the TCFD Project Committee and  
the Global Sustainability Manager, assumes overall responsibility  
and accountability for the management of climate-related risks  
and opportunities. 

Describe management’s  
role in assessing and 
managing climate-related 
risks and opportunities

A TCFD Working Committee was established in 2021 and its progress and 
findings have been reported to the Board.

See Governance on page 38 for further details.

Management has undertaken a review of the Group’s risk management 
approach and climate-related issues have been integrated into the core 
risk management process as a principal risk.

25 risks and opportunities have been identified, discussed and qualitatively 
assessed in terms of probability and consequence by the TCFD  
Project Committee.

See Governance on page 38 for further details.

Describe the climate-related 
risks and opportunities the 
organisation has identified 
over the short, medium, and 
long-term

The short and medium-term risks identified include: policy and legislation 
changes resulting in increased carbon pricing; impaired quality of raw 
materials due to extreme weather; extensive geographical location of 
suppliers putting pressure on emissions performance; and increased capex 
costs to facilitate improved environmental performance.

The short and medium-term opportunities identified include: ongoing 
improved energy/water/waste efficiency of existing processing facilities; 
building climate resilience within our supply chain to ensure consistent 
supply of high-quality raw materials and reduced transportation costs; 
possible attractive funding opportunities; and third-party certification to 
support marketing and competitiveness of products.

The medium to longer-term risks identified relate principally to physical risks 
associated with the geographical location of our manufacturing plants and 
local infrastructure and our supply chain. These include: extreme heat in 
US and UK putting pressure on cooling processes and regional power grids, 
affecting air quality and impacting employee health and wellbeing; drought 
and water-stress resulting in a reduction of plant productivity or even 
closure of manufacturing facilities; and extreme weather affecting key citrus 
suppliers causing poor quality raw materials and supply chain disruption.

See Strategy on page 39 for further details.

Climate-related risks have been integrated within the Group’s principal 
risks and therefore are reviewed and assessed biannually.

Budgeting for capital expenditure over the next three years has 
incorporated the recommendations from the energy audits for improving 
the environmental performance of our manufacturing plants.

Conversations have been held internally to consider including internal 
carbon pricing within future budgets.

These initiatives are helping to inform our future strategy.

See Strategy on page 39 for further details.

Describe the impact of 
climate-related risks  
and opportunities on  
the organisation’s 
businesses, strategy  
and financial planning

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

41

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PLANET CONTINUED

Disclosure

Commentary

Disclosure

Commentary

Describe the resilience of 
the organisation’s strategy, 
taking into consideration 
different climate-related 
scenarios, including a 2oC  
or lower scenario

We continue to review our exposure to climate-related risks. Having 
mapped risks and opportunities associated with a 2oC warming scenario, 
our Group strategy is considered resilient, and the risk rating is medium. 
Short-term considerations are being incorporated into planning and 
longer-term physical risks, linked to the geographical location of our 
manufacturing plants and our suppliers, will continue to be assessed.

See Strategy on page 39 for further details.

Describe how processes for 
identifying, assessing, and 
managing climate-related 
risks are integrated into  
the organisation’s overall  
risk management.

We adopt an integrated risk management framework for all categories 
of risks, including climate-related risks. The Company keeps its risk 
management framework under continual review as it considers and 
incorporates climate-related priorities in greater detail.

See Risk Management on pages 39 and 62-67 for further details.

Describe the organisation’s 
processes for identifying 
and assessing and managing 
climate-related risks

Climate change has been identified and incorporated as a principal risk 
within the risk register. As such, it is subject to assurance mapping each 
year and the three levels of controls (management, oversight and audit) 
put in place are scrutinised and risk ratings pre and post controls are 
agreed. The findings of this assurance are considered and discussed at  
the Board risk meeting in October.

Findings from TCFD’s climate change scenario mapping and analysis feed 
into the assurance process and are shared with the Board ahead of its 
October risk meeting.

See page 64-65 for further details.

Describe the organisation’s 
processes for managing 
climate-related risks

In addition to the governance steps outlined above, the following takes 
place to manage and mitigate climate-related risks:

•  constant communication between our buyers and suppliers to assess 

weather conditions, yields and supply 

•  clear lines of communication between Procurement and CEO to respond 

quickly to market conditions and make key strategic decisions
•  forward purchasing contracts for medium to longer-term supply
•  regular visits to existing and new suppliers for key product groups 
•  greater geographical spread of suppliers, where possible
•  investment in production efficiencies, new technologies and  

product development

•  ongoing collaboration with suppliers to understand and mitigate climate 

change risks 

See Risk Management on pages 62 to 67 and 39 for further details.

Disclose the metrics used 
by the organisation to 
assess climate-related risks 
and opportunities in line 
with its strategy and risk 
management processes

GHG emissions and energy consumption are disclosed on page 37.  
Scope 1, 2 and 3 and are aligned to the Greenhouse Gas Protocol 
Corporate Standard and DEFRA Environmental Reporting Guidelines.

We are reporting Scope 3 emissions for the first time. Incremental 
reduction target for Scopes 1 and 2 is disclosed on page 38.

See Metrics on page 39 for further details.

The Remuneration Committee will work towards the inclusion of climate 
related objectives, where appropriate, when setting non-financial 
objectives for the Executive Directors.

The Board is aware that opportunity metrics can assist with increasing 
the focus on climate-related matters and will look to implement this at an 
appropriate time in the future.

Scopes 1 and 2 relate to our GHG emissions at our two manufacturing 
plants in the US and UK. 

Scope 3 emissions relate to our upstream and downstream activities, 
purchased goods and services, fuel and energy services (not Scopes 1  
and 2), waste transportation and employee and business travel.

GHG emissions and energy consumption are disclosed on page 37.

See Metrics on page 39 for further details.

Describe Scope 1, Scope 2 
and if appropriate, Scope 
3 greenhouse gas (GHG) 
emissions, and the  
related risks

Describe the targets used 
by the organisation to 
manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities and 
performance against targets

We have collected Scope 3 emissions for the first time and are now 
gaining greater visibility of our direct and indirect carbon footprint. We 
have included incremental emissions reduction targets for Scopes 1 and 2.

GHG emissions and energy consumption are disclosed on page 37.

See Metrics on page 39 for further details.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionSUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PLANET CONTINUED

TOTal GlOBal WaSTe VOlUMe: 17,755 MT

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

42

Our UK sites  
continue to divert 

100%

of waste from  
landfill

100.00%

90.00%

80.00%

70.00%

60.00%

50.00%

40.00%

30.00%

20.00%

10.00%

0.00%

WaSTe 
We are responsible for our waste from the 
point it is produced, until we have transferred 
it to an authorised body. However, we strive to 
be responsible along the entire chain of waste 
management. We have a responsibility to ensure 
we produce, store, transport and dispose of 
business waste in ways which reduce our impact 
on the environment. 

Ways of working to use less resources and 
produce less waste are always front of mind.  
This year, we have recorded more granular 
information on our waste streams to better 
calculate our total waste volumes. Also for the  
first time we have analysed and reported the  
Scope 3 carbon footprint of our waste detailed  
on page 37.

Over the coming year we hope to use this 
information to better understand the hot spots in 
our waste streams, focusing on where we could 
potentially re-use rather than compost food waste 
for example, whilst staying on top of evolving 
opportunities to further segment other streams 
for re-use, recycling or recovery and support 
the circular economy. All whilst continuing to 
ensure the service providers accepting our waste 
hold the relevant registrations and permits for 
transportation and final recovery or disposal.

85.14%

0.03%

0.51%

8.10%

6.15%

0.07%

Anaerobic 
digestion

Combustion

Composting

Landfill

Recycling

Re-use

Parameter

“Our drive for operational excellence 
will mean continually assessing how we 
can reduce our environmental impact in 
production through process improvements.”  
Wolfgang Tosch,  
Chief Technical & Scientific Officer 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

43

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PLANET CONTINUED

New facilities, along with new ways of working and 
evolving waste stream management from service 
providers have all provided opportunities  
to improve. 

eXaMple 1 

eXaMple 2 

eXaMple 3 

prINT carTrIDGe recYclING 
“As part of process improvements at our new 
UK facility, new label printers were installed. 
Instead of using thermal transfer ribbons, which 
had to go in our general waste with our previous 
printers, our new ink cartridges are recycled by 
the manufacturer. We estimate we will now recycle 
650 ink cartridges a year. We have adopted a 
global approach to this waste stream, as our US 
facility also recycles some of its print cartridges.”

James Wood, IT Technical Support  
Level 2

WaTerMelON BOX re-USe aND reGIONal 
SOUrcING (USa)
“Ahead of starting the first watermelon campaign 
of the season, we contacted our supplier to explore 
the option of reusing stocks of empty pallets that 
we had on site and recycling the cardboard bins in 
which they supply the raw material. As a result, we 
now return the cardboard bins to the supplier, ready 
to deliver our next load. This process continues for 
the life of the bins, getting many more uses than 
the previous single use. We have seen a significant 
reduction in cardboard recycling volume, generating 
carbon emission savings and a reduction in costs 
throughout the season as a result.

DrUM re-USe & cleaNING (UK) 
“We use drums to store product at the various 
stages of production and identified where it was 
appropriate to re-use drums. Some of our products 
are more corrosive to metal over time, such as 
cinnamon and clove so we are now dedicating 
hardier galvanised drums to these products so 
as not to degrade regular drums, which can be 
cleaned and re-used. At our new site in the UK 
we are also increasing our usage of stainless-
steel intermediate bulk containers (IBCs) for 
intermediate storage with one IBC, which can be 
cleaned and reused, holding the equivalent of  
five drums.”

Babette Norman, Manufacturing Director, UK

This year, we have once again needed significant 
watermelon to service our growing customer-
base. We have worked hard to obtain almost all of 
the raw material locally from within Florida, some 
as close as 30km from our facility, where they 
are processed, saving on transportation carbon 
emissions compared to suppliers further afield.” 

Hany Hosny, Treattarome Assistant Manager.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionTreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

44

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PLANET CONTINUED

cIrcUlar apprOacH –  
HONeY TreaTTarOMe® 

Pure honey is delivered in totes 
to our US facility from  
honey suppliers

Our team of experts apply 
our proprietary technology 
to result in a 100% natural 
aqueous distillate 

The supplier collects the effluent which then 
goes into pet food supplies and as a food 
source for bees during winter seasons to 
reduce issues with colony collapse

100% of our honey effluent is placed 
back in the totes we received it in, 
ready for collection by the supplier 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

45

cIrcUlar apprOacH –  
OraNGe OIl 

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PLANET CONTINUED

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionTreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

46

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PLANET CONTINUED

WaTer eFFIcIeNcY

Total water used (m3)* 

Water efficiency  
(litres per kg of product 
shipped) 

2022 

53,149 

2021

49,030

6.06

4.98

*  We have seen a reduction in water efficiency due to the 
product mix during the year of more water intensive 
products in the USA, together with the need for additional 
water during commissioning of our new UK site. Our total 
water used has historically been based on all water withdrawn. 
For 2022 in the UK, water used is measured on our water 
withdrawal minus our waste water volume, which is based 
on a fixed percentage by the water company, typical to the UK 
water providers. Therefore, it is the most accurate measure 
of water consumption we can determine. In the US we do 
not have waste water volumes so usage is based purely on 
withdrawal at this time. This also excludes the aquifer.

We are in the process of installing a wastewater 
flow meter in our US facility. In the future this 
metering together with waste water data in the UK, 
will allow us to get a more accurate understanding 
of our water consumption. 

Our sustainable water drainage scheme in the 
UK retains all surface and storm water in a large 
aquifer system, a geological feature that sits under 
the site acting as a containment system. It allows 
900,000 litres of water to infiltrate the aquifer and 
be extracted as drinking water 400 days later.

Although we have always monitored and sought to 
improve our water usage, as we adopt principles of 
operational excellence within our processes, water 
efficiency and wastewater management will be an 
integral factor.

Our energy, waste and water audit report 
suggested water saving improvements to one 
of our manufacturing processes. The proposed 
water recovery and recirculation system would 
reduce the amount of fresh water consumed and 
volumes sent to drain, estimated to reduce water 
consumption at this site by 2.5% per year (based 
on 2021 volumes). We intend to invest in this 
system over the next three years.

Our UK facility includes several water efficiency 
measures, from automatic leak detection to self-
closing push button taps, resulting in a scoring 
of 78% for water efficiency under BREEAM. 
The energy, waste and water audit report for 
our UK facilities is currently being assessed with 
the intention to consider the implementation of 
suggested water improvements in the future.

SUSTaINaBle SHIppING 
Considering our diverse product range of over 
4,000 products, with movements across 75+ 
countries and shipment sizes ranging from 
25 grams to 20 tonnes, this year has been a 
challenging environment for Treatt, as well as many 
others across our value chain. 

Nevertheless, it is still our responsibility to continue 
to improve the sustainability of our logistical 
operations. During the year we have continued 
to monitor the shipping methods used for export, 
calculating total shipments by each carrier. In 
addition, we have also assessed imports to provide 
a more holistic approach across our logistics 

operation. We are identifying and monitoring  
those we consider as providing ‘sustainable 
shipping’* methods. 

When engaging with new carriers, we carry out 
due diligence, assessing their sustainability policies 
as part of our selection criteria. This allows us 
to be confident that, when sending our products 
around the world, we will be contributing to 
sustainable and responsible business practices 
within the global shipping industry.

perceNTaGe OF SUSTaINaBle SHIpMeNTS*

67% of  
shipments  
by road

Road shipments using 
sustainable carrier 

Road shipments using  
non-sustainable carrier

67%  

33% 

100% of  
shipments  
by sea

Sea shipments using 
sustainable carrier 

100%  

Sea shipments using  
non-sustainable carrier

0% 

2022

2021

2020

2019

23%

13%

79%

61%

100% of  
shipments  
by air

Air shipments using 
sustainable carrier 

100%  

Air shipments using  
non-sustainable carrier

0% 

*  A carrier is classified as being a ‘sustainable shipping’ 

carrier if they have confirmed to Treatt that they have an 
established sustainability strategy and/or clear sustainability 
objectives which are monitored, benchmarked, and reported 
(for example published environmental goals like zero 
carbon by a set date). Any carrier that does not have either 
a sustainability strategy or any monitored and published 
sustainability objectives will not be considered as being a 
sustainable shipping carrier by Treatt.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

47

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED

PERFORMANCE

PERFORMANCE

releVaNT UN SDGs

Strong governance is critical to business success, with an ever-
increasing focus on sustainability, driven both by wanting to be 
responsible and by increasing stakeholder interest. We want to prove 
we are making a difference and are aware that non-financial KPIs 
will be key to both driving improvements and demonstrating  
our progress.

The availability of robust, high quality, affordable 
and increasingly sustainably sourced produce, used 
for our natural product portfolios, is critical to our 
business success. Consumers are increasingly 
interested in how ingredients have been grown 
and how the people and planet are treated in the 
process. Therefore, this year we have accelerated 
our efforts to collaborate further with our suppliers 
to increase insight and transparency via our 
responsible and sustainable sourcing policy,  
further details on this on page and page 48.

prIOrITY: reVIeW THe 
GOVerNaNce OF SUSTaINaBIlITY

Our focus 
Our CEO continues to be directly accountable to 
the Board for sustainability, reporting on strategy 
progress at every Board meeting. Our CEO is 
supported by the Executive Leadership Team and 
Global Sustainability Manager who continues to 

work closely with our consultants in developing 
and delivering our strategy in this area. Our Global 
Sustainability Manager also leads our Sustainability 
Working Group, comprised of employee 
representatives, which co-ordinates and supports 
sustainable practices across the business. As part 
of our policy review process in this area, we have 
introduced a new labour and human rights policy. 

looking ahead 
We will continue to review, update and finalise all 
sustainability related policies to ensure they are 
supportive of Treatt’s ambitions and performance, 
promoting our commitments as they evolve. We will 
continue to offer clear oversight of sustainability 
responsibilities at Board and executive level whilst 
considering the introduction of environmental and 
social objectives to performance objectives of 
specific roles in the future. 

prIOrITY: DeTerMINING aND 
reVIeWING releVaNT NON-
FINaNcIal KpIS

Our focus
We are building on our non-financial drivers, 
supporting people and planet, gaining buy-in from 
across the business, to ensure we have stretch 
targets that are integral to our evolving strategy 
from 2023 onwards. Embedding them into our 
business strategy and ultimately linking them to 
remuneration are key. 

looking ahead
Next year we intend to report on more of these 
KPIs, disclosing our progress in key areas around 
people, planet and performance, as we see 
functions across the business pull together further 
to enhance the way we work, for good.

prIOrITY: creaTING a 
reSpONSIBle & SUSTaINaBle 
SUpplY cHaIN

Our focus 
This year, our working group has gained a better 
understanding of the risks and opportunities 
involved, agreed priority areas for effecting change, 
developed performance measures, enhanced 
our governance framework and given greater 
consideration of monitoring and reporting tools. 

We are committed to conducting our business in 
a sustainable, ethical and responsible manner, 
ensuring a positive impact on the communities 
with which we deal and requiring that our 
suppliers show integrity and respect for human 
rights and the environment. To date, the strategy 
has delivered a new responsible and sustainable 
sourcing policy, which has been rolled out to 
our global supply chain. In addition, starting with 
our largest category of citrus, we have required 
suppliers to commit to our enhanced supplier 
code of conduct and completion of an enhanced 
self-assessment questionnaire, inclusive of 
environmental assessments, that further support 
our commitments.

looking ahead 
Taking learnings from our work with our citrus 
suppliers we will continue to roll out this approach 
to our other categories over the coming months, 
aiming to complete this during 2023. Also setting 
ourselves KPIs in the coming year in this area, 
across our supply chain. As we progress this will 
enable us to work more closely with suppliers on 
shared challenges and initiatives, while continuing 
to provide our customers with a greater degree of 
reassurance, traceability and transparency as well 
as ensuring sustainable practices by our suppliers. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionSUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PERFORMANCE CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

48

Responsible and sustainable  
supply chain

SUpplY cHaIN STraTeGY
As markets continue to fluctuate the importance 
of retaining strong supplier relationships is 
critical. During the year, our procurement team 
visited citrus growers and suppliers across South 
America, giving them the opportunity to reinforce 
our sustainability programme in person and seeing 
for themselves the approach these suppliers take. 
They were encouraged with what they learnt. 

prOcUreMeNT – cIpS MeMBerSHIp
Most of our procurement team hold membership 
of the Chartered Institute of Procurement and 
Supply (CIPS), a professional body ensuring 
that procurement and supply chain management 
professionals have the knowledge and 
capabilities to deliver sustainability goals for their 
organisations. During 2023, it is our goal to have 
the whole global procurement team CIPS qualified, 
which includes significant focus on ethical and 
responsible sourcing.

cerTIFIcaTIONS, MeMBerSHIpS & raTINGS
A wide range of standards help provide 
additional reassurance as to where we are on 
our sustainability journey. These certifications, 
memberships and ratings not only provide a 
benchmark for our performance but also enable 
us to see where we can improve the sustainability 
of our own business, as well as contribute to 
collaborations to further the industry’s sustainability.

TraNSpareNcY THrOUGH SeDeX
The Group is pleased to be both a supplier and 
buyer member of SEDEX, a global membership 
organisation dedicated to driving improvements in 
ethical and responsible business practices in global 
supply chains. They use a collaborative approach 
to help buyers and suppliers share and exchange 
data. Being both a supplier and buyer member 
allows our customers to access our compliance 
to SEDEX’s standards which are verified by 
independent SEDEX Members Ethical Trade 
Audits (SMETA 4-pillar). It also allows us to create 
links to our suppliers to access their ethical and 
sustainability data and audit reports, so that we can 
monitor their compliance.

perceNTaGe OF OUr SUpplIerS THaT are 
SeDeX reGISTereD

Percentage of our 
suppliers that are 
SEDEX registered: 

2022 

2021

46%

35%

The improvement in the number of suppliers 
registered with SEDEX is a result of our 
responsible and sustainably sourcing policy which 
encourages our suppliers to become members. We 
aim to see an acceleration in 2023 as we continue 
to roll out our programme.

This year we have enhanced our assessment by 
determining the number of members audited by 
SEDEX’s standards and verified by independent 
SMETA 4-pillar audits. As such 27% of our of 
supplier members have been audited. Also, as 
a result of our focused efforts with our supply 
chain we are pleased to share that 81% of our 
citrus volume procured in FY2021 was from 
suppliers that are registered with SEDEX. We 
aim to encourage those supplier members not yet 
registered or audited across our supply chain to 
do so.

Dealing with SEDEX members, or those registered 
with similar third-party organisations, gives us 
comfort that they are audited to a professional 
standard and adhere to high standards of 
governance and ethics.

SaI plaTFOrM
SAI Platform is a non-profit network of over 170 
members harnessing the collaborative power of 
the global food and drink industry to accelerate 
the widespread adoption of sustainable agriculture 
practices and the transformation to sustainable 
food systems. As members of SAI Platform, 
we have key roles in a number of projects 
including that of the SAI Platform Florida Orange 
Sustainability Accelerator Project which by end of 
2022 is set to hit its objective of FSA verification 
in 90% of Florida orange production. Discussions 
are underway in how this could roll out to core 
markets such as Brazil, for which we’d be a key 
intermediary in implementing this best practice.

We are also proud to be Founders in SAI Platform’s 
Regenerating Together programme - building 
the regenerative capacity of agriculture through 
a global, farmer-centred, industry-led initiative, 
to meet the urgent need for an industry aligned 
approach to demonstrate regenerative outcomes 
on farms.

raINFOreST allIaNce 
We are proud to hold Rainforest Alliance Supply 
Chain certification and we are able to buy and 
sell specific products with the Rainforest Alliance 
(RFA) certification seal. RFA is an international 
non-profit organisation working at the intersection 
of business, agriculture and forest to make 
responsible business normal. The RFA’s standards 
not only enforce human rights, to reduce child 
labour and human trafficking, but also the reduction 
of deforestation and greenhouse gas emissions, 
as well as ensuring consumers and suppliers are 
investing back into the environment in which the 
certified crop is grown. 

During the year we have increased our 
procurement of RFA-certified tea and are exploring 
opportunities with other raw materials.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

49

SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
PERFORMANCE CONTINUED

rFa% OF TOTal Tea raW MaTerIal

32%

30%

2019

2020

2021

2022

63%

71%

ecOVaDIS
We are proud to have retained our silver standard 
from EcoVadis who provide a ratings platform 
to assess corporate social responsibility and 
sustainable procurement for tens of thousands 
of companies, providing a common platform, 
universal scorecard, benchmarks and performance 
improvement tools. We have improved our silver 
sustainability rating and are among the top 25% of 
companies assessed by EcoVadis.

carBON DISclOSUre prOJecT (cDp)
Our 2021 CDP score for climate was D and for 
water C- based on data from FY 2020. The scores 
for 2022 will be released soon and will reflect the 
progress we made across our pillars of people, 
planet and performance during FY 2021.

eTI
We are committed to maintaining adherence 
to the Ethical Trading Initiative best practice 
requirements. The Ethical Trading Initiative is a 
leading alliance of companies, trade unions and 
NGOs that promotes respect for workers’ rights 
around the globe and whose vision is a world 
where all workers are free from exploitation and 
discrimination, and enjoy conditions of freedom, 
security and equity.

IFra/IOFI
To further our involvement with sustainability 
initiatives, specifically within our business sector, 
Treatt is a signatory to the IFRA/IOFI Sustainability 
Charter. Through this voluntary initiative, the 
flavour and fragrance industry seek to encourage 
enhancements in the field of sustainability, 
providing a framework to enable sharing and 
benchmarking of the industry’s commitment to 
sustainable development.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStakeholder Engagement

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

SECTION 172

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

50

Understanding the needs of stakeholders is key 
to the Company’s ability to create long-term 
value. By understanding the perspectives of all its 
stakeholders, the Board is able to ensure that it can 
best promote the success of the Company, fully 
aware of its impacts on them, on the environment 
and ultimately, therefore, in the best interests of its 
members as a whole. In the event that a decision 
had to be made that not all stakeholder groups 
found favourable, steps would be taken to mitigate 
any negative impacts as far as possible.

At an operational level, engagement with 
stakeholders is reported to the Board via the 
Executive Leadership Team and managers. Reports 
submitted to the Board highlight the impact of the 
subject matter, both positive and negative, and 
prospective impacts on key stakeholders. This 
provides the Board with insight into the effect of 
our business on our stakeholders. Board meetings 
include time dedicated to discussion on different 
stakeholder groups; we have listened carefully to 
the views and feedback from various stakeholders 
in respect of the Group’s approach to ESG. Further 
details can be found on pages 51 to 53. 

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires 
Directors to act in the way which they consider, 
in good faith, would be most likely to promote 
the success of the Company for the benefit of its 
members as a whole, and in doing so have regard, 
amongst other matters, to:

A  The likely consequences of any decision 

in the long-term  

B   The interests of the Company’s employees 

See page 51

C   The need to foster the Company's business 
relationships with suppliers, customers  
and others  
See pages 51 and 52

D  The impact of the Company's operations on 

the community and the environment 
See page 53

E   The desirability of the Company maintaining  

a reputation for high standards of  
business conduct  
See pages 25, 72 and 73

F   The need to act fairly as between members 

of the Company 
 See pages 51, 74 and 75

Employees

Shareholders

Customers

Suppliers

Communities

Environment

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section 
Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

51

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CONTINUED
SECTION 172 CONTINUED

Employees

Shareholders

WHY We eNGaGe:
Our employees are essential to the success of 
our business; our culture and our commitment 
to our purpose and values drives our business 
performance. We engage with our people regularly 
and seek to create an environment in which all 
employees feel happy and supported. Further 
details on our culture can be found on pages  
15, 26, 28 and 29.

HOW We eNGaGeD:
Our culture is supported by maintaining an open 
and active dialogue across the business. Direct 
engagement took place through open door 
Employee Voice sessions led by the Chairman and 
designated Non-executive Director. Social events 
were held in the UK and US for all employees, 
which the Board attended, to facilitate more  
relaxed engagement.

The Executive Directors regularly communicate 
across the business and engaged through results 
presentations, at the half and full year. Indirect 
engagement reported to the Board via the 
Executive Leadership Team, included: 

•  Executive Leadership Team town hall meetings 

with Q&A sessions

•  Wellbeing workshops for mental health 

awareness week and stress awareness month

•  Seeking feedback from all employees  
through a dedicated email address on 
organisational design 

•  Manager workshops on sustainability and 

bi-annual sustainability updates via a dedicated 
newsletter to all employees

WHaT We DIScUSSeD:
Key topics of engagement:

•  New five-year strategy 

• 

Information on customer wins and financial 
results 

•  Organisational design including culture and 

leadership

•  Sustainability at Treatt

•  Mental, physical and financial wellbeing

•  Executive remuneration

BOarD DecISIONS: 
•  Feedback received from Employee Voice 

sessions was discussed at subsequent Board 
meetings and, if appropriate, action taken  
by management

•  Any feedback received on executive 
remuneration was discussed by the 
Remuneration Committee and considered in 
the context of its discussions

•  The Board approved changes to leadership 

positions below Board level and the 
introduction of a new Executive Leadership 
Team, reporting to the CEO, to drive  
future performance 

•  The importance of culture was discussed 
in the context of managing change, the 
importance of regular communication with all 
employees to alleviate uncertainty that might 
be felt and ensuring that change does not 
negatively impact culture

•  The Board approved free and matching share 
awards under the SIP and a grant of options 
under the share save schemes 

WHY We eNGaGe: 
Shareholder views inform our decision-making and 
engagement enables us to explain our strategic 
goals; it is important that all shareholders have 
confidence in our business and how it is managed, 
whether they are institutional investors, private 
individuals or employee shareholders.

HOW We eNGaGeD: 
We were able to hold an open Annual General 
Meeting in January 2022 with webcast facility 
enabling direct engagement with shareholders.

Our Executive Directors met with current and 
prospective shareholders, providing an overview of 
our business and the industry in which we operate 
with particular focus on the implementation of 
our strategy and our trading update, in which we 
downgraded our profit expectation for the year. 
They also presented annual and half year results 
to institutional investors. These presentations and 
webcasts were made available to all shareholders 
through the Group website.

We held our first capital markets days, with strong 
attendance, providing institutional investors with 
an opportunity to see our new site and learn more 
about the business from our team.

Our Global Sustainability Manager has engaged 
with several shareholders in respect of matters of 
particular interest to them relating to sustainability.

In recent years we have consulted with our major 
shareholders in relation to our remuneration policy 
and Chairman’s tenure. Consultation provides us 
with an opportunity to gauge shareholder opinion 
and respond to any concerns raised.

WHaT We DIScUSSeD: 
Key topics of engagement:

•  Our financial results and performance, 

providing opportunities for our shareholders  
to ask questions to better understand  
our business

•  Relocation to our new UK Headquarters

•  The conflict in Ukraine, sanctions against 

Russia and impact on our business

•  Global logistical issues

• 

Inflationary pressures

•  COVID-19 lockdowns in China

•  Progress on sustainability

BOarD DecISIONS: 
•  The Nomination Committee undertook the 

Chairman succession process, supported by 
an independent executive search consultant, 
ensuring that candidates were sought from  
a pipeline of talent diverse in gender  
and ethnicity

•  The Board proposed a final dividend for 

FY2021 and approved an interim dividend for 
FY2022. In deciding dividend levels, the Board 
considered its dividend policy, the impact on 
the Group’s cash position, investment needs 
and relevant borrowing covenants

•  Continued oversight of the site relocation  
and approval of additional budget required  
as a result of inflationary cost pressures 
and some higher than originally expected 
commissioning expenses

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionSTAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CONTINUED
SECTION 172 CONTINUED

Customers

Suppliers

WHY We eNGaGe:

It is important that we understand all our 
customers’ requirements to allow us to deliver the 
products and service they need and to inform our 
research and development. Their feedback and 
support are crucial to the success of our business.

HOW We eNGaGeD:
The CEO has met with a number of customers 
during the course of the year both at their premises 
and at Treatt. The Board indirectly engages with 
customers at an operational level through members 
of the Executive Leadership Team and their teams:

•  Listening to our customers and their needs 

through key account management relationships 

•  Working directly with relevant customer 
departments on sustainability, technical, 
regulatory and logistics matters of concern  
to them

•  Face to face visits and calls with customers, 
with relevant Treatt specialists in attendance, 
enables us to discuss a wide variety of matters 
and seek feedback on our performance

WHaT We DIScUSSeD:
Key topics of engagement:

•  Service levels and the impact of global logistics 

issues on lead times 

•  The conflict in Ukraine, sanctions against 
Russia and any impact on our supply chain

•  Customer needs and consumer trends, to 

enable us to develop suitable products to meet 
their needs

•  Relocation of production to our new UK 

Headquarters 

•  Our approach to sustainability

BOarD DecISIONS: 
•  Approval of capital expenditure projects to 
increase product capacity and strengthen 
product capability

•  Approval of our ESG framework to further 

develop and embed sustainability within our 
business, ensuring that we continue to meet 
the sustainability needs of our customers 

•  Continued oversight of the financial position of 
the business, including the level of inventory 
required to be held by the Group to meet 
customer demand

•  Receipt of a report on customer engagement

WHY We eNGaGe: 
We have a strong supplier base located all over the 
world with which, in order to grow sustainably, we 
need to develop and maintain close relationships. 
Our suppliers are fundamental to the quality 
and sustainability of the products we offer our 
customers. It is important to us to deal with 
suppliers who are committed to Treatt and  
our values.

HOW We eNGaGeD: 
The CEO has been involved in a number of supplier 
meetings during the course of the year. The Board 
indirectly engages with suppliers through our 
Procurement Team, who are responsible for our 
supply chain relationships. They engaged with our 
suppliers through:

•  Regular virtual meetings and recommencement 
of face-to-face meetings with the lifting of 
travel restrictions

•  Attendance at working groups as part of an 
orange project run by the SAI Platform, a 
global food and drink value chain initiative for 
sustainable agriculture

•  The supplier qualification and  

requalification process

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

52

WHaT We DIScUSSeD: 
Key topics of engagement:

•  Continuity of the supply chain, business 

continuity planning, global logistics issues and 
lead time delays 

•  Launch of our new Responsible and 

Sustainable Sourcing Policy in which we set 
out our expectation of suppliers for sustainable 
and responsible raw material sourcing

•  Relaunch of our Supplier Code of Conduct, 

which places greater environmental 
expectation on our suppliers of raw materials

BOarD DecISIONS:
•  Approval of our ESG framework, which 
establishes further priorities related to 
sustainable sourcing 

•  Receipt of a report on supplier engagement 
including the latest payment practices

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

53

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CONTINUED
SECTION 172 CONTINUED

Communities

Environment

WHaT We DIScUSSeD:
Key topics of engagement:

•  How we can provide assistance to charity 

partners

•  Sponsorship

•  Volunteering

•  Donations

BOarD DecISIONS: 
•  The Board approved a donation to the 

Disasters Emergency Committee’s Ukraine 
Humanitarian Appeal 

•  Receipt of a report on community engagement 

activities

WHY We eNGaGe: 
The natural environment is of considerable 
importance to our business and the supply 
of natural raw materials. We must make a 
positive contribution to our environment and the 
sustainability of our products.

HOW We eNGaGeD: 
Continuing to work with consultants to further 
develop and embed our sustainability strategy 
throughout the Group and improve our 
environmental performance.

Energy audit of our UK and US facilities to identify 
energy saving opportunities.

Group-wide initiative for The Great Big Green Week 
with various activities to ensure that the effect of 
climate change remains a focus within Treatt. 

WHY We eNGaGe:
We care deeply about the communities in which 
we operate and have spent time developing 
relationships to provide support and opportunities 
where we are able to do so. We want to appeal 
to the best talent, and it is important that Treatt 
fosters the best possible reputation in the 
communities where we operate and from which 
we recruit.

HOW We eNGaGeD:
Community relationships are managed locally 
with the involvement of the CEO and with each 
subsidiary focusing on community groups, projects 
and initiatives which are important to them.

Providing financial and non-financial donations to 
community projects and charities.

Enterprise Advisors working closely with local 
schools to support careers education through 
virtual assemblies and collaborative projects.

Regular meetings with community, charity and 
school contacts.

Group-wide charity fundraisers increasing 
awareness of their causes whilst raising vital funds 
to support their services.

Further details of our work with local communities 
can be found on page 33.

WHaT We DIScUSSeD: 
Key topics of engagement:

•  Scope 3 emissions in the first year of reporting

•  TCFD scenario analysis and the impact of 

climate change on our business 

•  Short and longer-term energy saving 

opportunities and prioritisation of investment

• 

Increased expectations on our supply chain in 
respect of environmental performance

BOarD DecISIONS: 
•  Approval of capital expenditure projects for 

energy saving initiatives 

•  Approval of our ESG framework, which 

establishes further priorities in respect of 
environmental matters and climate change

•  Receipt a report at every meeting on  

progress against our ESG strategy and 
an annual presentation from our Global 
Sustainability Manager 

This Strategic Report was approved by the Board  
on 29 November 2022.

ryan Govender
Chief Financial Officer

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionFinancial Review

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

54

STRONG SALES GROWTH, WITH MARGIN DECLINE IMPACTING PROFITABILITY

FINANCIAL REVIEW

ryan Govender 
Chief Financial Officer

Growth

OVerVIeW
The Group performance reflects a difficult set of 
financial results for the year ended 30 September 
2022. Revenue grew 12.8% to £140.2m (9.1% 
in constant currency) with growth across all 
categories except tea, however gross margins 
declined to 27.9% mainly due to lower hard tea 
sales and FX losses. As a result, profit before tax 
and exceptional items reduced by 27.1% to £15.3m. 

The Group has reviewed how it can better limit 
FX exposure in light of increasing volatility. This 
resulted in the correction of previously over-
hedged FX contracts during the financial year 
and the implementation of new FX management 
systems which will provide greater controls for the 
Group in this area.

The year saw continued investment of £12.8m 
in capital projects, including £5.0m on the new 
UK facility with the majority of production now 
transitioned and operational from the new site. Due 
to the ongoing high levels of investment in capital 
projects and strategic inventory holding, we ended 
the year with net debt of £22.4m (2021: £9.1m) 
and net debt to adjusted EBITDA1 of 1.21x which 
is well within our target leverage range (statutory 
measure: 1.16x net debt to EBITDA).

Strong revenue growth.

+12.8%

INcOMe STaTeMeNT

revenue
Revenue for the year increased by 12.8% to 
£140.2m (2021: £124.3m). In constant currency 
terms, revenue increased by 9.1% as the Pound 
Sterling was weaker against the US Dollar in 2022, 
as compared to 2021.

Revenue growth was broad-based, across all of 
our categories, with the exception of tea where 
sales declined on the back of an exceptional 2021 
performance and lower than expected demand in 
hard tea (ready-to-drink canned cocktail market) 
in the US, which also materially impacted margins 
for the year. Our overall revenue performance 
was driven in particular by our citrus, synthetic 
aroma and health & wellness categories, reporting 
combined growth of 19.8%.

Citrus, which contributed 47.6% of Group revenue 
(2021: 43.6%), grew by 23.2%, while margins 
remained broadly in line. During the year we 
implemented selected price increases to mostly 
offset higher commodity prices, with our expertise 
in citrus procurement and our robust supply chain 
ensuring we mitigated our exposure as much as 
possible to the rising market.

Whilst approximately 80.0% of the Group’s 
revenue now comes from our natural and clean-
label product ranges, our synthetic aroma sales 
increased by 13.6% (2021: 8.9%) with growth in 
products used to flavour alternative proteins and 
savoury snack foods.

1.  EBITDA is calculated as operating profit plus depreciation 

and amortisation. The adjusted measure excludes 
exceptional items

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

55

FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

categories %  
share of sales

Citrus

Tea

Health & wellness

Fruit & vegetables

Herbs, spices & florals

Synthetic aroma

Coffee

Geographical %  
share of sales

UK

Germany

Ireland

Rest of Europe

USA

Rest of the Americas

China

Rest of the World

2022

48%

6%

8%

10%

9%

18%

1%

2022

7%

6%

8%

10%

38%

9%

6%

16%

2021

44%

11%

8%

10%

9%

18%

–

2021

8%

5%

6%

11%

43%

8%

6%

13%

Health & wellness, including sugar reduction, had 
another strong year, growing by 15.3% (2021: 
28.7%) with sustained consumer demand for 
‘better for you’ products driving sales in our 
specialist solutions, such as the reduction of 
calorific content in beverages. This reflects the 
important IP, know-how and technical expertise 
which Treatt possesses in this field. 

Despite a very strong prior year, fruit & vegetables 
continued to grow by 8.3% (2021: 59.6%) with 
mango, pineapple, strawberry and kiwi natural 
extracts leading contributors to growth.

The Group’s traditional range of herbs, spices & 
florals, many of which are traded, grew by 10.4% 
(2021: 0.5%) in large part because of improved 
on-trade consumption post-pandemic.

Coffee sales of £1.1m are reported separately 
for the first time in our full year results as we 
continued our investment in coffee innovation 
resources in the fiscal year.

Geographical analysis of revenues shows that the 
UK, mainland Europe and The Americas maintained 
performance despite a number of challenges. The 
well-documented global supply chain issues and 
site relocation created logistical challenges which 
our very experienced supply chain teams across 
the Group did a remarkable job in overcoming in 
order to maintain customer service levels.

In the UK, revenues performed well in both citrus 
and coffee, with revenue ending the year up by 
2.9% at £9.8m. 

Sales to mainland Europe, which represented 
24.3% of Group revenue (2021: 21.9%), performed 
well reporting a 25.0% increase in revenue to 
£34.0m (2021: £27.2m) driven by particularly 
strong performance from both citrus and  
synthetic aroma. 

Revenue in the Group’s largest market, the US, 
grew by a more modest 0.7% to £53.7m (2021: 
£53.4m) representing 38.3% of the Group total 
(2021: 42.9%). Within the US, the Group benefitted 
from particularly strong growth in orange products 
where successful navigation of supply chain 
challenges during the year enabled the business 
to compete against those not so well positioned, 
however this market also endured the significant 
downturn in tea demand.

The Group continued to focus on opportunities 
in China, with our local subsidiary completing 
its first full year of trading in 2022. Despite the 
well documented extended COVID-19 related 
restrictions in large parts of China, reported 
revenue to the country increased by 6.2% to £7.9m 
(2021: £7.4m). We remain optimistic about the 
opportunities in this market with a large proportion 
of growth representing new business for Treatt.

The Rest of the World (excluding China) grew by 
26.8% to £21.8m (2021: £17.2m) with a number of 
customers and markets now recovering from the 
prolonged effects of COVID-19 that continued to 
impact 2021.

profit 
Gross profit declined by 7.4% with gross profit 
margins reducing from 34.0% to 27.9%. The 
decrease in margins resulted from three factors; 
firstly the change in mix as a result of the growth 
in lower margin citrus sales and the decline in 
higher margin hard tea sales; secondly the Group 
experienced significant input cost inflation and 
whilst, in a number of cases, the business has been 
able to pass this onto its customers, some longer-
term contracts have not yet allowed this to be 
achieved across the full portfolio. Lastly, margins 
were adversely affected by increasing FX losses 
on over-hedged FX contracts, following the rapid 
devaluation of Sterling against the US Dollar during 
the second half of the year.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionFINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

56

Administrative expenses (excluding exceptional 
items) grew by 11.7% in the year to £23.3m (2021: 
£20.9m), driven by an increase in administrative 
headcount, including investment in our new coffee 
team, overhead inflation and increased travel post 
pandemic. Average headcount numbers across 
the Group have increased by 12.5%. A significant 
number of open vacancies in 2021 were filled in the 
current year leading to the increase in headcount 
in 2022. After substantial investment in our people 
and production facilities to support the Group’s 
next phase of expansion, we do not anticipate any 
significant increase in administrative expenses in the 
short to medium-term, above the normal rate  
of inflation.

Adjusted net operating margin² decreased in the 
year to 11.3% (2021: 17.2%), whilst net operating 
margin decreased in the year to 11.9% (2021: 
16.1%), both impacted by the decline in gross 
profit, with administrative expenses (excluding 
exceptional items) remaining consistent as a 
proportion of revenue. Consequently, operating 
profit excluding exceptional items decreased 
26.1% to £15.8m (2021: £21.3m) whilst statutory 
operating profit decreased 16.7% to £16.7m (2021: 
£20.0m). Over the last five years average adjusted 
net operating margins have been 13.3%, whilst our 
medium-term target range is 15-20%. 

Adjusted return on average capital employed3 
(ROACE) decreased to 11.6% (2021: 20.9%) as a 
consequence of the decrease in operating profits 
during the year whilst capital employed increased 
(return on average capital employed decreased 
from 19.2% (2021) to 11.9% over the year). As well 
as growth in adjusted basic earnings per share, 
ROACE has been included as a performance metric 
for LTIPs. Our medium-term target for ROACE is to 
deliver a range of 20-25%.

Exceptional items (see note 8 to the financial 
statements) include the gain on the sale of 
the previous UK facility of £3.3m (2021: nil) 
offset by one-off non-recurring costs of £2.4m 
(2021: £1.3m). These comprised relocation 
expenses (£1.8m) including project consultants, 
manufacturing plant and machinery design and 
installation specialists and commissioning costs 
together with restructuring costs (£0.6m) incurred 
as a result of a significant change to the executive 
leadership structure.

2  Operating margin is calculated by dividing operating profit by 
revenue from continuing operations. The adjusted measure 
excludes exceptional items.

3  Return on average capital employed is calculated by dividing 
operating profit (as shown in the Group income statement) 
by the average capital employed in the business, which is 
calculated as total equity (as shown in the Group balance 
sheet) plus net debt or minus net cash (as shown in the 
Group reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net 
debt), averaged over the opening, interim and closing 
amounts. The adjusted measure excludes exceptional items.

Adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation 
and amortisation (adjusted EBITDA1) for the year 
decreased by 20.2% to £18.5m (2021: £23.1m) 
whereas statutory EBITDA reports an 11.2% 
decline to £19.4m (2021: £21.8m). Profit before tax 
and exceptional items from continuing operations 
declined by 27.1% to £15.3m (2021: £20.9m). 
Reported profit after tax for the year of £13.3m 
represents a decrease of 12.1% on the prior year.

FOreIGN eXcHaNGe GaINS aND lOSSeS
Whilst the Group’s functional currency is the 
British Pound (Sterling), the majority of the Group’s 
business is transacted in other currencies which 
creates a foreign exchange exposure, particularly in 
the US Dollar and, to a lesser extent, the Euro.

During the year Sterling weakened against the US 
Dollar, ending the year 17.2% weaker at £1=$1.12 
(2021: £1=$1.35); the average Sterling/US Dollar 
exchange rate for the year was 6.5% weaker as 
compared with the prior year.

The Group’s FX risk management policy is to 
minimise its foreign exchange risk at our UK 
business through the use of forward currency 
contracts and options, as well as through managing 
its US Dollar borrowings. This can result in timing 
differences in the short-term, giving rise to re-
translation gains or losses in the income statement. 
More detail on the implementation of this policy  
and changes made during the year can be found  
in the foreign exchange risk management section 
on page 59.

The impact of foreign exchange gains and losses 
in 2022 was a total loss on foreign exchange 
contracts of £2.3m (2021: £1.4m gain), the net gain 
and loss on the re-translation of other currency 
denominated balances, in aggregate, was £nil 
(2021: £0.4m loss). During the second half of 
the year, the Group corrected over-hedged FX 
contracts and implemented new FX management 
systems, including an internal FX Committee and 
the use of third party FX advisors.

There was a foreign exchange gain of £11.5m 
(2021: £1.8m loss) in the ‘Statement of 
Comprehensive Income’ in relation to the Group’s 
investment in Treatt USA.

FINaNce cOSTS
The Group’s net finance costs increased to £0.5m 
(2021: £0.4m) as net debt increased by £13.3m to a 
closing position of £22.4m. In the year investment 
in the UK facility was £5.0m and related capitalised 
interest cost of £0.2m. As well as interest costs 
there were a number of fixed costs for maintaining 
facilities for future use which were funded from 
operating cash flows. Whilst still healthy, following 
the decline in profits, interest cover for the year 
before exceptional items decreased to 30.5 times 
(2021: 50.0 times). 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

57

FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

GrOUp TaX cHarGe
After providing for deferred tax, the Group tax 
charge decreased by £1.6m to £2.9m (2021: £4.5m); 
an effective tax rate (after exceptional items) of 
17.7% (2021: 22.8%). The decrease in effective tax 
rate is driven largely by the tax treatment on the 
disposal of Northern Way premises.

The sale of the Group’s former UK premises at 
Northern Way in February 2022 is not expected to 
be taxable as indexation allowances are available 
which fully offset the taxable gain. The deferred tax 
rate applicable in the UK has remained at 25.0%, in 
the US the rate of corporation tax remains  
at 21.0%.

earNINGS per SHare
Basic earnings per share (as set out in note 11 to 
the financial statements) decreased by 12.5% to 
22.04p (2021: 25.19p). Adjusted basic earnings 
per share4 for the year declined by 26.8% to 19.80p 
(2021: 27.05p). The calculation of earnings per 
share excludes those shares which are held by the 
Treatt Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) and Treatt SIP 
Trust (SIP), which are not beneficially owned by 
employees since they do not rank for dividend and is 
based upon profit after tax.

DIVIDeNDS 
The proposed final dividend of 5.35p per share 
(2021: 5.50p) increases the total dividend per 
share for the year to 7.85p, a 4.7% increase 
on the prior year (2021: 7.50p), representing 
dividend cover of 2.5 times pre-exceptional 
earnings for the year and a rolling three-year cover 
after exceptional items of 3.0 times. The Board 
considers this to be appropriate at this stage of the 
Group’s development.

BalaNce SHeeT 
Shareholders’ funds grew in the year by £27.6m 
to £133.9m (2021: £106.3m), with net assets per 
share increasing by 25.0% to £2.20 (2021: £1.76). 
Over the last five years net assets per share have 
grown by 150.0%. The Board has chosen not to 
avail itself of the option under IFRS to revalue 
land and buildings annually and, therefore, all the 
Group’s land and buildings are held at historical 
cost, net of depreciation, on the balance sheet. 

Inventory held at the year-end was £68.4m (2021: 
£47.3m), an increase of £21.1m. This increase 
was driven by three main factors; firstly higher 
average raw material costs due to inflationary 
increases (notably orange oil which remains the 
largest volume material held in inventory); secondly 
the overall growth in sales and thirdly proactive 
purchasing by our procurement team to protect  
our customers from the effect of global supply 
chain issues.

One factor in the success of the business is our 
management of risks, such as geographic, political 
and climatic, to ensure continuity of supply for 
our customers. Consequently, the overall level of 
inventory held by the Group is highly significant in 
cash terms.

NeT DeBT
At the year-end date the Group’s net debt position 
was £22.4m (2021: £9.1m) including leases 
of £0.4m (2021: £1.1m), with available unused 
facilities of £8.4m. 

In order to support the Group’s growth plans for 
the foreseeable future, the Group retains a mix of 
secured and unsecured borrowing facilities totalling 
£30.8m, of which £13.4m expires in one year  
or less.

During the year the Group increased its UK 
overdraft limit by £2.7m and increased its US 
line of credit by $2.0m in order to provide further 
headroom on its existing facilities. Furthermore, the 
Group still retains with HSBC a £6.5m accordion 
(pre-approved facility) and has access to an 
uncommitted asset-backed credit facility of up to 
$7.0m with Bank of America. Borrowing facilities 
are undertaken to match some of the Group’s 
borrowings to the assets which they have been 
used to finance and working capital.

4  Adjusted earnings per share measures exclude exceptional 
items and the related tax effect, details of which are given in 
note 8.

All the Group’s borrowing facilities are held with 
HSBC and Bank of America and are typically 
held on three to five-year terms with expiry dates 
staggered to fall in different financial years. The 
Group continues to enjoy positive relationships with 
its banks and expects all facilities to be renewed or 
refinanced when they fall due.

caSH FlOW
Net cash outflow for the year was £4.1m (2021: 
£5.0m outflow) reflecting the ongoing investment 
in production and technical capabilities together 
with a strategic build of specific inventory to 
maintain supply and protect margins. During the 
year the Group invested £12.8m (2021: £14.4m) on 
capital projects, of which £5.0m was incurred on 
the UK relocation project (more details of which 
are set out on page 58). Total investments in the 
Group’s US operations were £5.8m, this includes 
£2.4m on a significant new still and £2.2m on 
other new processing equipment and technologies 
to further support the Group’s growth plans and 
ambition to increase the proportion of value-added 
products. Capital spend was partially offset by the 
sale of the Group’s former premises at Northern 
Way for £5.8m in February 2022.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionFINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

58

expect a further net cash outflow of £5.0m over 
the next year. The cash outflows for the project are 
expected to result in the rolling Group net debt to 
adjusted EBITDA ratio remaining below 1.0x  
during FY23.

It should be noted that in accordance with IAS 23 
‘Borrowing costs’, and in addition to the above, the 
interest charges incurred on funds utilised on the 
relocation project prior to its completion fall to be 
capitalised. In the year ended 30 September 2022 
£187,000 was capitalised and a further £230,000 
is expected to be capitalised in the year ending  
30 September 2023.

TreaTT eMplOYee BeNeFIT TrUST aND 
TreaTT SIp TrUST
The Group has an HMRC-approved Share Incentive 
Plan (SIP) for its UK employees, and as far as 
practicable, also offers a similar scheme to its US 
employees. All UK employees with a year’s service 
were awarded £700 (2021: £700) of ‘Free Shares’ 
during the year as part of the Group’s employee 
incentive and engagement programme as the 
Board is firmly of the view that increased employee 
share ownership is an important tool for driving 
positive employee engagement in the business.  
A similar scheme exists for US employees who 
were awarded $1,000 (2021: $1,000) of Restricted 
Stock Units during the year. These shares are 
forfeited by employees who leave within three 
years from the date of grant.

There was an overall working capital outflow in the 
year of £18.5m (2021: outflow £10.0m), principally 
as a result of an outflow of £14.4m in relation 
to a tactical decision to build inventory levels in 
response to increasing lead times and inflationary 
pricing pressures. There was a net increase in 
receivables of £8.5m as a result of the strong sales 
performance in the final two months of the year, 
partially compensated by an increase of £4.4m  
in payables.

capITal INVeSTMeNT prOGraMMe

UK relocation
The Group acquired a ten-acre greenfield site on 
the new Suffolk Park in Bury St Edmunds in mid-
2017 to relocate our UK business from its previous 
site in Bury St Edmunds, to a brand-new purpose-
built facility. Construction of the new facility was 
completed during 2021. In addition to delivering 
operational efficiencies and advanced capabilities, 
the aim of the new facility was to bring together all 
our UK-based staff into a single premises.

During 2022 the first phase of installation and 
commissioning of plant and machinery was 
completed, inventory was physically transferred to 
be managed by the new warehouse management 
system and production began from the new facility 
as equipment was successfully brought online. 
All science and technical colleagues have now 
transitioned to the new site where state-of-the-art 
laboratories both support and promote product 
innovation whilst also providing a truly exceptional 
customer collaboration environment.

Following the sale of Northern Way premises in 
February 2022, the Group agreed a leaseback 
of our main manufacturing building for a period 
of 19 months, with a break-clause at 12 months, 
to maintain the continuity of its manufacturing 
capability during the transition. In 2023 we will 
commence phase two, which involves the transfer 
and upgrade of highly complex manufacturing 
equipment from our old site. We expect phase two 
to be completed by the end of 2023 and we will 
continue to manufacture some products at the old 
site until the lease expires. Whilst there is a risk 
of cost overruns, we have programmed a gradual 
transfer from our old site to our new facility and 
included approximately £0.5m of contingency 
(approximately 10.0% of the remaining spend) in 
order to mitigate that risk as far as practicable.

The respective total costs of each phase of the 
relocation are broken down as follows:

£’000

phase one

phase two

Total

Capital expenditure

41,277

3,070

44,347

Existing site 
disposal

Exceptional items

Total costs

(5,592)

4,820

40,505

–

(5,592)

2,290

5,360

7,110

45,865

The total capital project costs, including proceeds 
from the sale of the previous site, are expected to 
be approximately £38.8m with exceptional costs 
totalling £7.1m expected to be incurred. As the 
relocation project moves into the final phase, we 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

59

FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

Under the SIP, UK employees are offered the 
opportunity each year to purchase up to £1,800 
(or 10.0% of salary, whichever is lower) of Treatt 
shares out of gross income, which the Group 
continues to match on a one and a half for one 
basis. In the year, a total of 24,000 (2021: 30,000) 
matching shares were granted.

The SIP currently holds 438,000 shares (2021: 
477,000) and is administered by Link Asset 
Services Trustees. All shares are allocated to 
participants under the SIP. It is anticipated that 
going forward the obligations under the SIP will 
continue to be satisfied through the issue of  
new shares.

In addition, the Group continued its annual 
programme of offering share option saving 
schemes to employees in the UK and US. Under 
US tax legislation, employees at Treatt USA are 
able to exercise options annually, whilst the UK 
schemes provide for three-year saving plans.

Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, which was 
approved by shareholders at the 2019 Annual 
General Meeting, Executive Directors and certain 
key employees were granted 72,000 (2021: 
127,000) nil cost share options during the year 
which will vest after three years on a sliding 
scale, subject to performance conditions. In 
total, options were granted over 205,000 (2021: 
197,000) shares during the year, whilst 278,000 
(2021: 117,000) were exercised from options 
awarded in prior years which have now vested. 

During the year 400,000 (2021: 100,000) shares 
were issued to the Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) 
at par (2 pence per share). The EBT currently 
holds 270,000 shares (2021: 166,000) in order to 
satisfy future option schemes. It is anticipated that 
going forward, all-employee savings-related share 
schemes will continue to be satisfied by shares 
held within the EBT, to which further shares will be 
issued as necessary.

FINal SalarY peNSION ScHeMe
The R C Treatt final salary pension scheme (the 
‘scheme’) has not been subject to any further 
accruals since 31 December 2012 and instead 
members of the scheme were offered membership 
of the UK defined contribution pension plan with 
effect from 1 January 2013. This means that the 
defined benefit scheme has been de-risked as far 
as it is practicable and reasonable to do so.

The last three-year actuarial review of the scheme 
was carried out as at 1 January 2021, the result of 
which was that the scheme had an actuarial deficit 
of £4.9m (1 January 2018: surplus £0.5m) and a 
funding level of 82.0%. Consequently, the Company 
has agreed with the trustees to make contributions 
of £0.5m (2021: £0.5m) per annum until the next 
actuarial review date of 1 January 2024.

Under IAS 19, ‘Employee Benefits’ a valuation of 
the scheme is conducted at the year-end date 
based on updating the valuation calculations from 
the most recent actuarial valuation. In accordance 
with this valuation, and having sought legal advice 
as to the appropriateness of recognising a scheme 
surplus, there is a pension surplus recognised on 
the balance sheet, net of tax, of £1.3m (2021: £5.1m 
liability). The decrease in the deficit is driven by an 
actuarial gain on changes to financial assumptions 
of £11.7m, due to significantly higher discount rate 
assumptions than prior years as a result of higher 
government bond yields.

FOreIGN eXcHaNGe rISK MaNaGeMeNT
The nature of Treatt’s activities is such that the 
Group could be affected by movements in certain 
exchange rates, principally between Sterling and 
the US Dollar, but other currencies such as the 
Euro can also have a material effect. This risk 
manifests itself in a number of ways.

Firstly, the value of the foreign currency net 
assets of Treatt USA (the Group’s main overseas 
subsidiary) can fluctuate with Sterling.

Secondly, with R C Treatt (the Group’s main 
UK subsidiary) exporting throughout the world, 
fluctuations in the value of Sterling can affect both 
the gross margin and operating costs. In addition 
to Sterling, sales are principally made in US Dollar 
and Euro, with the US Dollar being the most 
significant, typically accounting for around half of 
the UK business’s sales.

Even if a sale is made in Sterling, its price may 
be set by reference to its US Dollar denominated 
raw material price which therefore can have an 
impact on the Sterling gross margin. Raw materials 
are also mainly purchased in US Dollars and bank 
accounts are operated through which US Dollar 
denominated sales and purchases flow. Hence it 
is the relative strength or weakness of Sterling 
against the US Dollar that is of prime importance. 
As well as affecting the cash value of sales, US 
Dollar exchange movements can also have a 
significant effect on the replacement cost of  
stocks, which affects future profitability and 
competitive advantage.

The Group’s FX risk management policy is to 
minimise its foreign exchange risk at our UK 
business through managing its US Dollar cash 
and borrowings and the use of forward currency 
contracts and options. Foreign exchange contracts 
are used to provide a hedge on the Group’s  
margin exposure where purchases and sale are 
made in the same currency. The value of these 
contracts is determined through forward-looking 
forecasts of expected sales and net margins in 
foreign currencies.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionFINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

60

An FX committee was formed in August 2022 in 
order to monitor foreign exchange risks within the 
business, work on refinements to the existing FX 
risk policy and provide a forum to challenge and 
approve strategic actions such as hedging. The 
committee meets monthly and there is an ongoing 
focus to manage foreign currency debt balances, 
ensure the ongoing effectiveness of hedges and 
remove avoidable foreign exchange risk from  
the business. 

As we near the end of our capital investment 
programme, manufacturing capacity is in place to 
support organic growth over the next few years, 
with the capability now to add further capacity 
in a more modular and cost-efficient way. After 
substantial investment in our people to support 
the Group’s next phase of expansion, we do not 
anticipate any significant increase in administrative 
expenses in the short to medium-term, above the 
normal rate of inflation. 

I believe the top line growth in healthier value-
added categories, whilst maintaining efficient 
operations and a stable cost base, will allow 
improvement in operating margins over the next 
few years.

At this early stage of FY2023, the business is on 
track to meet market expectations.

Re-establish 
Growth 
Platform

ryan Govender 
Chief Financial Officer

29 November 2022

The Group now, as part of its FX risk management, 
actively minimises its foreign currency debt and 
cash balances where there is no immediate 
expected offset. In regard to foreign exchange 
contracts used for hedging, the Group regularly 
reforecasts its exposure and amends its positions 
according to any surpluses or shortfalls.

SUMMarY
Sales grew strongly by 12.8% to £140.2m during 
the year, albeit the profit performance of the 
Group has been disappointing, following nine 
years of continuous growth in profit before tax 
and exceptional items. The strength of our sales 
growth across almost every category gives us 
the confidence to continue our focus on healthier 
value-added categories and we saw a recovery 
of our on-trade channels and the consequential 
demand for our products, reflecting the underlying 
strength and resilience of our business.

I believe the top line growth in healthier value-
added categories, whilst maintaining efficient 
operations and a stable cost base, will allow 
improvement in operating margins over the next 
few years.

As we near the end of our capital investment 
programme, manufacturing capacity is in place to 
support organic growth over the next few years, 
with the capability now to add further capacity 
in a more modular and cost-efficient way. After 
substantial investment in our people to support 
the Group’s next phase of expansion, we do not 
anticipate any significant increase in administrative 
expenses in the short to medium-term, above the 
normal rate of inflation.

Return to 
Growth

Drive Growth 
Momentum

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

61

GROUP FIVE YEAR TRADING RECORD

*2018, 2019 and 2020 show discontinued operations 
separately. There were no discontinued operations in 2021  
and 2022

2018*
£’000

2019*
£’000

2020*
£’000

2021
£’000

2022
£’000

*2018, 2019 and 2020 show discontinued operations 
separately. There were no discontinued operations in 2021  
and 2022

2018*
£’000

2019*
£’000

2020*
£’000

2021
£’000

2022
£’000

Income statement

Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA1,2

Operating profit2

Profit before taxation and exceptional items

Growth in profit before taxation and exceptional items 

8.1%

Exceptional items

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Discontinued operations

112,163

112,717

109,016

124,326

140,185

Cash generated from operations

3,581

20,544

15,677

13,892

(1,830)

cash flow

14,577

13,944

12,642

14,871

13,499

13,300

5.2%

16,982

15,092

14,801

11.3%

23,144

21,346

20,919

41.3%

(1,105)

(755)

(1,060)

(1,302)

11,537

12,545

13,741

19,617

18,464

15,773

15,256

(27.1%)

923

16,179

(2,284)

(2,673)

(2,896)

(4,469)

(2,864)

Proceeds on issue of shares

2,976

(1,084)

(1,080)

–

–

(Increase)/reduction of lease liabilities

(Acquisition)/disposal of subsidiaries

Net sale of own shares by share trust

Taxation paid

Net interest paid

Dividends paid

(2,978)

(2,208)

(2,191)

(4,874)

(610)

(199)

(191)

(270)

(2,876)

(3,080)

(3,378)

(3,704)

Additions to non-current assets net of proceeds

(6,579)

(10,570)

(24,814)

(14,373)

443

(382)

(4,834)

(7,177)

–

621

9

657

(812)

8,746

586

20,833

–

(419)

1,033

526

14

–

(161)

(136)

547

2

(659)

(388)

–

630

3

(394)

(451)

20,284

5,899

(15,531)

(9,541)

(13,305)

10,059

15,958

427

(9,114)

(22,419)

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the 
Parent Company

12,229

8,788

9,765

15,148

13,315

Balance sheet

Intangible assets

752

845

1,358

Property, plant and equipment

20,038

29,485

50,159

Other cash flows

Movement in (debt)/cash

Total net (debt)/cash

ratios

2,424

61,039

1,556

3,206

74,281

375

(1,383)

(5,369)

–

672

–

(319)

1,173

(924)

102,402

98,158

69,472

83,606

108,537

(35,781)

(28,905)

(15,989)

(30,556)

(46,329)

(3,001)

(4,369)

(3,450)

(2,624)

(2,342)

(3,457)

(7,788)

(10,051)

(6,806)

–

–

(628)

(957)

1,782

(291)

81,625

87,107

91,120

106,299

133,850

Adjusted net operating margin2,3

Return on average capital employed2,4

12.4%

21.9%

12.0%

18.8%

13.8%

18.6%

Net (cash)/debt to adjusted EBITDA2,5

(0.69)

(1.07)

(0.03)

17.2%

20.9%

0.39

11.3%

11.6%

1.21

Adjusted basic earnings per share2

18.02p

17.82p

19.72p

27.05p

19.80p

Growth in adjusted basic earnings per share2

Dividend per share6

Dividend cover (adjusted to exclude exceptionals)7

Net assets per share

9.8%

5.10p

3.42

(1.1%)

5.50p

3.22

137.3p

144.8p

10.7%

6.00p

3.28

151.2p

37.2%

(26.8%)

7.50p

3.60

7.85p

2.51

176.0p

219.9p

Right-of-use assets

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)

Current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current borrowings

Post-employment benefits

Non-current lease liabilities

Total equity

Notes:

1  EBITDA is calculated as profit before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation from continuing operations. See note 31 in the financial statements.

2  All adjusted measures exclude exceptional items. See note 8 in the financial statements.

3  Operating profit before exceptional items divided by revenue from continuing operations.

4  Profit before interest, taxation and exceptional items divided by the average of opening, interim and closing net debt. See note 31 in the financial statements.

5  Net cash/(debt) at the year-end date divided by adjusted EBITDA1,2. See note 31 in the financial statements.

6  The dividend per share shown relates to the interim dividend declared and final dividend proposed for the corresponding financial year.

7  Dividend cover is defined as profit for the year, less exceptional items and their related tax effect, divided by the total of interim dividend paid and final dividend proposed. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

RISK MANAGEMENT

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

62

THE BOARD

The Board has overall responsibility for  
the management of risk at Treatt.

The Board monitors the actions required  
to mitigate our risks and is responsible for:

Setting and communicating the Group’s risk appetite

Aligning the risk mitigation approach with the  
Group’s strategic objectives

Reviewing and challenging the risk register

Embedding effective risk management 
in the culture of the Group

Empowering people at all levels to engage with risk  
management and internal control systems

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

responsible for:

Day-to-day risk management

Reviewing and monitoring risk and mitigation strategies across the business

EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP TEAM

responsible for:

Identifying key risks facing the business

Compiling Group risk registers

Determining appropriate and proportionate risk mitigation strategies

COLLEAGUES

responsible for:

Identifying key risks facing the business

Management of risk through applying appropriate controls, policies and processes

How we manage risks 
The management of risk is embedded in the management and operational processes of the Group including:

The quality of our people  
and culture

The process of strategy setting 

Processes for identification, review 
and monitoring of risk 

Established policies, procedures  
and internal controls

A dedicated team reviewing adherence to internal procedures and operational controls, requiring action where non-conformances are identified

Oversight of risk by the Board

Regular dissemination of financial and non-financial information  
and Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)

A clear understanding of market 
conditions and raw material prices

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

63

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

THe BOarD
The Board has overall responsibility for the 
management of risk at Treatt. This includes 
establishing an appropriate risk culture, setting 
the Group’s risk appetite and overseeing its risk 
management and internal control systems. Day-to-
day risk management is delegated to the Executive 
Directors who work closely with the Executive 
Leadership Team in reviewing and monitoring risk 
and mitigation strategies across the business.

rISK appeTITe
Risk appetite is an expression of the type and 
amount of risk we feel willing to accept to 
achieve our strategic objectives. We operate in a 
competitive market and recognise that strategic, 
commercial and investment risks may be incurred 
in seizing opportunities and delivering results. 
Consequently, we are prepared to accept certain 
risks in pursuit of our strategic objectives provided 

that the potential benefits and risks are fully 
understood, and appropriate mitigation strategies 
are in place to minimise the effects of the risks 
should they materialise. 

Our risk appetite has been defined and agreed 
by the Board and helps frame decision-making 
in determining how best to manage each of our 
principal risks. It is communicated across the 
business in our risk management framework.  
Our risk appetite in relation to different categories 
is summarised below.

rISK IDeNTIFIcaTION
Risk identification is an integral part of the day-
to-day activities of people at every level; they 
are empowered to manage risk through regular 
communication channels and appropriate controls, 
policies and processes.

The Executive Leadership Team is responsible 
for compiling Group risk registers to identify key 
risks facing the business, their potential effects 
and determining appropriate and proportionate 
risk mitigation strategies. Responsibility for 
monitoring and reviewing each risk is taken by a 
designated senior member of staff to ensure that 
there is appropriate accountability. Risks included 
in the register are rated on their probability and 
impact and then re-rated after mitigation. Those 
responsible for each risk will use a variety of  
tools to monitor their risk at a more granular  
level, including more detailed sub-registers and 
pertinent KPIs. 

Where significant projects are undertaken, such 
as the recent site relocation in the UK, specific 
project risk registers are established to record all 
risks that could have a significant effect on the 
success of the project. This ensures that there is 

accountability for the mitigation strategies that are 
put in place and enables regular monitoring of risk 
identification and the effectiveness of mitigating 
actions throughout the project. 

All risks with a potential impact that remains 
classified as high or medium post-mitigation form 
the Board risk register, providing details of those 
risks that may impact upon the performance of 
the business and its strategic direction. The Board 
formally reviews this register twice a year and 
upon any material change, with any amendments, 
control issues, accidents or commercial, financial, 
regulatory or reputational issues being reported to 
the Board in the meantime.

OUR RISK APPETITE
•  Strategic – we will actively seek to maximise 
shareholder value whilst assessing and 
managing strategic risks

•  Technology – we have a low appetite for 
taking risks that may result in significant 
disruption or downtime in the business

•  People – we are forward-thinking in 

•  Financial – we are prepared to invest for 
reward and minimise the possibility of 
financial loss by managing the risks to a 
tolerable level

•  Operational – we are prepared for adverse 

operational performance in the short-term if 
there is a clear business case with defined 
benefits in the medium to longer-term

•  Health & safety – our priority is to ensure  
that no harm comes to our colleagues  
and customers

organisation and people development and 
are prepared to make decisions if there is an 
opportunity to gain a longer-term benefit

•  Regulatory compliance – we invest heavily 
to ensure that there is a robust control 
environment and framework to maintain a 
high level of compliance

•  Legal compliance – we are prepared to accept 
a level of risk where supported by clear  
legal advice

95% 

of employees surveyed 
understand the key risks 
related to their role

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionPRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

BOarD reVIeW OF rISK
As well as reviewing risk registers and discussing 
risk throughout the year, the Board holds a specific 
meeting each year dedicated entirely to risk. At this 
meeting the Board hears from members of staff 
responsible for the risks being reviewed in greater 
detail. This enables the Board to understand and 
challenge the weighting and mitigation to satisfy 
itself that appropriate action is being taken. 

During the year the Board took a deep dive into 
cyber risk, with the assistance of our insurance 
brokers, and operational risks in the US. As a result 
it was agreed that multi-factor authentication be 
implemented for remote access to Treatt systems, 
which has been completed, and additional cyber 
training provided to all Group employees. It was 
also agreed that enhanced training would be 
provided to employees in Operations in the US, 
providing a more immersive experience. 

In October 2022 the Board reviewed five risks, 
where further action is required to bring the 
net risk within the risk appetite. The Board is 
comfortable that risk mitigation is inherent in the 
Group’s policies and procedures and that those 
responsible for risk understand their obligations 
and explore ways of continuously improving our 
internal systems to ensure that we work within the 
risk appetite set by the Board.

The Board has also conducted a review of the 
effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal 
controls. The Board reviewed and discussed a 
paper prepared by management on the Group’s 
internal controls, covering all material controls, 
including those which are financial, operational and 
compliance related. The Board has monitored and 
reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s overall 
approach to risk management, including any control 
failures and received a comprehensive report on 

the review of the Group’s financial controls, which 
took place during the previous year.

eMerGING rISKS
The Executive Leadership Team, being closely 
involved in day-to-day matters, has a breadth of 
experience across commercial, financial, supply 
chain, operations and technical. Within their fields 
of specialism, they consider emerging risks that 
have the potential to adversely impact the business 
or its stakeholders and take steps to ensure that 
such risks are appropriately mitigated, as required. 
One such example is COVID-19, which arose rapidly 
and had a significant effect on the day-to-day 
operation of the business, requiring mitigation 
strategies to be put in place quickly and effectively. 
Significant emerging risks are raised and discussed 
at Board level. 

In identifying emerging risks, senior management 
have regular contact with customers and suppliers 
to understand their needs and gain insight into 
their businesses, as well as with other businesses, 
trade bodies and professional organisations to 
ensure that risk monitoring activities are as broad 
as possible. Reports are also commissioned and 
briefings arranged on wide-ranging, pertinent 
topics to understand changes within the industry 
and wider environment.

TaSK FOrce ON clIMaTe-relaTeD FINaNcIal 
DISclOSUreS
The Group considers ESG-related risks as part of 
its risk management process. Climate change is 
captured as a principal risk. 

Our TCFD disclosures can be found on page 40  
of our Sustainability Report.

eMplOYee INVOlVeMeNT 
During FY2021 the Board engaged KPMG 
to assist with a review of risk appetite, 
formalising the risk management framework 
and undertaking manager and team leader 
training, in order to improve the embedding 
of risk management throughout the business. 
Manager and employee risk management 
surveys were undertaken during the year. 
Compared to the same surveys in 2020, they 
largely demonstrate an improvement in the 
embedding of risk management across the 
business, although it will remain a focus.

% of managers stating that risk is  
discussed at team meetings

80

60

40

20

0

2022 survey

2020 survey

% of managers that feel they could explain  
Treatt’s risk appetite approach 

60

40

20

0

2022 survey

2020 survey

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

64

prINcIpal rISKS
We have carried out a robust assessment of 
the principal risks and uncertainties facing the 
business, including those that would threaten the 
business model, future performance, solvency 
or liquidity. The following list of principal risks 
and uncertainties are those which individually or 
collectively might be expected to have the most 
significant impact on the long-term performance 
of the business and its strategic priorities. It is not 
intended to be an exhaustive list and additional 
risks not presently known to management, or risks 
currently deemed to be less material, may also 
have potential to cause an adverse impact on  
the business.

We have removed the commoditisation of 
established Treatt products and the shortening 
value chain as principal risks. As our business 
continues to grow and we develop more 
collaborative and enduring relationships with 
our customers our diverse product categories 
ensure that we are well-positioned. These risks 
will continue to be monitored but are no longer 
regarded as material. 

We have increased our assessment of the 
current risk climate for the movement of citrus 
commodity raw material prices as the market has 
increased significantly during the year, although 
that also brings opportunity. Treatt is particularly 
experienced in managing volatility in raw material 
prices and strategic decisions are regularly taken 
to mitigate price movements, which, whilst not 
eliminating risk, have a history of being effective. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

65

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

FINaNcIal

1 Climate change

No change

2 Pandemic

Decrease

Risk and Impact

Mitigation

Risk and Impact

Mitigation

Severe volatility or loss of availability 
and/or reduction of quality of some 
natural ingredients as a result of 
increased heat, water stress, crop 
disease, wildfires, hurricanes and 
sudden climatic events 

Operational disruption at production 
facilities caused by longer-term 
impacts of climate change (including 
water stress and wildfires)

Significant amount of citrus raw 
materials provided by Central and 
South American suppliers

Volatility in market price of raw 
materials and other effects on  
supply chain

Reduced consumer demand over 
time for certain products

Increasing demands from customers 
to reduce emissions across the 
supply chain and ensure supply chain 
is resilient to climate change

Regulatory changes or restrictions 
on our manufacturing facilities, fines 
or penalties

Introduction of carbon taxes or 
similar levies

Squeeze on margins

•  Enhancing relationships with brokers and other supply 

channels, combined with forward purchasing contracts for 
medium to longer-term supply

•  Ongoing implementation of TCFD to assess, manage and 

mitigate climate change risks

•  Greater geographical spread of suppliers, where possible
•  Working with suppliers who recognise the risks of climate 

change and are actively mitigating them

•  Active auditing via SEDEX and ongoing collaboration with 
suppliers through Treatt’s responsible and sustainable  
sourcing policy

•  Visits to existing and new suppliers for key product groups
•  Attendance at industry conferences and seminars providing 

opportunities to meet with potential new suppliers 

•  Strategic buying of core products
•  Considering targets for the reduction of carbon emissions  
for Scope 1, 2 and 3 to reduce our environmental impact 
•  Comprehensive energy, water and waste audits of US and  

UK facilities

•  Continued investment in production efficiency, new 

technologies and product development

Reduction in demand for 
certain products, decrease 
in new product development 
briefs from customers, and 
changes in consumer habits

Difficulties within the supply 
chain, production, incoming 
and outgoing logistics 

Adverse effect on the 
welfare of our employees

•  Continual monitoring of the situation and adopting a flexible approach to 

ensure appropriate response to support the business

•  The health, safety and wellbeing of our employees is paramount and  
our response has focused on our employees, customers and our  
local communities 

•  Flexible work practices to enable everyone who can, to work from 

home and to arrange our sites with safety in mind to ensure all vital 
operations and projects remain on track. Adopting a staged approach to 
the re-opening of facilities 

•  Working closely with customers to manage their immediate and longer-

term needs

•  Maintaining regular contact with our supply chain to ensure continuity 

of supply

•  Monitoring the regulatory landscape and market conditions 
•  Managing cash and headroom to protect the Group’s liquidity 
•  Executive Leadership Team to provide regular updates to keep all staff 

informed and maintain team spirit

3  Overspend on UK site relocation and/or risk 
of business disruption caused by the move

Risk and Impact

Mitigation

No change

Increased costs, reduction 
in working capital headroom 
and a need to cut costs in 
other areas 

Inability to satisfy customer 
orders

•  Project specification agreed to achievable budget with suitable 

contingency included before commencement of Phase 2

•  Third-party experienced project managers appointed to run the project
•  Appointment of a consultant to supervise the plant and machinery 

element of the project

•  Robust contracts in place with contractors and suppliers 
•  Regular meetings with Directors to ensure appropriate budgetary control
•  Close monitoring of project through regular site meetings with the 

project manager to ensure that the project is on track to complete within 
time and budgetary constraints 

•  Internal control processes in place to fully evaluate any additions to the 

schedule of works

•  Distillation move phased over several months providing contingency 
capacity on the existing site, appropriate levels of safety stock and 
detailed planning on moving key production plant

Strategic impact key:
1  Engaging with our communities

3  Reducing our environmental impact

5  Diversifying into new categories

2  Investing in our culture

4  Investing in our core categories

6  Investing for future growth

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionPRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

66

FINaNcIal CONTINUED

OperaTIONal

4 Movements in citrus commodity raw material price

Increase

6 Pressure on infrastructure for strategic business

Decrease

Risk and Impact

Mitigation

Can materially impact 
revenue, contribution and 
onerous stock provisions

Possible stock shortages

•  Detailed inventory control procedures 
•  Monitoring and communication of market conditions and long-term raw 

material contracts

•  Maintaining close relationships with suppliers
•  Continuing to identify new suppliers for key raw materials or those 

where shortages exist

•  Assisting our customers with managing price volatility or raw material 

shortages as part of the Treatt service 

•  Citrus category team providing greater management across the Group 

of Treatt’s other significant raw materials

peOple

5 Loss of critical staff through retention policy and 
failure to manage succession

Risk and Impact

Mitigation

No change

A lack of experienced and 
engaged employees will have 
a detrimental impact on all 
areas of the business 

Loss of skills may impact 
our ability to deliver the best 
service to our customers

•  Ensure we enhance the employee experience and secure an emotional 
attachment to the business, that remuneration packages are appropriate 
to the position, that staff are empowered and have opportunities within 
the business through training, enabling upskilling and providing career 
development opportunities 

•  Continue to develop succession planning for positions across the Group 
•  Utilising engagement surveys and other employee voice mechanisms to 

provide staff with an opportunity to provide feedback and ideas 
•  Ensure that employees receive regular performance reviews and 

discussions throughout the year to enable any issues to be identified 
and resolved in a timely manner

•  Develop people managers to ensure that they are equipped with the 

right skills to manage and motivate their teams

Risk and Impact

Loss of revenue

Damage to reputation

Loss of key strategic 
customer

Mitigation

•  Ensure appropriate infrastructure through new UK Headquarters and 

expansion in the US 

•  Keep close communication between sales and operations to determine 
likelihood of large order and capacity constraints to manage customer 
expectations 

•  Manage sub-contractor relationships

7 Structural damage to production facilities from 
storm or hurricane damage at Treatt USA, due to  
its Florida location

No change

Risk and Impact

Loss of use of buildings, 
equipment and product

Danger to staff 

Major incident due to type of 
products stored

Mitigation

•  Regularly inspect and maintain building components
•  Implement hurricane action plan when necessary 
•  Sufficient spread of inventory between production facilities in UK  

and US

•  Comprehensive maintenance programmes across the UK and US sites 
•  Improved capacity to withstand storm damage following expansion of 

the US facility

8 Inadequate documentation of processes  
and/or non-adherence to required processes

Risk and Impact

Mitigation

No change

Failure of BRC, HACCP or 
regulatory audits 

Damage to reputation as 
problem-free supplier

Investment in rectification of 
any on-compliances noted

•  Strong Group-wide commitment to disciplined compliance with internal 

quality programmes

•  Commitment to permit third-party auditing by customers and for 

certification and regulatory purposes

•  Internal auditing of systems and processes against Standard Operating 

Procedures and British Retail Consortium (BRC) requirements

Strategic impact key:
1  Engaging with our communities

3  Reducing our environmental impact

5  Diversifying into new categories

2  Investing in our culture

4  Investing in our core categories

6  Investing for future growth

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

67

OperaTIONal CONTINUED

9 IT issues including network, hardware,  
data and security

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

leGal aND reGUlaTOrY

No change

11 Failure to comply with relevant UK and US 
environmental, H&S and other applicable legislation

No change

Risk and Impact

Mitigation

Risk and Impact

Mitigation

HSE and/or EA investigation

•  Detailed understanding of legislative requirements with internal 

Probable enforcement action 
involving fines, enforcement 
notices

Risk of site closure

involvement, consultative support and capital investment 

•  Proactive role in ensuring the Group’s systems and procedures are 

adapted to ensure compliance 

•  Working closely with the Environment Agency and relevant authorities 

in respect of Control of Major Accident Hazards

•  Continuation of relevant training and assessment of employee skills 

across the Group

The Group regularly reviews its commercial insurance programme and maintains an appropriate portfolio 
of insurance policies in line with the nature, size and complexity of the business, which provides further 
mitigation in certain areas of risk.

During recent years, a full-scale review of the Group’s business continuity plans took place with the 
assistance of an external consultant, the cost of which was covered by the Group’s insurers. A full 
business impact analysis was conducted improving our understanding of the business’s resilience and 
how to minimise the impact and disruption of an incident or crisis to both operations and reputation. 
A more robust business continuity plan has been designed to incorporate emergency response, crisis 
management and business recovery and strategic IT disaster recovery aligned with best principles set out 
in ISO22301, the international standard for business continuity.

Loss of IT systems and/or 
data, impacting on the  
ability of the business to 
function effectively 

Reputational damage and 
litigation in respect of  
data protection

10 Product failure

Risk and Impact

Potential product recall 
causing financial and 
reputational loss

•  Well-constructed IT infrastructure with failover capabilities, supported 
by a comprehensive asset management database and best practice 
maintenance processes

•  Multi-layered security protection system in place including subscription 
to Managed Threat Response service, which proactively searches for 
suspicious activity in our network 24/7

•  Security team continuously searches for and fixes vulnerabilities, 

including those reported by third-party security consultants

•  Continued investment in infrastructure and particularly software 

security

•  Continued focus on raising of staff awareness of cyber security through 

test scenarios

•  Multi factor authentication enforced on all remote connections
•  Board and employee cyber security training
•  Ad hoc hacking attempts by third-party security consultants

No change

Mitigation

•  Strong supplier qualification process, intake testing and analysis 
•  Regular review of risk matrix for raw materials handled
•  Use of barcode scanners on all orders to avoid mispicks
•  Range of testing to detect contamination 
•  Obtain up-to-date information for all suppliers via Supplementary 

Application Questionnaire documentation 

•  Supplier risk assessment to determine in-house test schedule
•  Continuation of visits to suppliers 
•  Thorough investigation of errors leading to appropriate action such as 

retraining or amendment of procedures 

•  Combination of self-insurance and recall insurance
•  Annual desktop testing of product recall procedure

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionGoing Concern and  

Viability Statement

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

68

GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY STATEMENT

THREE-YEAR REVIEW OF THE GROUP’S VIABILITY

The Group’s business activities, together with 
the factors likely to affect its future development, 
performance and position are set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 6 to 61. Information on 
the principal risks and uncertainties and how  
they are managed can also be found in the 
Strategic Report.

In accordance with the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Directors have assessed 
the prospects of the Group over a longer period 
than the 12 months required by the Code. The 
Board conducted this review for a period of three 
years, having previously reviewed for a period of 
five years, from the current financial year end. 
In the view of the Board, the change to a three 
year viability period better reflects the Group’s 
immediate strategic vision, with the current global 
geopolitical and economic environment creating 
greater uncertainty in forecasting beyond  
three years.

In determining the longer-term viability of the 
Group, the Directors considered the Group’s 
business activities, together with the factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance and 
position. The review also included the financial 
position of the Group, its cash flows, and available 
sources of finance. 

The process adopted to assess the viability of 
the Group involved the modelling of a series 
of theoretical ‘stress test’ scenarios linked to 
the Group’s principal risks, most significantly 

severe business interruption like that which was 
experienced during the pandemic, or that could 
arise through the impact of climate change.

In assessing the Group’s prospects and resilience, 
the Directors have done so with reference to 
its current financial position and prospects, its 
credit facilities, its recent and historical financial 
performance, and forecasts. The Board’s risk 
appetite and the principal risks and mitigating 
factors are described on pages pages 62 to 67.

The key factors considered by the Directors within 
the three-year review were:

•  The implications of the challenging economic 
environment, notably the domestic and 
global uncertainties arising from the current 
economic and geopolitical environment, the 
ongoing pandemic and the wide-ranging 
effects of climate change; and the potential 
impact this could have on the Group’s revenues 
and profits;

•  The implications of fluctuating prices of the 

Group’s strategic raw materials;

•  The implication of the ongoing UK 

Headquarters relocation; 

•  The impact of the competitive environment 

within which the Group operates;

•  The effects of movement in foreign exchange 

rates on the business, particularly the  
US Dollar;

•  The potential actions that could be taken in the 

event that revenues are lower than expected, 
to ensure that operating profit and cash flows 
are protected; 

•  The Group’s cash balances;

•  The Group’s access to short, medium and long-
term borrowing facilities to meet day-to-day 
working capital requirements, as well as long-
term investment requirements;

•  The Group’s ability to access equity as a 

source of finance;

•  A sensitivity analysis which involves flexing 
several of the main assumptions underlying 
the three-year plan, and considering the 
implications of a number of risks materialising 
during a short-term period; and

•  A reverse stress tests to determine the 

scenario and circumstances that would need to 
prevail to cause a breach in banking covenants 
during the period.

These tests were assessed against the Group’s 
current and projected liquidity position, in particular 
the headroom on existing facilities and compliance 
with banking covenants. During the viability period, 
all of the Group’s current banking facilities will 
expire, with facilities totalling $15.0m in value 
expiring during the going concern period. Whilst 
the Group believe that the financial position of the 
Group is sufficiently robust that the Group could 
renew, increase and extend those facilities should 
it wish to, it has excluded these facilities from its 

review, notwithstanding that discussions are under 
way to agree those facilities during the first half of 
the 2023 calendar year. All facilities coming up for 
renewal in subsequent years have been assumed  
to be renewed in the same amounts as they 
currently are.

STreSS TeSTING aND IMpacT ON GOING 
cONcerN aND VIaBIlITY aSSeSSMeNT
The current global economic environment post-
pandemic is still uncertain in both domestic and 
international markets. We have seen supply-side 
challenges and economic slowdown due to China’s 
lockdowns, together with higher-than-expected 
inflationary pressures, especially on raw material 
prices and energy from Russia’s invasion of 
Ukraine, all alongside a challenging labour market.

Considering this, the Directors have modelled 
scenarios representing varying degrees of severity 
and have considered the impact of changes in 
working capital, foreign exchange rates, revenues 
and margins. Using these assumptions, headroom 
and covenant compliance have been assessed 
throughout the going concern (12-month) and 
viability (three-year) periods. These assumptions 
are those that would arise from the aforementioned 
uncertainties and that would adversely impact cash 
generation and profitability.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

69

GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY STATEMENT CONTINUED

cONclUSION ON GOING cONcerN aND 
VIaBIlITY
Having considered the current cash and liquidity 
position of the Group, the range of scenarios 
discussed above and the Group’s proven ability to 
adapt to and manage adversity, the Directors have 
not identified any material uncertainties which 
would affect the Group and Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern for a period 
of 12 months from the date of this Annual Report. 
Accordingly, these financial statements have been 
prepared on a going concern basis. Furthermore, 
the Directors have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group has adequate resources available to it to 
continue in business and meet its liabilities over the 
three-year period of their viability assessment. 

A particularly severe scenario was determined in 
which banking covenant requirements would be 
breached during the next 24 months, the so-called 
‘reverse stress testing scenario’. In this test, it was 
determined that a continuous decline in sales of 
greater than 12.5% per annum, or 8.0% per annum 
alongside a 300bps decline in margin for two 
consecutive years, with no mitigating measures 
put in place, would result in a breach of financial 
covenants within the viability period and would 
lead to a breach in headroom in May 2023 if the 
Group fails to refinance any of its facilities that fall 
for renewal, does not draw upon its uncommitted 
facilities and does not implement any of the cash 
saving measures it has at its disposal.

The possibility of these severe scenarios 
materialising is considered remote. In addition, it 
is implausible that the Group would not act swiftly 
and decisively to activate mitigations such as 
drawing upon uncommitted facilities, operating 
cost savings, reduction in capital expenditure, and 
delaying or cancelling future dividend payments to 
avoid a breach of its banking limits or covenants. 

A further ‘reverse stress test’ scenario was 
modelled to find a sustained reduction in revenue 
over the first two-years of the viability period that 
would give rise to a breach of the Group’s covenant 
conditions in the period. This scenario was then 
stress-tested further by overlaying the adverse 
impact of a decline in profit margins.

OUTcOMe OF STreSS TeSTING
Under the tests that considered impacts of 
working capital, exchange rates and margins it 
was determined that a 10% worsening of working 
capital days, and a failure to reduce inventory 
by budgeted levels could cause headroom to fall 
to £0.6m in May 2023 should the Group fail to 
refinance any facilities coming up for renewal. This 
assumes all other budgeted overheads, capital 
expenditure and dividends remain as budgeted, 
and the Group doesn’t draw upon its supply 
chain finance or non-committed asset finance 
lines to fund its planned capital expenditure. The 
impact of a 500bps downturn on margins was 
also considered, and this did not give rise to any 
breaches of banking covenants over the viability 
period, although it would give rise to a headroom 
breach in November 2024 provided that the 
Group failed to refinance all of its facilities that fall 
for renewal in 2023 – the likelihood of which is 
considered remote. Such a margin decrease  
would be a result of failure to manage sales pricing 
in an inflationary environment and move up the 
value chain.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionCorporate Governance

Board of Directors

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

70

Committee key:

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

Denotes Committee Chair

Independent

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

ONE TEAM

Tim Jones
Non-executive chairman 

Appointed to the Board:
February 2012

Daemmon Reeve
chief executive Officer 

Appointed to the Board:
May 2012

Ryan Govender 
chief Financial Officer

Appointed to the Board:
July 2022

Yetunde Hofmann
Non-executive Director 

Appointed to the Board:
March 2019

Skills & experience:
Tim has led Treatt’s Board since his appointment in 2012 
and appointed Daemmon Reeve as the Group’s CEO 
in the same year. A Member of the Chartered Institute 
of Securities and Investments and an Associate of the 
Chartered Insurance Institute, Tim had considerable 
experience in international financial services businesses 
through roles in the Middle East, the US and Europe 
before entering the beverage/water bottling sector in the 
1990s – including the establishment of a joint venture 
in the Balkans. He is Chairman of fixed income broker 
City and Continental, a subsidiary of the social impact 
organisation Allia, an Honorary Fellow at Cambridge 
Judge Business School and actively involved in the City 
of London where he is a member of the Court of the 
International Bankers Livery Company. Tim has informed 
the Board of his intention to stand down as a Director at 
the conclusion of the AGM in January 2023. 

Key External Appointments: 
•  Chairman of Allia Group
•  Chairman of Oximio Group
•  Non-executive Director of Retail Charity Bonds plc
•  Advisory Board member Carbon13

Skills & experience:
Daemmon joined the Group’s UK operating subsidiary 
in 1991 and gained extensive industry experience and 
knowledge from his time in technical, operational, sales 
and purchasing disciplines. He was appointed CEO of 
Treatt USA in 2010 and became Group CEO in 2012. 
A key part of his role is to help provide the cultural 
environment for the success of Treatt and its fantastic 
team, making Treatt a fun place to work along the way. 
It is the output of the engaged teams which is driving 
the success of Treatt. In August 2019, Daemmon’s 
contribution to Treatt and the wider community was 
recognised by the award of an honorary doctorate by the 
University of Suffolk.

Key External Appointments: 
•  None

Skills & experience:
Ryan is an experienced CFO, having worked for 
over 20 years in senior finance roles across global 
FMCG businesses, particularly in the food sector. His 
diverse experience includes strategy, FP&A, corporate 
structuring, large capital projects, investor relations and 
finance transformation.

For the past 12 years he has been working at Associated 
British Foods, the FTSE 100 international food, ingredient 
and retail group, most recently as CFO of SPI Pharma, a 
provider of innovative solutions to global pharmaceutical 
and nutritional customers. Before that he held finance 
and management roles within other ABF businesses, 
including Speedibake, Germains Seed Technology and 
Illovo Sugar. He qualified as a Chartered Accountant at 
PwC in South Africa.

Key External Appointments: 
•  None

Skills & experience:
Yetunde is a seasoned business leader with experience 
gained in mergers and acquisitions, business operating 
model transformation, organisational capability 
development and growth and international expansion. 
She has been named in the Cranfield University FTSE 
Board Report ‘100 Women to Watch’. She is a former 
Non-executive Director and Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee at the Chartered Institute of Personnel and 
Development (CIPD). She is a Trustee of The Institute 
of Business Ethics and a Visiting Fellow at Henley 
Business School. Yetunde’s career began in Nigeria at 
the International Institute of Tropical Agriculture (IITA) 
and progressed through FTSE 100 global organisations 
across a variety of industries such as Unilever, Northern 
Foods, Allied Domecq and Imperial Brands. Yetunde has 
informed the Board of her intention to stand down as a 
Director at conclusion of the AGM in January 2023.

Key External Appointments: 
•  Board Trustee of the Institute of Business Ethics
•  Managing Director of Synchrony Development 
Consulting and The Enjoyable Life Series CIC
•  Founder of Solaris Global Executive Leadership 

Development

•  Non-executive Director of Cranswick plc

Contents Generation – Sub Page 
 
Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

71

Committee key:

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

Denotes Committee Chair

Independent

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

ONE TEAM

David Johnston 
Non-executive Director 

Appointed to the Board:
May 2011 

Vijay Thakrar
Non-executive Director* 

Appointed to the Board:
September 2020

Christine Sisler 
Non-executive Director 

Appointed to the Board:
February 2022

Philip O’Connor 
Non-executive Director 

Appointed to the Board:
February 2022

Skills & experience:
David started his career working as a biochemist for 
the UK Government prior to transferring to Switzerland 
where he worked on an international programme to 
enhance the resistance of plants to pathogens. He 
then joined one of the leading flavour and fragrance 
companies, Firmenich SA, in a variety of commercial 
and technical roles over 13 years. He finished his career 
at Firmenich SA as global head of flavour innovation. 
David went on to start his own company, Natural Taste 
Consulting SARL, which focuses on the development 
and sale of taste modifying compounds. Since December 
2019, David has been an independent member of the 
Scientific Advisory Committee of Driscolls, a California-
based global leader in the production and sales of  
fresh berries.

Key External Appointments:
•  Independent Member of Driscolls  
Scientific Advisory Committee

Skills & experience:
Having previously chaired the Audit Committee, Vijay 
now chairs the Nomination Committee and is Senior 
Independent Director. He will assume the role of Chairman 
when Tim Jones steps down in January 2023.

Vijay qualified as a Chartered Accountant during the early 
part of his career and has extensive strategy, commercial, 
and governance experience in FMCG. He was previously a 
partner with Deloitte and EY, and, since 2016, has served 
as a Non-executive Director on various boards, including 
Quorn Foods and The Quoted Companies Alliance. 

Skills & experience:
After driving the continual growth of PepsiCo’s iconic 
brands, Christine launched Merchant’s Daughter 
Ciderworks, a start-up craft beverage company. As 
CEO of Merchant’s Daughter Ciderworks she leverages 
more than three decades of research & development, 
commercialisation and innovation expertise.

In the beverage start-up space Christine’s strategic and 
commercial talents have helped entrepreneurs launch 
exciting new health and wellness and ready-to-drink 
alcohol products.

Key External Appointments:

•  Chairman of Alumasc Group plc
•  Non-executive Director of Alpha FX Group plc  

(Audit Committee Chair)

•  Non-executive Director of RSM (Remuneration 
Committee Chair and Public Interest Board)

As PepsiCo’s Vice President of Global Innovation for 
Product Development & Marketing Equipment, Christine 
supported global research & development for carbonated 
and non-carbonated beverage portfolios and spearheaded 
the creation of the Beverage Culinary Innovation Center.

Key External Appointments:

•  Treasurer, New York Cider Association  

*  Senior Independent Director and Chairman Designate

Executive Board

Skills & experience:
Philip is an experienced business leader in B2C and 
B2B markets with substantial experience in high-growth 
businesses, acquisition and post-acquisition integration, 
transformation and change management and leading 
diverse multi-functional teams.

Philip started his career with Kerry Group plc and 
qualified as a Chartered Certified Accountant during the 
early part of his career. He spent many years at Kerry 
in senior roles in the USA and UK, including Finance 
Director of Kerry Foods, the consumer foods division of 
Kerry Group plc.

He was founder and CEO of two successful start-up 
consumer foods businesses in the healthy food market 
and more recently the President of Kerry Taste and 
Nutrition for Europe & Russia, meat & plant-based 
alternative markets.

Key External Appointments:
•  None

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Statement

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

INTRODUCTION FROM THE CHAIRMAN

BOarD 
The Board welcomed two new Non-executive 
Directors during the year, Christine Sisler and 
Philip O’Connor, who bring a wealth of experience 
and knowledge, ensuring that we continue to have 
a collegiate, effective, entrepreneurial and engaged 
Board to oversee the strategy, governance, risk 
and financial frameworks across the organisation. 
Richard Illek and Lynne Weedall stepped down 
during the year and I thank them for the significant 
contribution they made during their time  
at Treatt.

Richard Hope retired as Chief Financial Officer at 
the end of June, having served on the Board for 19 
years and, having reached his nine years’ service 
on 25 February 2022, Jeff Iliffe stood down 
from the Board as he was no longer considered 
independent under the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. I want to express the sincere thanks of the 
Group and the Board to Richard and Jeff for their 
dedication to Treatt and for the superb contribution 
they made to the Board.

As previously announced, Yetunde Hofmann and 
I will step down from the Board at the conclusion 
of the 2023 AGM. In stepping down as Chairman, 
I hand over to Vijay Thakrar, Chairman Designate, 
with considerable optimism for the future. Vijay 
is passionate about Treatt and has extensive 
experience from a broad range of businesses and 
large international organisations. He will guide 
the business through the next part of its exciting 
journey.

Thankfully, as COVID-19 restrictions were lifted in 
the early part of the year, we have been able to 
return to in person Board meetings, including being 
able to hold our first Board meeting at Treatt USA 
since 2019 and re-engaging personally with our  
US colleagues.

SUSTaINaBIlITY
As businesses continue to consider the 
sustainability of their behaviours, their impact on 
climate change and on wider stakeholders, we have 
continued to lead from the front. The Board has 
approved an ESG Framework designed to provide a 
cohesive, effective and streamlined approach to the 
achievement of our strategic goals. 

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

72

The Board receives progress updates at every 
meeting and engages directly with the Global 
Sustainability Manager. We have continued to 
work with our sustainability consultants on the 
implementation of TCFD and the evaluation of 
environmental risks. Further details can be found 
on pages 38 to 41.

aNNUal GeNeral MeeTING 
The Board is looking forward to welcoming 
shareholders to the 2023 AGM on 27 January, 
which is to be held at our registered office. We 
hope that you will be able to attend. Further details 
are on pages 150 to 156.

Board meetings in the year

7 

Board meeting attendance

96% 

Board Gender Diversity

Board experience

Female 25%

Male

75%

Operations

HR

Finance

2

1

3

Management 

Industry

ESG

8

4

1

Board Independence

Length of Service

Independent

50%

Non-independent

50%

0–5 years

63%

Over 10 years

37%

I AM PLEASED 
TO PRESENT 
THE CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE REPORT

Tim Jones

Chairman

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section 
Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

73

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED

cOrpOraTe GOVerNaNce 
At Treatt our commitment to effective corporate governance is reflected in our principles, policies and 
practices. Our Board is united in the view that good governance, clear purpose, a values-based culture 
and focusing on our responsibilities to our stakeholders, ultimately produces a better company with clear 
accountability and reporting lines, providing greater resilience in challenging times.

The Company is subject to the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code), which is issued by the 
Financial Reporting Council (FRC) and is available at www.frc.org.uk. The Code is a guide to a number of 
key components of effective board practice and is based on the underlying principles of good governance 
and focus on the sustainable success of a company over the longer-term. Throughout the year the 
Company has complied with the provisions of the Code with the exception of provision 19, which relates  
to the Chairman remaining in post beyond nine years. Details in this respect are set out on page 77.  
For further information on how we have complied with the Code please refer to the following table.

Board leadership and company purpose

Promoting the long-term sustainable success of the Group

Alignment of our culture with our purpose, values and strategy

Framework of effective controls

Engagement with our stakeholders

Workforce policies and practices

Division of responsibilities

Role of the Chair

Division of responsibilities

Non-executive Directors

Information and support

composition, succession and evaluation

Appointment, succession and diversity

Skills, experience and knowledge

Board evaluation

audit, risk and internal control

Audit and internal control

Fair, balanced and understandable

Risk management

remuneration

Remuneration policies and practice supporting strategy and promoting long-term sustainable success

Developing remuneration policy

Shareholder engagement on remuneration

Alignment of the policy to the workforce

Tim Jones
Chairman

page

63

26 to 34

75

50 to 53

23

76

76

76

74

79 to 80

79

78

83

82

62 to 67

84 to 86

87 to 92

92

87

leaDerSHIp aND pUrpOSe 

role of the Board
The Board is accountable to shareholders for the effective and entrepreneurial leadership of the Group in 
a way which promotes its long-term sustainable success for the benefit of its shareholders, taking into 
account the interests of the environment and all stakeholders. It sets the Group’s strategic objectives and 
oversees their implementation by the Chief Executive Officer. 

Operation of the Board
The Board has a schedule of matters reserved to it for decision and the requirement for Board approval on 
these matters is communicated widely throughout the senior management of the Group. These matters, 
which are reviewed periodically, include strategy, material capital commitments, commencing or settling 
major litigation, business acquisitions and disposals, appointments to subsidiary company boards, risk, 
dividend policy and full and half year results.

Day-to-day management of the Group is delegated to the Executive Directors, who lead a newly formed 
Executive Leadership Team, with members located in the UK and US.

THe BOarD
Provides strategic leadership to the Group within a framework of strong 
corporate governance, effective controls and a positive culture, which encourages 
openness and transparency, to deliver long-term sustainable growth

eXecUTIVe DIrecTOrS

aUDIT  
cOMMITTee
Monitors the integrity of 
the financial reporting 
and independence 
and objectivity of the 
external auditor

NOMINaTION 
cOMMITTee
Ensures that the Board 
and committees have 
the right balance of 
skills, knowledge and 
experience

reMUNeraTION 
cOMMITTee
Determines the policy for 
Executive remuneration; 
approves and monitors 
remuneration and 
incentive plans for the 
Group

eXecUTIVe  
leaDerSHIp TeaM
To assist the Executive 
Directors in the day-
to-day operational 
management of the 
Group’s business

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT (CONTINUED)

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

74

attendance at meetings
The attendance of the members of the Board and its committees during the year, against the number of 
scheduled meetings they were eligible to attend, are shown below:

chair

Board

audit  

Board

committee

Nomination 
committee

remuneration 
committee

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

7/7

6/6

1/1

7/7

7/7

1/2

3/3

7/7

7/7

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1/1

1/1

N/A

5/5

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

2/2

N/A

5/5

5/5

1/1

Audit until 25 February 2022

4/4

4/4

Remuneration 

Nomination until  

17 September 2022

7/7

4/4

2/2

3/3

Audit from 25 February 2022 
until 17 September 2022 
Nomination from  

17 September 2022

4/4

3/3

2/2

N/A Audit from 17 September 2022

4/4

3/3

2/2

N/A

Daemmon Reeve – Chief Executive 
Officer

Richard Hope – Chief Financial 
Officer (Retired 30 June 2022)

Ryan Govender – Chief Financial 
Officer (Appointed 1 July 2022)

Tim Jones – Non-executive Director 
and Chairman 

David Johnston – Non-executive 
Director

Richard Illek – Non-executive 
Director (Stepped down  
31 December 2021)

Jeff Iliffe – Non-executive Director 
(Stepped down 25 February 2022)

Yetunde Hofmann – Non-executive 
Director 

Lynne Weedall – Senior Independent 
Non-executive Director (Stepped 
down 17 September 2022)

Vijay Thakrar – Non-executive 
Director and Chairman Designate 
(Senior Independent Director from  
17 September 2022)

Philip O’Connor – Non-executive 
Director (Appointed  
1 February 2022)

Christine Sisler – Non-executive 
Director (Appointed  
1 February 2022)

Information and support
Contact is maintained by the Board through email, 
telephone and video calls with written updates 
provided in respect of ongoing issues, enabling 
regular input from all Board members. To enable 
the Board to function effectively and Directors 
to discharge their responsibilities, full and timely 
access is given to all relevant information. In 
the case of Board meetings, this consists of a 
comprehensive set of papers, including regular 
business progress reports and discussion 
documents regarding specific matters. Board 
meetings are of sufficient duration to enable 
debate and discussion, ensuring adequate analysis 
of issues during the decision-making process. 
The Board takes the opportunity to interact with 
employees from across the business on an informal 
basis when lunching in the shared eating areas.

If necessary, there is an agreed procedure for 
Directors to take independent professional advice 
at the Group’s expense. This is in addition to the 
access which every Director has to the Company 
Secretariat. The Secretariat is charged by the 
Board with ensuring that Board procedures are 
followed and that there are good information flows 
within the Board and its committees and between 
senior management and Non-executive Directors.

eMplOYee VOIce
During the year, Tim Jones and David Johnston, 
our Non-executive Directors responsible for 
workforce engagement (Employee Voice NEDs), 
continued to engage with our people across  
the Group.

The Board appointed Tim and David as Employee 
Voice NEDs in 2018 in order to provide employees 
with direct access to the Chairman to demonstrate 
the importance the views of our employees are to 
the Board.

David was the Senior Independent Director at 
the time and was appointed as he has significant 
industry experience and, as the longest serving 
Non-executive Director, was already known to 
Group employees. 

role of our employee Voice NeDs:
Our Employee Voice NEDs seek to ensure that:

•  The interests and feedback of employees are 

considered in Board decision making 

•  Feedback is provided to the Board, as a 

standing agenda item, on all engagement 
activity and any employee concerns raised

•  They provide an open channel of 
communication with the Board

•  Employee voice reflects the geography and 

demographics of the workforce

•  Management report to the Board on actions 
they have taken as a result of employee 
engagement

The sessions, held twice a year in person and 
via video conference, provide an opportunity for 
all Group employees to meet with either, or both, 
Tim and David. Their direct contact details are 
also shared with all employees to accommodate 
those that would prefer to book an individual 
appointment, rather than attend a drop-in session. 
The sessions are reasonably well attended by a mix 
of people across all functions. 

Whilst the sessions are confidential, the Board 
receives feedback on key themes to enable them to 
engage with management and address matters  
as appropriate.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

75

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED

KeY THeMeS FrOM eMplOYee eNGaGeMeNT 

UK

US

china

•  Treatt was viewed as a great employer and in 

•  A welcome forum; due to the level of 

some cases the best employer ever

•  A desire to further develop global operations 

engagement an additional session and private 
one to ones were arranged

and automation

•  Group organisational restructure taking time  

to embed

•  Onsite working increasing post COVID-19 
restrictions enabling greater collaboration 
•  Positive views of the new site and enhanced 

working conditions with further improvements 
to come

•  Additional support required to maintain a 
positive culture during very busy periods

•  Adjusting to the Group organisational 

restructure 

•  Positive views of the Company and environment
•  Enhancements to plant and processes required 

to improve efficiencies

•  The team has adopted an ‘everyone to sell’ 
approach and undertaken sales research in 
support of this

•  Local technical capacity could be an opportunity 

for the future

•  Concerns and opportunities around inventory 
delays and shortages due to local restrictions
•  Opportunities in China’s burgeoning night-time 

economy

•  Personal development training to support the 
highly valued product and technical training 
provided 

•  Shared desire within the small team to uphold 
the culture and values of Treatt as headcount 
increases

Speaking up
The Group-wide speak up policy provides 
employees with a direct means of contacting 
the Chairman of the Board, the Audit Committee 
Chairman or the Senior Independent Director, in 
confidence, if they feel unable to discuss a matter 
with their line manager or a member of senior 
management. Appropriate arrangements are in 
place so that employees of the Group may seek 
advice or raise concerns about possible illegal or 
unethical practices or matters of integrity.

One concern was raised under the speak up policy 
during the year regarding a potential regulatory 
matter, which was investigated by a member of 
the Executive Leadership Team and reported to the 
Board. It was concluded that no regulations were 
breached and actions have been taken to ensure 
that reporting lines are appropriate to improve 
internal communication. 

conflicts of interest
The Group has procedures in place for managing 
conflicts of interest. If a Director becomes aware 
that they, or a connected party, have a potential 
conflict of interest, or may be interested in 
any contract or arrangement to which a Group 
company is or may be a party, they should notify 
the Company Secretariat as soon as possible. The 
Board must consider and where appropriate give 
clearance to such potential conflicts of interest 
(which would include directorships or other 
interests in other companies and organisations) 
following which, an entry is then made in the 
register of conflicts, which the Company maintains 
for this purpose. In such cases, unless allowed by 
the Articles of Association of the Company, any 
Director with such an interest is not permitted to 
participate in any discussions or decisions relating 
to the contract or arrangement. Directors have  
a continuing obligation to update any changes  
to conflicts and the Board formally reviews  
them annually. 

Details of other key directorships held by members 
of the Board can be found in the Director profiles 
on pages 70 and 71.

Shareholder relations 
The Group places a great deal of importance on 
communication with shareholders and recognises 
their role in safeguarding the Company’s effective 
governance. The Board receives updates on the 
views of our shareholders, expressed during our 
interactions with them, and from our brokers.

In the event that shareholders have any concerns, 
which they do not wish to address through the 
CEO or CFO, the Chairman or Senior Independent 
Director are available to address them. Both make 
themselves available, as required, for meetings with 
shareholders on issues relating to the Company’s 
governance and strategy.

Details of how we engaged with shareholders 
during the year can be found on page 51.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

76

DIVISION OF reSpONSIBIlITIeS

chief Financial Officer

roles and responsibilities
Details of the Directors, the positions they hold, and the committees of which they are members are 
shown on pages 70 and 71.The Board consists of the Non-executive Chairman, Tim Jones, and five further 
Non-executive Directors together with Daemmon Reeve, CEO, and Ryan Govender, CFO. There is a clear 
and effective division of responsibility between the CEO and the Chairman; the roles of the Board team 
can be generally defined as set out in the table below:

•  Responsible for management of the Group’s financial 

•  Manages financial risk and appropriate mitigation 

affairs, including treasury and taxation

strategies 

•  In conjunction with the CEO, recommends the annual 

•  Oversees the Finance, Legal & Governance and  

budget

IT departments

•  Promotes the culture of the organisation

chairman

•  Ensures that the Board and its committees are effective 
and operate under the highest standards of corporate 
governance

•  Ensures appropriate delegation of authority from the 

Board to executive management and constructive, open 
relations between them

•  Chairs Board meetings and sets the agenda

•  Enables adequate time for discussion and circulation of 

•  Ensures that employees are able and encouraged to 

maintain dialogue directly with the Board

•  Ensures that the performance of individual Directors, 
the whole Board and its committees are evaluated at 
least annually

•  Encourages Directors to update their skills, knowledge 
and familiarity with the Company, its employees and all 
stakeholders as required to fulfil their role

timely and clear information

•  Agrees the CEO’s personal objectives

•  Encourages constructive challenge and effective 

communication between Directors

•  Ensures that the Company maintains a dialogue with 
its principal shareholders about strategy, direction, 
Directors’ and senior managers’ remuneration and is 
aware of shareholders’ issues or concerns

chief executive Officer

•  Maintains regular contact with the Non-executive 
Directors without the presence of the Executive 
Directors

•  Develops and implements Group strategy

•  Manages risk and appropriate mitigation strategies

•  In conjunction with the CFO, recommends the  

•  Advises and updates the Chairman and Board in 

annual budget

relation to key matters

•  Ensures strong leadership of the Group

•  Maintains relationships with investors and advises the 

•  Sets and promotes the culture of the organisation

Board accordingly

•  Develops the Executive Leadership Team, plans for 

•  Day-to-day running of the business

succession and reviews organisational design

•  Manages the operations and resources of the Group

Senior Independent Director

•  Provides a sounding board for the Chairman

•  Is available to shareholders to deal with concerns 

•  Serves as an intermediary for the other Directors,  

which cannot otherwise be resolved

when necessary

•  Leads the performance evaluation of the Chairman

•  Chairs meetings in the absence of the Chairman

Non-executive Directors

•  Provide independent oversight of the management and 

•  Provide advice to the Board and management and 

governance of the business 

share knowledge and experience

•  Provide constructive and objective challenge to 

•  Serve on Board committees

Executive management

•  Update and refresh their skills, knowledge and 

•  Assist with the development of strategy

familiarity with the business

•  Appoint and remove Executive Directors

company Secretary

•  Is supported by a Deputy Company Secretary, who is 

responsible for the day to day running of the Secretariat 
and includes an Assistant Company Secretary

•  Provides support for Board meetings and agendas to 
enable efficient process and compliance with Board 
procedures

•  Provides advice and support to the Board on 
governance, compliance and legal matters

•  Responsible for legal and compliance matters relating 

•  Ensures good information flows within the Board and 
its committees and between senior management and 
Non-executive Directors

to the Group

•  Oversees Governance department

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

77

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED

committees
The Board has three sub-committees: the 
Nomination Committee chaired by Vijay Thakrar, 
the Audit Committee chaired by Philip O’Connor 
and the Remuneration Committee chaired by 
Yetunde Hofmann. During the year the Board 
reviewed the membership of these committees. 
Although, to comply with Corporate Governance 
Rules, the Chairman may not be a member of 
the committees, he regularly attends committee 
meetings as a guest at the invitation of the 
committee Chair. Delegation of responsibilities to 
these committees ensures that sufficient time is 
spent on matters within their responsibility. The 
Board has decided that, due to their importance, 
risk and sustainability should currently remain 
as a matter for the full Board and should not be 
delegated to a committee.

Further details of the committees can be found on 
pages 79 to 99. The terms of reference of all the 
committees can be found on the Treatt website at 
www.treatt.com.

Independence
The Board considers that all of the Non-executive 
Directors are independent of management and free 
of any relationship which could materially interfere 
with the exercise of their independent judgement; 
but since Tim Jones and David Johnston have 
served on the Board for more than nine years 
they are no longer regarded as independent under 
the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (Code). 
Nonetheless, half of the Board are independent 
Non-executive Directors, as defined by the Code. 

The Chairman, Tim Jones, was independent on 
appointment in February 2012. Though provision 
19 of the Code provides that a Chairman should 
not normally remain in post beyond nine years 
from the date of their first appointment, the Board 
determined in 2020, as previously reported, that, 

whilst the Company completed its largest ever 
investment in the new UK Headquarters and dealt 
with a number of senior succession changes, it 
was in the best interests of the business and its 
stakeholders if Tim Jones remained as Chairman 
for a further period, subject to annual re-election. 
That view was strongly supported by shareholders, 
whose opinions were sought on this subject during 
2020. As previously announced, Tim Jones will be 
stepping down from the Board at the conclusion of 
the 2023 AGM and handing over to Vijay Thakrar, 
Chairman Designate.

On 20 May 2020, David Johnston reached nine 
years’ service on the Board. Accordingly, the Board 
can no longer consider him to be independent. 
As previously reported, having consulted with 
shareholders during 2019, the Board determined 
and continue to believe that it is in the best 
interests of the business and its stakeholders 
for David Johnston to remain on the Board as a 
Director given his significant industry knowledge 
and experience, which benefits the Company, 
subject to annual re-election. 

commitment
There are typically between six and ten scheduled 
meetings each year and additional ad hoc meetings 
where business needs require; generally, one 
meeting a year is held at Treatt USA. Directors 
are required to be available for meetings and the 
Annual General Meeting with attendance in person 
or if necessary, by video conference, except where 
prior engagements exist. To facilitate this, meetings 
are scheduled two years in advance. In addition, 
contact is maintained between meetings to ensure 
regular input from all Board members in respect 
of ongoing matters. It is anticipated that the time 
commitment required of Non-executive Directors is 
up to 30 days a year and considerably more for the 
Chairman. The service contracts of Non-executive 
Directors do not permit them to accept other board 

appointments without approval from the Chairman, 
who will consider any potential conflicts of interest 
with the Group or potential constraints on time 
required to fulfil the commitment to the Company. 
During the year, Lynne Weedall and Yetunde 
Hofmann were permitted to accept other board 
positions. The Board is satisfied that the other 
commitments of Board members do not detract 
from the extent or the quality of the time which 
they are able to devote to the Group.

cOMpOSITION, SUcceSSION aND eValUaTION

Board composition
The Board has been refreshed to ensure that it has 
an appropriate balance of skills and experience 
with financial, technical, industry-specific and 
general business disciplines being represented. 

The structure of the Board ensures that no one 
Director is dominant in the decision-making process 
and that open debate and discussion is encouraged. 
There is a suitable balance between the number of 
Executive and Non-executive Directors. 

The importance of Board diversity is very much 
recognised. Our policy is to ensure that our Board 
reflects the markets we serve and to recruit the 
best possible candidate for each individual role 
having regard to qualifications, experience and 
personality, without prejudice to a candidate’s 
gender, ethnicity, age, sexual orientation, disability 
and other characteristics. Further details on the 
Group approach to diversity are given on page 80.

All Non-executive Directors receive a fixed 
fee for their services. However, in exceptional 
circumstances, where significant additional time 
commitment is required, a Non-executive Director 
may, if approved by the Board or Remuneration 
Committee, be paid an additional fee in accordance 
with the remuneration policy. 

appointments to the Board
A formal process is undertaken for the search 
and selection of appropriate candidates for Board 
vacancies, details of which are set out in the 
Nomination Committee Report on pages 79 and 80.

Induction and development
On appointment Directors are provided with access 
to relevant training and advice in respect of their 
role and duties as a public company director. All 
new Directors receive an induction to acquaint 
them with the Group. This takes the form of 
site tours, meetings with other Board members 
and senior management and the provision of a 
comprehensive induction pack, which contains 
general information about the Group, its structure 
and key personnel, together with copies of relevant 
policies and procedures, financial information 
and briefings on Directors’ responsibilities and 
corporate governance.

The Chairman is responsible for ensuring that all 
Non-executive Directors receive ongoing training 
and development and our Directors understand 
the need to keep themselves properly briefed and 
informed about current issues. Regular updates 
on regulatory and legislative developments are 
provided to the Board by the Company Secretariat.

re-election
All Directors offer themselves for re-election 
annually. Following the annual evaluation of 
the Board and its committees, the Nomination 
Committee has determined that all Directors 
standing for re-election at the Annual General 
Meeting continue to be effective, hold recent and 
relevant experience and continue to demonstrate 
commitment to the role. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

78

evaluation
The Board is aware of the need to continually 
monitor and improve performance and recognises 
that this can be achieved through annual evaluation, 
which provides a valuable feedback mechanism 
for improving the Board’s effectiveness. During 
the year an external evaluation was undertaken 
by Bvalco Limited, an advisor with no other 
connection to the Group. 

suppliers, who were identified and interviewed by the 
Company Secretary. Written proposals were received 
from the final two suppliers and from that the 
Chairman and Company secretary determined that 
Bvalco be selected, for the first time, to undertake 
the Board evaluation for Treatt due to their reputation 
for commercial and behaviourally focussed board 
reviews. Bvalco have signed and adhere to the Board 
Effectiveness Guild’s Code of Practice. 

The objectives of the evaluation were to review 
the effectiveness of the Board and to develop an 
agreed set of priorities to improve the functioning 
of the Board, given the needs of the Group. 

The process for the selection of the external Board 
evaluator entailed shortlisting three independent 

The evaluation involved high level research on 
the business, its strategy and key risks, review of 
Board papers and minutes, confidential interviews 
with members of the Board and other key 
stakeholders, and observation of a Board meeting. 

The evaluation report concluded that there is a lot 
to commend the Board, from its entrepreneurial 
spirit and its strong focus on people, to its thorough 
discussion and energetic debate. A number of 
recommendations were made for the Board to 
discuss and the following key areas identified for 
focus over the next 12 to 18 months:

• 

• 

• 

 Gain strategic clarity

 Build the refreshed Board as a high-
performance team 

 Consider how the Board will oversee the 
transformation agenda

A six-month review will be undertaken by the 
evaluator and the Chairman during the course of 
next year to review progress on these focus areas.

WHaT THe BOarD DID DUrING THe Year
The Board met formally seven times this year. 
Meetings are scheduled around events in the 
corporate calendar such as the full and half 
year results, year-end and the AGM. Standing 
agenda items include updates from the CEO on 
performance of the business against strategic 
objectives, a review of the financial and trading 
position from the CFO, and updates on health and 
safety, people and legal matters. 

In addition to these regular items, specific areas of 
focus for the Board during the year included:

Strategy and business development

Financial performance

Operational performance

Governance and risk

people

•  Reviewed the progress of the Group’s 
strategy throughout the year with 
regular updates from the CEO

•  Approved the strategic plan for the 

next five years

•  Visited a US supplier and held 

sessions with sales, operations and 
technical to give the Board greater 
understanding of the business

•  Received regular updates on progress 
of the sustainability strategy and work 
with the sustainability consultants

•  Regularly reviewed the trading 

performance of the business and 
updated the market as required

•  On the recommendation of the Audit 
Committee, reviewed and approved 
the FY2021 Annual Report and the 
FY2022 half year results

•  Approved the FY2023 budget and 

capital investment proposals

•  Approved capital investment proposal 
for enhanced sprinkler protection at 
Treatt USA 

•  Reviewed the Group forecasts, net 
debt levels, facility headroom and 
covenants and working capital
•  Approved financing proposals, 

relocation spend and bank facilities
•  Approved the recommendation of the 

final dividend for FY2021 and payment 
of the interim dividend for FY2022

•  Maintained oversight of the 
completion of the new UK 
Headquarters and the move from the 
previous premises

•  Undertook an external Board evaluation 
•  Refreshed the Chair positions of the 
Audit and Nomination Committees 
and appointed a new SID

•  Received reports and presentations 

•  Reviewed and approved the annual 

from management on the 
performance of each of our product 
categories and other matters of 
material importance to the Group
•  Reviewed the results of the customer 

experience survey 

•  Received presentations from UK and 

US sales on pipeline opportunities and 
recent wins

modern slavery statement and other 
Board policies

•  Reviewed the risk register at six 

monthly intervals

•  Reviewed results of an internal risk 
management survey to assess the 
success of embedding the Group’s 
risk management framework
•  Held a meeting dedicated to the 

discussion of risk and undertook a 
deep dive into several key risk areas 
and a review of the risk appetite

•  Received reports on investor feedback 

and stakeholder engagement

•  Completed the recruitment process 
for a new Chief Financial Officer 
•  Completed the recruitment process 

for a new Chairman and Non-
executive Directors

•  Maintained oversight of the 

introduction of a new Executive 
Leadership Team and organisational 
restructure 

•  Reviewed the actions taken by 

management in response to Employee 
Voice feedback

•  Reviewed the results of pulse surveys 
undertaken across the business and 
other cultural indicators

•  Approved the SIP, SAYE and ESPP 

share awards

This report was approved by the Board on 29 November 2022.

ryan Govender
Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionNomination Committee Report

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

79

NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

A FOCUS ON BOARD COMPOSITION

composition of the Board and succession 
planning for the Board, its committees and senior 
management are key activities.

INTrODUcTION
Our Nomination Committee Report explains 
the committee’s focus and activities during the 
year. The committee seeks to ensure that the 
size, composition and structure of the Board is 
appropriate for the delivery of the Group’s strategic 
objectives and for our culture and values.

MeMBerSHIp aND MeeTINGS
I succeeded Lynne Weedall as Chair of the 
Nomination Committee when she stepped down 
from the Board on 17 September 2022. I would  
like to thank Lynne for her contribution to the  
Board over the past few years and, in particular,  
for her chairing of the Nomination Committee.  
The committee takes succession planning and 
Board composition very seriously and as such has 
met formally five times during the course of the 
year with additional informal meetings taking place 
as necessary. 

rOle aND reSpONSIBIlITIeS
The committee operates under terms of reference, 
which are reviewed annually and are available on 
the Group’s website. The main responsibilities of 
the Nomination Committee are:

•  To regularly review the structure, size and 

composition (including the skills, knowledge, 
experience and diversity) of the Board and its 
committees and make recommendations to 
the Board with regard to any changes that are 
deemed necessary

•  To identify and nominate candidates for 

the approval of the Board to fill Board and 
committee vacancies as and when they arise

•  To oversee succession planning for the Board 
and senior management, considering current 
and future strategy, the challenges and 
opportunities facing the Group and the skills and 
expertise needed on the Board for the future

•  To review the results of the Board and 

committee performance evaluation process 
that relate to the composition of the Board and 
committees and to assess whether the Non-
executive Directors are providing appropriate 
value in fulfilment of their duties

acTIVITIeS SINce THe laST repOrT
•  Appointment of Ryan Govender as Chief 

Financial Officer 

•  Recruitment to the Board of Philip O’Connor 
and Christine Sisler as Non-executive 
Directors

•  Appointment of Vijay Thakrar as Tim Jones’ 

successor as Board Chairman 

•  Reviewed the Board evaluation as it relates to 

the composition of the Board 

•  Reviewed the time commitment required from 
Non-executive Directors and determined 
whether appropriate value is being provided to 
the Company

•  Board succession planning

•  Reviewed the terms of reference of the 

committee

NOMINaTION cOMMITTee MeMBerS

Vijay Thakrar (chair) 
Non-executive Director

Daemmon reeve 
Chief Executive Officer

Yetunde Hofmann 
Non-executive Director

philip O’connor 
Non-executive Director

Committee meetings 
in the year

5

Meeting attendance 

100% 

Nomination Committee 
experience
HR

1

Finance

2

Management 4

ESG

Operations

Industry

1

1

2

I AM PLEASED 
TO PRESENT OUR 
NOMINATION  
COMMITTEE REPORT

Vj jay T hakrar

Chair – Nomination Committee

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

80

Further details on gender diversity within the 
Group are set out on page 27.

cOMMITTee eValUaTION
An external evaluation was undertaken in relation 
to the Board and its committees as reported on 
page 78. There were no actions recommended 
relating specifically to the Nomination Committee. 

Vijay Thakrar
Chair – Nomination Committee

THIS Year’S acHIeVeMeNTS

•  Appointments of CFO, Chairman Designate 

and two Non-executive Directors

•  External Board evaluation

FUTUre plaNS

•  Board succession planning and composition 

•  Continuing development of leadership talent

•  Oversight of senior management resilience 

and succession plans

•  Continuing review and development of 
Board and committee memberships

appOINTMeNTS
Appointments to the Board of both Executive 
and Non-executive Directors are undertaken by 
the Nomination Committee, which ensures that 
a wide range of candidates are considered. The 
committee reviews the skills mix of the Board to 
identify potential gaps or areas where increased 
strength and diversity is required. The skills matrix 
requires Board members to rate the strength of 
their experience in a range of skills across areas 
such as strategy, industry experience, finance, 
risk management, stakeholder engagement and 
corporate governance and ethics. The skills 
matrix is reviewed annually by each Director, the 
Chairman and the Nomination Committee.

As reported last year, Pure Executive, an 
independent search and selection agency, which 
is a division of Pure Resourcing Solutions Limited, 
were instructed to search for suitable candidates 
for the role of Non-executive Director to provide 
a list of suitable candidates to the committee. The 
time commitment required for the role and existing 
demands on a candidate’s time were considered 
as part of the selection criteria as were relevant 
skills and experiences taking into consideration our 
skills matrix review and our diversity objectives. 
Members of the committee were involved in the 
initial interview process with Board members 
meeting the final shortlisted candidates. 

Pure Executive also provided their expertise in 
respect of the appointment of our new CFO  
Ryan Govender and carried out a search process 
which ultimately led to Ryan’s appointment. 

Pure Executive have previously provided 
recruitment services to Treatt but do not have  
any other connection with the Company or 
individual Directors.

During the year the committee engaged Egon 
Zehnder, a global management consultancy and 
executive search firm, as search partner for 
Chair succession. The process was led by Lynne 
Weedall who Chaired the committee until she 
stepped off the Board on 17 September 2022. I 
indicated my interest in the Chair position early 
in the process and did not attend any meetings 
where Chair succession was discussed. Following 
a comprehensive and rigorous search over many 
months which included the Nomination Committee 
considering a “long-list” of external candidates 
forwarded by Egon Zehnder as well as interviews 
with those short-listed, I was appointed Chairman 
Designate, as announced on 24 June 2022, and 
will succeed Tim Jones at the conclusion of the 
AGM on 27 January 2023. 

Egon Zehnder do not have any connection with 
the Company or individual Directors outside of 
recruitment services.

Succession planning for the Board and senior 
management will continue to be a focus of 
the committee; alignment with Treatt’s culture 
together with the right balance of insight, skills, 
entrepreneurialism, diversity, approach to risk  
and sustainability are key considerations in  
its deliberations. 

DIVerSITY
The Board recognises the benefit of having an 
appropriate level of diversity on the Board and in 
management positions throughout the Group to 
support the achievement of its strategic objectives. 
The committee considers the benefits of all aspects 
of diversity including race, gender, disability, sexual 
orientation, religion, belief, age and culture when 
appointing both Executive and Non-executive 
Directors; independence and ability to add 
commercial insights are also key considerations  
for Non-executive Director appointments.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionAudit Committee Report

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

81

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

A FOCUS ON GOVERNANCE AND REPORTING

The audit committee focuses on effective 
governance and financial reporting.

MeMBerSHIp, INDepeNDeNce aND 
eXperIeNce
The Audit Committee’s membership was refreshed 
during the year with Vijay Thakrar succeeding Jeff 
Iliffe as Chair of the committee when Jeff stepped 
down from the Board in February 2022. Following 
Vijay’s appointment as Chairman Designate Philip 
O’Connor was appointed Chair of the committee 
on 17 September 2022. Philip spent many years 
in senior roles, including as Finance Director of 
Kerry foods, and is a qualified Chartered Certified 
Accountant deemed by the Board to have recent 
and relevant financial experience.

The committee acts independently of management 
and the Board is satisfied that its members have 
the appropriate skills, experience, knowledge 
and professional qualifications, with competence 
relevant to Treatt’s business.

MeeTINGS
The committee met formally four times during the 
year. The auditor attended three of these meetings 
other than when their appointment or performance 
were being reviewed and the CEO, CFO and 
other senior finance team members attended 
as appropriate by invitation. The committee has 

discussions at least twice a year with the auditor 
without management being present. The committee 
Chair also meets informally with, and has access 
to, the CFO to discuss matters considered relevant 
to the committee’s duties and maintains a regular 
dialogue with the audit partner.

rOle aND reSpONSIBIlITIeS
The committee operates under terms of reference, 
which are reviewed annually and are available on 
the Group’s website. The main responsibilities of 
the Audit Committee are:

•  To review the Group’s Annual Report and any 
formal announcements relating to the Group’s 
financial performance and to report to the 
Board on significant financial reporting issues 
and judgements contained therein, having 
regard to matters communicated to it by  
the auditor

and terms of engagement. The committee also 
monitors their independence and objectivity

•  To make recommendations to the Board on the 
requirement for an internal audit function

•  To ensure that procedures are in place 

whereby employees of the Group may, in 
confidence, raise concerns about possible 
improprieties in matters of financial reporting 
or other matters. The Group has arrangements 
in place for the proportionate and independent 
investigation of such matters and for 
appropriate follow-up action

acTIVITIeS SINce THe laST repOrT
•  Reviewed and reported to the Board on the half 

year report and trading updates

•  Met with the audit partner to approve the audit 

plan and identification of risks

•  Reviewed the auditor’s findings, management’s 

•  To review the content of the Annual Report 

responses and ensured robust challenge

and advise the Board on whether, taken as a 
whole, it is fair, balanced and understandable, 
and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
performance, business model and strategy

•  To oversee the relationship with the auditor and 
assess the effectiveness of the external audit 
process, including making recommendations to 
the Board on their appointment, remuneration 

•  Reviewed the auditor’s performance and 

the audit process to ensure that they remain 
objective and independent, and to assess the 
effectiveness of the audit, providing feedback 
to the auditor in this respect

•  Approval of the fees paid to the auditors for 

the audit

aUDIT cOMMITTee MeMBerS

philip O’connor (chair) 
Non-executive Director

christine Sisler 
Non-executive Director

Vijay Thakrar 
Non-executive Director

Audit Committee 
experience
Finance
Management
Industry
ESG
Operations

2
3
2
1
1

Committee meetings 
in the year

4

Meeting attendance 

100% 

I AM PLEASED TO 
PRESENT OUR AUDIT  
COMMITTEE REPORT

Philip O’Connor

Chair – Audit Committee

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

82

•  Reviewed and reported to the Board on the 
Group’s Annual Report for 2022 to ensure 
that, taken as a whole, it was fair, balanced and 
understandable. This included consideration of a 
report from the auditor on their audit and review 
of the financial statements, significant financial 
reporting issues and judgements contained 
therein, and discussions with management

•  Reviewed the clarity and completeness of the 
treatment and disclosure of exceptional items 
and alternative performance measures

•  Received presentations from management on 

financial reporting matters

•  Consideration of any Speak Up reports, of which 
there was one during the year. Further details 
can be found on page 75 

•  Reviewed the potential requirement for an 

internal audit function

•  Reviewed whether it was appropriate for there 
not to be an external audit of the Company’s  
half year results, as in previous years

•  Reviewed the operation of the policy on the 
provision of non-audit services by the  
external auditor and approving any such  
work undertaken

•  Reviewed the performance of the  

Audit Committee

•  Reviewed the terms of reference of the  

Audit Committee

FINaNcIal repOrTING
During the year the committee and the Board 
monitor the integrity of any externally published 
announcements relating to the Group’s financial 
performance. Reports are requested from 
management on particular matters, especially 
where a significant element of judgement is 
required. Additionally, the committee has regular 
contact with the audit partner without the presence 
of the Executive Directors.

In respect of the Annual Report, members of the 
committee review early drafts to keep appraised of 
its key themes and to raise any issues early in the 
process. The 2022 Annual Report was reviewed at 
a committee meeting in November 2022; after due 
challenge and debate the committee was content 
with the appropriateness of the accounting policies 
adopted, and that the key judgements applied, 
which where possible, are supported by external 
advice or other corroborative evidence,  
are reasonable and therefore agreed with 
management recommendations.

Significant judgements and issues
The committee receives reports from management 
on the significant accounting and financial 
reporting matters and judgements involved in the 
preparation of the financial statements. Amongst 
the matters considered by the committee in relation 
to the Group’s 2022 Annual Report were:

Global economic uncertainty and impact on 
going concern basis of accounting
Despite the Group‘s resilient financial performance 
throughout the global pandemic, the committee 
remains vigilant to the uncertainties arising both 
domestically and internationally from the current 
economic and geopolitical environment, as well as 
the prospect of a future pandemic. The impact of 
these various challenges is manifesting itself in 
inflationary price increases, supply-side challenges 
and changing consumer tastes as well as impacting 
the rate of economic recovery within our  
key markets.

Appropriate financial modelling has since been 
undertaken with this in mind to support the 
assessment of the business as a going concern  
and its longer-term viability. The Group’s going 
concern and viability statement is on pages 68  
and 69 sets out the approach taken and the 
conclusions reached.

Foreign exchange management
In light of the impact of foreign exchange on 
the year’s financial results, the committee has 
reviewed the Group’s policy and strategy for foreign 
exchange risk management and discussed with 
management the appointment of specialist advisors 
to support management, and provided guidance on 
the implementation of an FX committee, whose role 
is to monitor foreign exchange risk on a regular 
basis. Details of which are set out in the Financial 
Review on page 56.

Inventory valuation
Given the nature of the Group’s products and 
the processes involved in their manufacture, a 
degree of estimation and judgement is involved in 
the valuation of inventory, including determining 
the level of provisions required against obsolete, 
slow moving and defective inventory, which are 
likely to result in a loss to the Group. This involved 
discussions with management, on the basis of 
valuation and detailed exercises undertaken to 
identify the relevant provision levels, and with the 
auditors, on their findings following their review 
of the work done on inventory valuation and the 
controls in place over the processes involved.

Defined benefit pension scheme
The choice of discount rate, inflation rate and life 
expectancy basis could materially affect the level 
of surpluses and deficits in the defined benefit 
pension scheme. The valuation at the year-
end date revealed a funding surplus within the 
scheme, the committee considered the choice of 
assumptions used to calculate the Group’s pension 
surplus in accordance with IAS 19, this included 
confirming that they are in accordance with 
advice received from the scheme actuary, Barnett 
Waddingham, and that these assumptions had been 
critically reviewed by the auditors.

The committee also reviewed the legal advice 
obtained in relation to the circumstances in which 
the company would have an unconditional right to 
a surplus at some future date and concluded 
that the recognition of the pension surplus was 
therefore appropriate.

audit quality review
The Audit Committee is aware that the external 
auditor (BDO) has been subject to a review by the 
FRC’s Audit Quality Review (AQR) team in respect 
of the audit for the year ended 30 September 
2021. The Audit Committee Chair shared the AQR 
Inspection Report with the Audit Committee, and 
also discussed the other finding directly with the 
BDO partner. The Audit Committee noted the scope 
of the review, the other finding raised, and area of 
good practice identified, together with BDO’s plan 
to address the finding. The Audit Committee is 
satisfied with BDO’s response to address the other 
finding raised which was implemented as part of 
the audit for the year ended 30 September 2022.

FaIr, BalaNceD aND UNDerSTaNDaBle
In assessing whether the Annual Report, taken 
as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy, the 
committee seeks to ensure that:

•  An experienced team is responsible for 

co-ordination of content, which is subject to a 
detailed cross-functional review

•  Senior management confirm that the content 
in respect of their areas of responsibility 
is considered to be fair, balanced and 
understandable

•  The committee receives an early draft of  

the Annual Report to enable timely review  
and comment

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

83

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

These processes, together with its own review, allow 
the committee to provide an assurance to the Board 
to assist them in making the statement required by 
the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code.

The committee also reviewed compliance with 
the disclosure requirements on Directors’ 
remuneration and the Strategic Report. 

rISK MaNaGeMeNT aND INTerNal cONTrOlS
The committee continues to consider the 
requirements of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code and the FRC Guidance on Audit 
Committees. Following recent reviews, the last of 
which was in October 2022, responsibility for risk 
management and monitoring the effectiveness 
of internal controls remains with the full Board, 
rather than being delegated to the Audit Committee. 
Consistent with this approach, the Board also 
retains responsibility for reviewing the assumptions 
underlying both the going concern and longer-term 
viability statements made in the Annual Report 
as detailed on pages 68 and 69. As the Group 
continues to grow, the delegation of these matters 
will remain under review. The principal risks and 
uncertainties are set out on pages 62 to 67.

The committee annually reviews the requirement 
for an internal audit function. In recent years work 
has been undertaken, with the assistance of KPMG, 
to improve risk management across the Group, as 
detailed on page 64. Given the size and structure 
of the Group, and the level of control exercised 
by the management team, the establishment 
of a formal internal audit function was not 
considered to be necessary at present. The Group 
may however utilise the services of external 
organisations to undertake specific exercises 
where appropriate.

During the planning phase of the external audit the 
auditors confirm their understanding of the internal 
controls relevant to the external audit. Where they 

plan to place reliance on internal controls, they 
will test the operation of those controls and if 
their examination of internal controls leads them 
to believe there may be significant deficiencies 
therein, they will report their findings to the  
Audit Committee.

eXTerNal aUDIT
The Audit Committee is committed to ensuring 
the independence, effectiveness and objectivity of 
the external auditor, and reviews the performance 
of the external auditor in respect of audit related 
services and non-audit services every year.

appOINTMeNT aND re-appOINTMeNT OF 
eXTerNal aUDITOr 
The Group undertook a competitive external audit 
tendering process in 2020 and BDO LLP (BDO) 
was selected as the Group’s external auditor with 
effect from 29 May 2020. For FY2022, BDO 
continued to provide external audit services to 
the Group. Tracey Keeble was the partner for 
BDO on the audit of Treatt for the year ended 30 
September 2022 and for the previous two years.

The level of non-audit fees and their effect on 
the auditor’s independence or objectivity is also 
considered on a regular basis. The split between 
audit and non-audit fees for the year under review 
appears in note 5 to the financial statements. The 
committee has a policy for the provision of non-
audit services by the Company auditor, which is 
aligned with the requirements of the UK Financial 
Reporting Council’s Ethical Standards (2016 and 
2019); it ensures that objectivity and independence 
are not compromised. Under the policy, all non-
audit services to be contracted with the external 
auditor will require the approval of the committee. 
Apart from other assurance services, as set out 
in note 5 to the financial statements, BDO has 
not provided any non-audit services to the Group 
and when considering the use of the auditor to 

undertake such assignments, consideration will 
be given at all times to the provisions of the FRC 
Guidance on Audit Committees with regard to 
the preservation of independence. BDO LLP has 
indicated its willingness to continue in office. The 
Audit Committee recommended to the Board that 
BDO be re-appointed and resolutions are to be 
proposed at the Annual General Meeting for the 
re-appointment of BDO LLP as auditors of Treatt 
plc and its subsidiaries, and to authorise the Board 
to fix their remuneration. The remuneration of the 
auditors for the year ended 30 September 2022 is 
disclosed in note 5 of the financial statements.

eXTerNal aUDITOr aSSeSSMeNT
The committee has oversight of the relationship 
with the external auditor and is responsible for 
monitoring their independence, objectivity and 
compliance with professional and regulatory 
requirements. An annual assessment of the 
effectiveness of the external auditor is undertaken 
to facilitate continued improvement in the audit 
process which incorporates the views of senior 
management. This assessment considers:

•  The delivery of an efficient, robust audit in 

compliance with the agreed plan and timescale 
which is underpinned by a thorough risk 
identification process

•  The provision of robust and perceptive  
advice on key areas of judgement, and 
technical issues 

•  The demonstration of a high level of 

professionalism and technical expertise 

•  Continuity within the audit team

•  Adherence to independence, policies and other 

regulatory requirements

The committee was satisfied that these requirements 
have been met and that BDO demonstrated 
commitment to perform high-quality work.

eXTerNal aUDITOr INDepeNDeNce
The committee has undertaken an assessment 
of the effectiveness of BDO’s performance and 
relationship with Treatt and is satisfied that BDO 
delivered a robust audit and remain independent  
of Treatt, having no previous connection with  
the Company.

eFFecTIVeNeSS OF THe cOMMITTee
The effectiveness of the committee was considered 
as part of the external Board evaluation and 
reviewed as part of the committee’s own 
processes. The committee received positive 
feedback on the way it challenges the business  
and it was agreed that the committee continued to 
work effectively.

philip O’connor
Chair – Audit Committee

FUTUre plaNS

•  Treatt is committed to developing a 

business with strong ESG values at its 
core. As reported elsewhere there are 
various initiatives underway to deliver  
this and the committee will be supporting 
the development of processes for the 
setting and reporting of targets to  
measure progress

•  Continue to monitor developments to 
consider whether it is appropriate  
the Group’s half year results to be 
externally audited

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionDirectors’ Remuneration Report

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

A FOCUS ON REMUNERATION STRUCTURE

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

84

The policy is to ensure that remuneration 
structures are transparent and proportionate.

The committee has supported the Board in taking 
steps in relation to the pay of our people in 2023.

cHaIr’S STaTeMeNT
I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report for Treatt for 2022 and firstly would like 
to thank my colleagues, Non-executive Directors 
Jeff Iliffe and Lynne Weedall, for their significant 
contributions as members of the committee 
until they stepped off the Board in February and 
September 2022 respectively. 

This Chair’s statement summarises the main areas 
of activity for the committee during the year. 

2022 aNNUal GeNeral MeeTING: OUr NeW 
DIrecTOrS’ reMUNeraTION pOlIcY
We proposed a new Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
at our AGM held in January 2022, detailed on 
pages 87 to 92, which received strong shareholder 
approval with 96.81% of votes cast in favour. Our 
Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2021 was 
also approved at our 2022 AGM by over 99% of 
shareholder votes cast. We are grateful for the 
continuing support of our shareholders for the 
work of the Remuneration Committee.

The Directors’ Remuneration Report for Treatt 
for 2022, including both this Chair’s statement 
and the Implementation Report, which details 
the remuneration paid to the Directors during 
the financial year under review, will be put to an 
advisory vote at the AGM on 27 January 2023.

WOrK OF THe cOMMITTee IN 2022
As referenced throughout this year’s Annual 
Report, Treatt has experienced challenges during 
the year.

•  Although we achieved revenue growth of 

c.13% (9% in constant currency) in line with 
our revised market expectations for FY2022, 
our profit before tax and exceptional items 
(PBT&E) of £15.3m was below our record 
result for FY2021 of £20.9m.

•  However, throughout the year the Group made 
good progress on important strategic initiatives 
which we believe will position the Group well 
for a return to its positive growth trajectory. 
These actions included:

 – The opening of the new UK Headquarters  
and production facility in which a further 
£5.0m was invested in 2022.

 – Transitioning the majority of production to 
the new UK Headquarters. UK production 

capacity will at least double once this 
process is fully completed. Distillation 
equipment is anticipated to move to the 
new site in 2023.

•  The business expects to generate good 

levels of cash in future years and anticipates 
lowering net debt, therefore the Board intends 
to continue its progressive dividend policy.

The committee has supported the Board in taking 
steps in relation to the pay of our people in 2022 to 
address the pressures being felt on living standards 
in a high inflation environment. This has involved:

•  A 5% pay review for the majority of US and  
UK colleagues effective 1 October 2022.

• 

In addition to this we are also paying some 
colleagues an additional temporary monthly 
allowance to assist with the short-term cost of  
living impacts our people are facing. This will 
be reviewed quarterly from Jan 2023.

•  To enable higher percentage increases 

and payments to support those employees 
across the Group most affected by cost of 
living impacts, members of the newly formed 
Executive Leadership Team have received an  
increase to salary of 2% only for FY2023.

reMUNeraTION cOMMITTee MeMBerS

Yetunde Hofmann (chair) 
Non-executive Director

Vijay Thakrar  
Non-executive Director

christine Sisler 
Non-executive Director

Remuneration Committee 
experience
HR
1
Finance
1
Management 3
1
ESG
1
Operations
Industry
1

Committee meetings 
in the year

4

Meeting attendance 

100% 

I AM PLEASED 
TO PRESENT 
OUR DIRECTORS’ 
REMUNERATION REPORT

Yetunde Hofmann

Chair – Remuneration Committee

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section 
Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

85

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Accordingly, following our review, the committee 
believes that making the proposed second phase 
increase to CEO salary is appropriate and our 
CEO’s salary for financial year 2023 is as set out 
overleaf. Although our profits for FY2022 fell 
from the prior year’s record levels and our share 
price fell by around 40% over the 2022 financial 
year, those results need to be set in the context of 
Daemmon’s leadership of the Company since 2012 
– as the chart on page 86 shows, in that period 
the Company has still delivered an over 1,000% 
total return to our shareholders, significantly out-
performing the market.

•  As has been our practice annually since 2014, 
we will again offer all UK and US employees, 
with a period of at least twelve months’ 
qualifying service, free shares to the value of 
£700 and $1,000 respectively.

Turning to incentive pay outcomes for FY2022:

• 

In respect of the LTIPs granted to the Executive 
Directors in 2019, the average earnings per 
share growth performance targets set by the 
Remuneration Committee at the time of grant 
(average annual growth between 3.0% and 
10.0% over three financial years) were attained 
at a level of 8.1% average annual growth and 
consequently the awards vested at 76.3%  
of award.

•  The financial measures for our 2022 annual 
bonus (80% weighting on PBT&E) were not 
attained, and nil is payable for this element. 
The annual bonus element related to non-
financial objectives (20% weighting) payable 
to the CEO is determined by reference to key 
objectives including the enhancement of our 
equality, diversity and inclusion agenda, the 
vision and creation of our Global Executive 
Leadership Team, the continued improvement 
of our culture along with the identification of 
key outcomes to be achieved as we pursue our 
strategy for the next five years.

•  The committee determined that 82% of the 
bonus relating to the achievement of non-
financial objectives should be paid. However, 
in light of the current economic climate and the 
challenges being faced our CEO has chosen to 
forgo 50% of this payment and therefore 8.2% 
of his maximum attainable bonus will be paid. 

•  The non-financial objectives for 2022’s annual 
bonus are all matters which are important to 
Treatt’s long-term development. Accordingly, 
paying some element of annual bonus for 
attainment of these is, in the committee’s view, 
important to reinforce the integrity of having 
such measures within our annual bonus plan 
which, we believe, is strongly in shareholders’ 
best interests. It also acknowledges our 
management team’s strong and robust 
leadership in a year of challenging markets. 
The committee does, however, support our 
CEO’s action in waiving half of his bonus 
for 2022 and we regard this as particularly 
appropriate given all of the circumstances.

As we are required to confirm by the UK Directors’ 
Remuneration Report regulations, the committee 
confirms that it exercised what it regards as 
normal commercial judgement in respect of 
Directors’ remuneration throughout the year (and 
in all cases in line with the approved Directors’ 
remuneration policy) including in relation to: 

•  Setting performance metrics for normal course  

annual bonuses and LTIPs in the year.

•  Confirming the outcome of performance  
metrics for annual bonuses and LTIPs in  
the year.

There were no other exercises of judgement or 
discretion by the committee save as detailed in  
this report.

appOINTMeNT OF OUr cHIeF FINaNcIal 
OFFIcer

As announced in February, Ryan Govender was 
appointed Chief Financial Officer on 1 July 2022. 
His salary and benefits on appointment were 
determined by the Remuneration Committee in 
accordance with the Directors’ remuneration policy 
and market conditions for the role.

lOOKING aHeaD TO 2023
In last year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report 
I set out in detail our proposal to increase the 
CEO’s salary on a phased basis over a two-year 
period together with the rationale for this change. 
These proposals were in line with our overall 
pay principles which require a proportionate 
approach to pay in Treatt, and accordingly the 
two-year salary proposals were not above “market-
suggested levels” for the CEO of a company of 
Treatt’s scale and complexity.

The second phase of the increase remained 
dependent upon the Remuneration Committee’s 
review of continued appropriateness, reflecting 
Group performance. 

The committee has undertaken this review 
thoroughly and in particular has taken into account 
Daemmon’s continued exceptional leadership 
during a period of transition for the business 
(including the move to the new UK Headquarters 
and production facility) and one in which the 
Company has faced challenges from the macro-
economic environment. Daemmon’s leadership 
was crucial in ensuring that our wider Treatt team 
maintained the utmost focus on delivering for  
our customers. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionTreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

86

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Total shareholder return 2012-2022

Treatt Plc

FTSE All-Share

2,000%

1,800%

1,600%

1,400%

1,200%

1,000%

800%

600%

400%

200%

0%

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

•  Daemmon Reeve – £435,000 (£390,000)

As already explained, to enable higher percentage 
increases and payments to support those 
employees across the Group most affected by cost 
of living challenges, members of the newly formed 
Executive Leadership Team (including our CFO) 
have received an increase to salary of 2% only for 
FY2023. Accordingly, for FY2023, our CFO’s salary 
is as follows:

•  Ryan Govender – £234,600 (£230,000)

The CEO and CFO’s maximum bonus opportunity 
for FY2023 will be 125% of base salary. The 
performance measures for the annual bonus plan 
for 2023 will operate on a basis consistent with 
those for FY2022 with 20% of the maximum 
attainable bonus being based on non-financial 
measures. 

In light of the disappointing impact on profits 
this year the committee intends that the annual 
LTIP award level for FY2023 will be scaled back 
to 125% from 150% of base salary. We have 
determined this to be a meaningful scale-back. 
As for LTIP awards in FY2023, the awards will 
have performance conditions based on growth in 
earnings per share and return on average capital 
employed over a three-year performance period, 
and with any vesting shares subject to a two-year 
holding period.

For completeness, the fees of the Chairman and 
the Non-executive Directors were also reviewed 
in 2021 phased over two years and, whilst the 
fees of Non-executives are not matters for the 
Remuneration Committee, the new fee levels, 
which implement the second element of the review, 
can be summarised as follows:

We are happy to receive feedback from 
shareholders at any time in relation to our 
remuneration policies and hope to receive your 
support for the resolution to approve the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report at the forthcoming AGM. 
I will be available at the AGM to answer any 
questions you may have. 

•  Chairman: £123,000 p.a. (£113,000)

•  Non-executives’ base fee: £51,000 p.a. 

(£46,723)

•  Fees for Audit Chair, Remuneration Committee 

Chair and Senior Independent Director: 
£10,000 for each role p.a. (£8,000) 

Finally, as announced on 1 November, I will be 
stepping off the Treatt Board at the conclusion 
of the AGM in January. I would like to extend my 
thanks to my Board colleagues, to my current Chair 
Tim Jones and the wider Treatt team for their 
support and assistance during my tenure. It has 
been a great experience.

Yetunde Hofmann
Chair – Remuneration Committee

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

87

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

executive Directors’ remuneration
The committee will continue to review its policy and the individual elements of the remuneration package 
annually to ensure that they remain effective, in line with good practice and support delivery of the 
strategy and long-term success of the Group.

The following table sets out a summary of each element of the Executive Directors’ remuneration, how it 
operates, the maximum opportunity available, and applicable performance metrics:

element: base salary

purpose and  
link to strategy

Helps recruit and retain high-calibre Executive Directors

Provides a competitive salary relative to the size of the Group

Operation

Salary levels will relate to the nature of the role, skill and experience of the individual, market 
positioning and pay and conditions in the Group

Salaries are reviewed annually by the committee with changes taking effect for 12 months 
from 1 October, unless a change in responsibility requires an interim review

Any change in salary is influenced by increases in the salaries of other Group employees, 
changes to the complexity of the role, personal performance and a periodic review of market 
conditions for similar roles in comparable organisations

Maximum opportunity Any salary increases are applied in line with the outcome of annual reviews

Annual increases should not normally exceed the average salary increase of employees 
within the Group. Exceptions can be made when a review is required by a change in role 
or responsibility, or where there is a significant change in the role and/or size, value or 
complexity of the Group which has resulted in material market misalignment

performance metrics Not applicable

pOlIcY SecTION

policy report: provided for information
as approved at the aGM 2022; not subject to further approval at the 2023 aGM

This section provides, for information only, the Directors’ remuneration policy as approved at the 2022 
AGM. The only contextual alterations from the policy as approved at the 2022 AGM are in the main Policy 
Table where items which were required to be highlighted as changes from the previous 2019 policy are no 
longer so highlighted.

remuneration principles
The committee’s policy is to ensure that remuneration structures align with those of the wider workforce, 
are simple, transparent and proportionate to the size and complexity of the business, whilst ensuring 
that we pay people fairly, and recognise and reward good performance. The main principles of the 
remuneration policy are:

•  We will always aim to compete on salary and other benefits, but executives should not be overpaid 
when compared with external pay relativity and wider workforce remuneration and conditions

•  We will recognise strong contribution from performance, experience and industry expertise as well as 

demonstrating our culture and values

•  All colleagues participate in a good pension plan, with the same pension contribution rates applying to 

all employees in a country

•  Remuneration packages should align with Treatt’s strategic objectives and the interests of shareholders 
by using stretching performance metrics that provide a strong link to the creation of shareholder value

•  Variable pay should incentivise delivery against performance in accordance with our culture where 

employees are accountable and rewarded for their performance

•  All employees can participate in a bonus, and we have high alignment of business-based targets for 

bonus across all employees

•  We aspire to give all employees the opportunity to participate in share plans and we believe it is right 

that colleagues can share in value created for our shareholders 

•  Our Executive Directors retain shares from share plans and stay invested in our business journey

changes from the previous policy
The committee is responsible for ensuring that the remuneration of Executive Directors and senior 
management is aligned to the Group’s strategic objectives. It is key that the Group is able to attract 
and retain leaders who are focused and also appropriately incentivised to deliver the Group’s strategic 
objectives, in accordance with a remuneration policy which is aligned with the long-term interests of the 
Company’s shareholders.

The current intention is that the framework of this remuneration policy will apply for three years from the 
date of the 2022 AGM. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

88

Helps recruit and retain high-calibre Executive Directors

purpose and  
link to strategy

Provides an element of at risk pay, which incentivises delivery of performance in the current 
financial year 

element: annual bonus (notes 1 – 6)

element: benefits

purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Entitlement to the following benefits on the same terms as employees in the country in which 
the Director is resident:

Private healthcare – please note that Daemmon Reeve also receives family cover; life 
assurance; permanent health insurance; car allowance; all-employee share schemes 

Operation

Life assurance for UK tax resident Directors will be provided by means of a Lifetime Plus policy

Any new benefits introduced to employees generally shall be provided to Directors on equal 
or comparable terms

Maximum opportunity Except as otherwise stated these are on the same terms as the benefits received by other 

employees in the country in which the Director is resident

performance metrics Not applicable

element: pension

purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Helps recruit and retain high-calibre Executive Directors and to provide a competitive package 

Entitlement to receive employer contributions into a defined contribution pension scheme 
on the same terms as employees in the country in which the Director is resident. This can 
be received as a cash amount where the lifetime allowance is reached (cash payments are 
further reduced for the impact of employers’ NICs)

Maximum opportunity UK employees – 9% base salary contribution (no personal contribution required)

performance metrics Not applicable

Encourages and rewards actions consistent with the annual priorities of the Group

Aligns Directors’ interests with shareholders and other stakeholders

The rules of the Executive Directors’ Bonus Scheme and the performance targets are 
reviewed annually

Annual bonuses are calculated by reference to the achievement of performance targets for 
the financial year and each Director is entitled to a percentage of salary based upon this 
calculation, subject to the maximum opportunity

Bonuses are subject to determination by the committee in accordance with scheme rules 
after year-end:

•  75% of outcomes are paid in cash, with payments normally made in December

•  25% of outcomes are deferred in shares for two years (provided that if value to be 

deferred is £10,000 or less, the whole outcome may be paid in cash)

Maximum opportunity 125% of salary per annum

element: annual bonus (notes 1 – 6) continued

performance metrics Bonuses are based on the growth in Group profit before tax and exceptional items compared 

to the prior financial year, which aligns with all employee bonus schemes across the Group

Up to 20% of bonus may be based on non-financial performance measures

Bonus payments against financial performance are based on a sliding scale. 

No bonus is payable unless a minimum level of financial performance is achieved

Different performance measures and/or weightings may be used for the annual bonus 
in future years to help drive the strategy of the business during the period of this policy, 
although the Remuneration Committee would expect to consult with major shareholders 
before making material changes to the current performance measures (except for the 
possible introduction of the non-financial measures as described above) 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

89

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

element: long Term Incentive plan (lTIp) (notes 1 – 6)

element: shareholding requirement

purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Incentivises Directors to achieve returns for shareholders over a longer time frame 

Aligns Directors’ interests with shareholders

The committee will consider awards of shares under the LTIP annually and will review the 
quantum of awards to ensure that they are in line with market rates

Awards will be made at nil cost, with vesting dependent on the achievement of performance 
conditions over a period determined by the committee, which shall be a minimum of  
three years

Awards will be subject to a two-year holding period following vesting, net of any tax liability 
arising on either vesting or exercise

The committee may also exercise the specific discretions contained within the rules of the 
scheme, as approved by shareholders

purpose and  
link to strategy

Aligns Directors’ interests with shareholders 

Operation

Minimum shareholding requirements:

CEO – 200% of basic salary

CFO – 200% of basic salary

Directors are required to retain shares acquired under share-based incentive awards until 
the shareholding requirements are met, save that they are permitted to sell sufficient shares 
to pay any exercise price and all applicable taxes due in respect of that award

Directors are subject to a post cessation shareholding requirement of 200% in year one and  
100% in year two, with this requirement applicable to all shares acquired following approval 
of the remuneration policy at the AGM in January 2022

Maximum opportunity 125% of salary per annum based on market value of shares at date of grant

Maximum opportunity Not applicable

performance metrics

The vesting of the awards will normally be based on growth in appropriately selected 
financial performance metrics exceeding a minimum level during the period from date of 
grant to date of vesting 

performance metrics Not applicable

element: malus and clawback

Targets are set by the committee for each award on a sliding scale basis. No more than 25% 
of awards will vest for threshold performance, with full vesting taking place for equalling or 
exceeding maximum performance conditions

Different performance measures and/or weightings may be used for future LTIP awards 
to help drive the strategy of the business during the period of this policy, although the 
Remuneration Committee would expect to consult with major shareholders before making 
material changes to the current performance measures applied

Awards lapse if performance criteria are not met at the end of the three-year 
performance period

purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

To ensure Executive Directors do not benefit from errors or misconduct 

Malus and clawback provisions are included in relation to LTIPs and bonus to enable an 
award to be reduced or cancelled or to require the return of some or all of an award after 
vesting, in the following circumstances:

•  Material misstatement of the financial results used to determine an award

•  Error in the determination of the number of shares awarded

•  Director’s misconduct

•  Liquidation or administration of the Company

•  To prevent serious reputational damage in the view of the committee

•  To give effect to a provision for clawback under the LTIP or bonus scheme

Maximum opportunity Not applicable

performance metrics Not applicable

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

90

NON-eXecUTIVe DIrecTOrS’ reMUNeraTION

element: fees

purpose and  
link to strategy

Helps recruit high-calibre Non-executive Directors

Rewards additional responsibility by virtue of position as Chairman of the Board or Chair of 
a committee

Operation

Excluding the Chairman, subject to an aggregate limit within the Articles of Association (currently 
£500,000 as approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in January 2022)

Reviewed annually for each Non-executive Director with changes taking effect from  
1 October

The Chairman’s fees are reviewed by the committee and the other Non-executives’ fees are 
reviewed by the Board (excluding the Non-executives)

Any change in fees is influenced by increases in the salaries of other Group employees, 
personal performance and a periodic review of market conditions for similar roles in 
comparable organisations

Additional fees may be paid in respect of increased responsibility or time commitment 
required by the role or in respect of invoiced consultancy fees, where relevant

£’000

2,000

1,800

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

272

544

544

544

544

34

15

435

34

15

435

34

15

19

15

235

147

147

235

19

15

272

272

435
435

34

15

435

293

293

235

19

15

147

293

293

235

19

15

Minimum

On target

Maximum

Maximum plus

Minimum

On target

Maximum

Maximum plus

chief executive Officer – Daemmon reeve

chief Financial Officer – ryan Govender

Salary

Benefits

Pension

Bonus

Share options

Share price growth

Maximum opportunity Any fee increases are applied in line with the outcome of annual reviews

Notes:

1  The committee considers that the forward-looking targets for the annual bonus are commercially sensitive and has, therefore, chosen 
not to disclose them in advance. However, the committee considers that the level of performance required for the annual bonus is 
appropriately stretching. All employee and senior management bonuses are restricted to a maximum of between 18% and 70% of base 
salary depending on seniority, role and market conditions.

2  Performance targets for LTIP awards are set by the committee at the date of grant of the options to ensure that they are appropriately 

stretching. The committee considers adjusted basic earnings per share (EPS) and adjusted return on average capital employed 
(ROACE) to be appropriate measures of financial performance, capturing revenue growth, operating margins and returns on capital. 
EPS and ROACE targets are consistent with the Board’s strategy.

3  Subject to the achievement of the applicable performance conditions, Executive Directors are eligible to receive payment from any 

award made prior to the approval and implementation of the Directors’ remuneration policy detailed in this report.

4  For both annual bonus and LTIP, while performance conditions will generally remain unchanged once set, the Remuneration Committee 
has the ability to amend the measures, weightings and targets in exceptional circumstances (such as a major transaction) where the 
original conditions would cease to operate as intended. 

5  The committee retains discretion, consistent with market practice with regard to the operation and administration of the annual bonus 

and LTIP, including:

Illustration of remuneration policy
The graph above provides estimates of the potential future reward for each of the Executive Directors 
based on their current roles, the remuneration policy outlined on pages 87 to 89 and base salaries as at  
1 October 2022.

The assumptions used in preparing the graph are as follows:

Minimum
•  Basic salary, pension or cash in lieu of pension  
and benefits, no bonus and no vesting of the LTIP

On target
•  Basic salary, pension or cash in lieu of pension, benefits

•  A bonus of 62.5% of basic salary and an LTIP of 62.5% of basic salary for the Executive Directors 

(being notional vesting of 50% of LTIP award)

–  the timing and size of awards (within the overall limits of this policy); 

–  the determination of performance measures and targets and resultant vesting; 

Maximum
•  Basic salary, pension or cash in lieu of pension, benefits

–  when dealing with a change of control (e.g. the timing of testing performance conditions) or restructuring of the Group; 

•  A bonus of 125% of basic salary and an LTIP of 125% of basic salary for the Executive Directors 

–  determination of a good/bad leaver based on the rules of each plan and the appropriate treatment chosen; and 

–  adjustments in certain circumstances, such as rights issues, corporate restructuring events and special dividends.

(being notional vesting of 100% of LTIP award)

6  Consistent with the latest Corporate Governance Code, the Remuneration Committee may apply discretion to override formulaic 

outcomes for both annual bonus and LTIP if the outcomes are considered inconsistent with the underlying performance of the Group.

Maximum plus
•  As maximum plus effect of 50% share price growth compared to share price at the date of grant for 

the LTIP value

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

91

comparison of Directors’ remuneration policy 
with arrangements for employees
This policy sets out the remuneration structure 
applicable to Directors of the Group. Salary levels 
and incentive arrangements applicable to other 
Group employees are determined by reference to 
local employment conditions for comparative roles.

The committee receives regular updates on salary 
and bonus levels across the Group and is aware 
of how the remuneration of Directors compares to 
employees. Budgeted salary increases for Group 
employees are taken into consideration when 
determining increases for the Executive Directors.

Employees are provided with a competitive benefits 
package including healthcare, life assurance and 
pension. Consistent with Executive Directors, 
employees are eligible to participate in an annual 
bonus scheme with conditions linked to the 
performance of their operating subsidiary and 
the Group overall. Employee share ownership is 
encouraged across the Group and participation, 
particularly in the UK, is strong. The Share 
Incentive Plan is designed to further encourage 
employee share ownership. Eligible employees, 
including Executive Directors, are able to 
participate in the all-employee share schemes 
on equal terms. Executive Directors and key 
employees with the greatest potential to influence 
achievement of the Group’s strategic objectives 
are provided with share options or long-term 
incentives designed to encourage strong  
Group performance. 

The Group has not expressly sought the views of 
employees when drawing up the remuneration 
policy. However, engagement with employees 
takes place across the business through open 
door sessions held with the Chairman and the 
designated Non-executive Director for employee 
engagement. Further details can be found on 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

page 74 and 75. This enables the Board to 
understand the views of employees on a variety 
of subjects, including executive remuneration, and 
allows the Board, where requested, to clarify how 
executive pay aligns to and supports our overall 
strategy and aligns to wider company pay policy.

basis and subject to comparable performance 
conditions and time vesting requirements, 
where appropriate. Any buy-out awards 
will be subject to the maximum value of any 
outstanding awards forgone by the recruit  
(but are not subject to a formal cap)

In determining the remuneration of a new 
Director, the committee will balance shareholder 
expectations, current best practice and the 
circumstances of any new Director. It will strive 
not to pay more than is necessary to recruit the 
right candidate and will give full details in the next 
Remuneration Report. 

Directors’ contracts

Executive Directors
The committee reviews the contractual terms of 
new and existing Executive Directors to ensure 
that they reflect best practice and are designed 
to attract and retain suitable candidates. The 
committee considers that a rolling contract 
terminable on 12 months’ notice by either party  
is appropriate. 

Summary of Directors’ service contracts as at 
30 September 2022:

Date of contract

Notice period

Daemmon Reeve

6 April 2016

12 months

Ryan Govender 

23 May 2022

12 months

recruitment of executive Directors
The committee expects any new Executive Director 
to be engaged on terms that are consistent 
with the policy. However, it cannot anticipate 
the circumstances in which any new Executive 
Director may be recruited and the committee may 
determine that it is in the interests of the Company 
and shareholders to secure the services of a 
particular individual, which may require it to  
take account of the terms of that individual’s 
existing employment.

The committee will ensure that:

•  Salary will be set to reflect the skills and 

experience of the incoming Director and the 
market rate for the role to be undertaken

•  Existing benefits and incentives of the Group 
will be used with participation on the same 
basis as existing Directors using existing Treatt 
performance conditions when appropriate

•  Payment of relocation expenses, where 

relevant, will be reasonable and detailed in  
the relevant remuneration report (and will  
be limited to a period of two years from  
first appointment)

• 

In the event of an internal promotion, any 
commitments made prior to promotion may 
continue to be honoured when they would 
otherwise be inconsistent with this policy

•  Discretion may be exercised in exceptional 

circumstances and existing entitlements with 
a current employer, such as bonus and share 
schemes, may be bought out on a like-for-like 

Summary of the key elements of Directors’ service 
contracts:

provision

Summary

Notice period

12 months by either party

Termination payment No provision for payment in lieu  
of notice

Salary

Benefits

Reviewed annually with effect 
from 1 October each year

Private healthcare, life 
assurance, permanent health 
insurance, pension

Participation in discretionary 
incentive arrangements 
determined by the committee

The Directors’ contracts are available for inspection 
at the Company’s registered office during normal 
business hours.

Future contracts are to provide for remuneration 
obligations comparable to those set out above 
taking into consideration role and responsibility. 

Non-executive Directors
All Non-executive Directors are subject to the 
same terms and conditions of appointment which 
provide for the payment of fees for their services 
in connection with Board and Board Committee 
meetings and are terminable on three months’ 
notice by either party. In their non-executive 
capacities they do not qualify for participation in 
any of the Group’s bonus, share option or other 
incentive schemes, and they are not eligible for 
pension scheme membership. 

The terms and conditions of the appointment of 
Non-executive Directors are available for inspection 
at the Company’s registered office during normal 
business hours.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

92

payments for loss of office
In accordance with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, notice periods shall not exceed a maximum 
of 12 months.

In normal circumstances, it is expected that termination payments for Executive Directors should not 
exceed current salary, pension and benefits for the notice period. When determining termination payments 
in the event of early termination, the committee will take into account a variety of factors including length 
of service, personal and Group performance, the Director’s obligation to mitigate their loss, statutory 
compensation to which a Director may be entitled and legal fees and other payments which may be 
payable under a settlement agreement. As part of a settlement agreement, the Company may reimburse 
reasonable legal costs incurred in connection with a termination of employment and/or agree to make a 
contribution towards outplacement services, if the committee considers it appropriate.

A Director who leaves will cease participation in annual bonus normally, although a ‘good leaver’ may be 
eligible to continue participation in the bonus scheme at the discretion of the committee, and have a pro-
rata bonus for the part of the year worked. For a ‘good leaver’, the committee may use its discretion not to 
defer part of the pro-rata bonus outcome in shares and also allow deferred shares to be retained and vest 
after two years.

Directors have no entitlement to performance-related share-based incentives, the unvested portion 
of which will generally lapse following termination of employment. However, where it is considered 
appropriate to allow a Director ‘good leaver’ treatment, a time pro-rated proportion of outstanding share 
plan awards (as determined by the committee) may be retained and can vest subject to attainment of the 
performance conditions at the normal vesting time for the awards. Any originally specified holding periods 
would normally continue to be applied to the vesting shares.

In certain circumstances, such as injury, disability, or death, a time pro-rated number of share awards may 
vest subject to an assessment of the performance conditions and may be exercised within six months of 
leaving the Group (and the committee may disapply holding periods).

external appointments
Whilst neither of the Executive Directors currently serve as Non-executive Directors on the boards 
of other companies, it is recognised that such appointments would provide an opportunity to gain 
broader experience outside of Treatt which would benefit the Group. In the event that the Directors are 
offered such positions and providing that they are not likely to lead to a conflict of interest or significant 
constraints on time, Executive Directors may, with the prior approval of the Board, accept Non-executive 
appointments and retain the fees received.

Shareholder views
The Remuneration Committee maintains a regular dialogue with its major shareholders and will continue 
to monitor trends and developments in corporate governance and market practice to ensure that the 
structure of executive remuneration remains appropriate. The views of shareholders were taken into 
consideration in developing the remuneration policy approved at the 2022 AGM, and specifically major 
shareholders have been consulted on the revised remuneration package for the CEO. The committee will 
also consult with major shareholders prior to any further material changes to the remuneration policy, 
which might be necessary in the future.

IMpleMeNTaTION repOrT

Membership and meetings
Jeff Iliffe and Lynne Weedall stepped down from the Board and as members of the committee during the 
year. Current membership is Yetunde Hofmann (Chair), Vijay Thakrar and Christine Sisler. All members of 
the Remuneration Committee are considered to be independent. 

The committee met four times during the course of the year.

role and responsibilities
The committee operates under terms of reference, which are reviewed annually and are available on the 
Group’s website. The main responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee are to:

•  Set the remuneration policy for all Executive Directors, the Chairman and Non-executive Directors 

including, where appropriate, bonuses, share-based incentive schemes and post-retirement benefits

•  Determine the remuneration packages for the Executive Directors, the Chairman and senior 

management, which includes the Company Secretary

•  Approve the design of, and determine targets for, any performance-related incentive schemes operated 

by the Group and approve the total annual payments made under such schemes

•  Review the design of all share incentive plans requiring approval by the Board and shareholders. For 

any such plans, the committee shall determine each year, taking into account the recommendations 
of the CEO as appropriate, whether awards will be made and, if so, the amount of such awards to 
the Executive Directors, senior management and other key members of staff, and any performance 
targets to be used

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

93

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

proportionality – There is a clear link between individual awards, delivery of strategy and our long-term 
performance. In addition, the significant role played by incentive pay, together with the structure of the 
Executive Directors’ service contracts, ensures that poor performance is not rewarded.

alignment to culture – Our executive pay policies are fully aligned to Treatt’s culture through the 
application of our developed remuneration principles which were widely reviewed by our Board before 
being settled. 

external advisors
During the year the committee continued to engage the services of FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP, 
who were appointed in the latter stages of 2017 following a selection process led by the Chairman of 
the Remuneration Committee at that time. FIT Remuneration Consultants are a founder member of the 
Remuneration Consultants’ Group and adhere to its code of conduct and do not provide any other services 
to Treatt. Fees totalling £12,293 (2021: £45,490) have been paid for their services during the year for 
the provision of advice to the committee on various aspects of remuneration within the FTSE SmallCap 
sector. The committee has reviewed the quality of the advice provided and whether it properly addressed 
the issues under consideration and is satisfied that the advice received during the year was objective  
and independent.

effectiveness of the committee
The effectiveness of the committee was considered as part of the Board evaluation detailed on page 78 
and reviewed as part of the committee’s own processes. The committee is regarded as effective, receives 
good quality, timely information in respect of regulatory changes and best practice and communicates well 
with the rest of the Board.

activities since the last report
•  Approval of the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration Report 

•  Approval of the 2022 Remuneration Policy at our 2022 AGM

•  Agreement of the bonuses payable for the 2022 financial year

•  Grant of options to Executive Directors, senior management and other business critical employees 

under the Treatt LTIP and the setting of performance conditions

•  Reviewing salary and fee levels for the Executive Directors and Chairman respectively, and agreement 

of salary and fee increases for the 2023 financial year 

•  Determination of the salary increases of members of the Executive Leadership Team for the 2023 

financial year

•  Consideration of the award of free and matching shares to UK employees under the Share Incentive 

Plan and equivalent awards of restricted stock units to US employees under the Long Term  
Incentive Plan 

•  Reviewing the quality of the advice received from FIT Remuneration Consultants and whether it was 

objective and independent 

•  Reviewing Executive Directors’ shareholdings against the requirements of the Share Retention Policy 

•  Reviewing the terms of reference of the Remuneration Committee

•  Reviewing the performance of the Remuneration Committee

In addition, the committee has ensured that the new policy and the company’s remuneration practices are 
consistent with the six factors set out in Provision 40 of the Code:

clarity – Our policy is well understood by our senior executive team and has been clearly articulated to 
our shareholders and representative bodies.

Simplicity – The committee is mindful of the need to avoid overly complex remuneration structures which 
can be misunderstood and deliver unintended outcomes. Therefore, a key objective of the committee is  
to ensure that our executive remuneration policies and practices are straightforward to communicate  
and operate.

risk – Our policy has been designed to ensure that inappropriate risk-taking is discouraged and will not 
be rewarded via (i) the balanced use of both annual incentives and LTIPs, (ii) the significant role played by 
shares in our incentive plans (together with LTIP holding periods and in employment and post-cessation 
shareholding guidelines) and (iii) malus/clawback provisions within all our incentive plans.

predictability – Our incentive plans are subject to individual caps, with our share plans also subject to 
market standard dilution limits. The weighting towards use of shares within our incentive plans means 
that actual pay outcomes are highly aligned to the experience of our shareholders.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

94

IMpleMeNTaTION OF pOlIcY IN 2023 

element of remuneration policy

Implementation of policy for 2023

element of remuneration policy

Implementation of policy for 2023

Base salaries

Daemmon Reeve – £435,000 (FY2022: £390,000)

Ryan Govender – £234,600 (FY 2022: £230,000)

Benefits

Unchanged from FY2022. Private healthcare (including family cover for 
Daemmon Reeve); life assurance; permanent health insurance; car allowance; 
all-employee share schemes

pensions

Daemmon Reeve – 9% of salary 

Contributions are paid as cash and reduced for the impact of Employers’ NICs, 
giving an actual contribution rate of 7.9% of salary

Ryan Govender – 9% of salary

annual bonus

Maximum is 125% of base salary for Executive Directors for FY2023 targets 
which are based on:

•  Group profit before tax and exceptionals calibrated by reference to the 

performance of the Group in FY2022 (80% weighting)

•  Non-financial targets and objectives set by the Remuneration Committee  

(20% weighting)

The bonus outcomes for FY2023 will be paid:

•  75% in cash after finalisation of the Group’s results for FY2023

•  25% subject to deferral in shares for two years (subject to £10,000 minimum 

value of deferral) 

The committee considers that the forward-looking targets for the annual bonus 
are commercially sensitive and has, therefore, chosen not to disclose them  
in advance

Details of the targets will be set out retrospectively in next year’s  
Remuneration Report

long Term Incentive plan (lTIp)

Annual LTIP award to Executive Directors of shares worth 125% of base salary 
(calculated using share prices at the time of award) 

FY2023 awards will be subject to performance conditions measured over three 
financial years to FY2025

The performance condition will be:

•  Based on average annual growth in adjusted basic earnings per share (‘EPS’) 

(80% weighting) measured from FY2022 as the base point and with a 
performance range as follows: Threshold average growth in EPS of 5.0% 
(below which there is 0% vesting) through to maximum vesting at 14.0% 
average annual growth

•  Based on Return on average capital employed (‘ROACE’) (20% weighting) 
with a performance range as follows: Threshold ROACE of 15.0% (below 
which there is 0% vesting) through to maximum vesting at 25.0%

After performance vesting at three years, LTIP awards are subject to a further 
two-year holding period

Share retention policy

Daemmon Reeve – 200% of basic salary

Ryan Govender – 200% of basic salary 

At 30 September 2022 Daemmon Reeve held shares worth 831% of  
basic salary 

Ryan Govender is yet to hold any Treatt shares due to his recent appointment

Malus and clawback

Applies to all performance-related elements of Executive Directors’ 
remuneration

chairman and Non-executive 
Directors’ fees

The base fees for the Chairman and Non-executive Directors for FY2023 are  
as follows:

•  Chairman – £123,000 (FY2022: £113,020)

For all other Non-executive Directors:

•  Base fee – £51,000 (FY2022: £46,723)

•  Audit Committee Chair fee – £10,000 (FY2022: £8,000)

•  Remuneration Committee Chair fee – £10,000 (FY2022: £8,000)

•  Senior Independent Director – £10,000 (FY2022: £8,000)

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

95

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

The following section of this report provides details of the implementation of the policy for the year ended 30 September 2022.

Directors’ remuneration (audited)

The tables below report a single figure for total remuneration, and the proportion of fixed and variable pay 
is shown below for the Executive Directors and for each individual Executive and Non-executive Director 
respectively.

Fixed pay:

Salary

Taxable benefits2

Pension3

Total fixed pay

Variable pay:

Annual bonus

Share options vesting in the 
financial year4

Total variable pay

Total single figure of 
remuneration

Daemmon Reeve

Richard Hope1

ryan Govender1

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

390

16

31

437

40

989

1,029

1,466

340

16

45

401

340

–

340

741

174

12

14

200

35

649

684

884

227

16

18

261

227

11

238

499

83

4

7

94

–

–

–

94

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1   Richard Hope retired on 30 June 2022. Ryan Govender was appointed as an Executive Director on 1 July 2022.

2  Taxable benefits provided to Executive Directors relate to private medical insurance and car allowances. 

3   Pension contributions relate to pay in lieu of pension after deduction of employers’ NI.

4   Details of share options which vested in the year are shown on page 96. The percentage of the value which vested during the year 

which related to share price growth was 64.8%.

Details relating to the annual bonus for executive Directors
The total annual bonus award for Executive Directors is calculated based on the annual growth in profit 
before tax, adjusted for exceptional items (PBT&E) with 80% weighting, and on the achievement of  
non-financial measures set by the Remuneration Committee with 20% weighting.

Bonus payments linked to financial measures range from 2.5% of salary at threshold level, rising 
incrementally to a maximum of 100%. The ranges are set out below in comparison to the actual achieved 
growth in the year. The financial measures for the 2022 annual bonus were not attained and £nil was 
payable for that element.

The non-financial objectives were determined with reference to key objectives including the enhancement 
of the equality, diversity and inclusion agenda, creation of the Global Executive Leadership Team and 
identifying key strategic outcomes for the business. The Remuneration Committee determined that 82% 
of the bonus relating to the achievement of non-financial objectives should be paid. However, as disclosed 
in the Chair’s introductory statement to this report, Daemmon Reeve waived 50% of his annual bonus 
outcomes for 2022.

Threshold

Maximum

Actual achieved

percentage 
bonus attainable

2022 pBT&e 
£’000

2.5%

100%

0%

21,442

24,057

15,256

percentage bonus awarded
The annual bonus, as a percentage of the maximum bonus achievable (125% of salary), was as follows:

Daemmon Reeve

Richard Hope1

Ryan Govender2

2022

8.2%

16.0%

0.0%

2021

100.0%

100.0%

n/a

1   Richard Hope retired on 30 June 2022. His bonus was awarded pro-rata for his period of service during the year. The amount of 

bonus payable relating to the achievement of financial measures was £nil.

2   Ryan Govender was appointed as an Executive Director on 1 July 2022.

Share option schemes (audited)
The following share options were granted to Executive Directors during the financial year:

Scheme

Basis

Date of grant

Share price at 
date of grant

Face value 
£’0001

Min 
performance 
award

Daemmon Reeve LTIP 20222 Executive

1 Feb 2022

£11.20

SAYE 20223 All-staff

14 July 2022 £7.61

585

22

25%

N/A

performance end 
date

30 Sept 2024

N/A

1   Face value is calculated based upon share price at date of grant as shown above.

2  Executive LTIPs are granted at Nil cost, subject to performance conditions. 

3  SAYE (Save As You Earn) share options are offered to UK employees (subject to tax exempt limits) at a discount of 20% of the average 

share price for the three days preceding the date of grant and are exercisable after three years.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

96

performance conditions for executive lTIp options
The 2022 LTIP awards had performance conditions linked to adjusted basic earnings per share (EPS) and 
return on average capital employed (ROACE) as follows:

The market price of the shares at 30 September 2022 was £5.90 and the range during the financial year 
was £5.07 to £13.15. All market price figures are derived from the Daily Official List of the London  
Stock Exchange.

•  80% on average annual EPS growth; range between 5.0% p.a. (nil vesting) to 14.0% (full vesting)

Non-executive Directors (audited)

•  20% on average annual ROACE; range between 15.0% (nil vesting) to 25.0% (full vesting)

Fees (fixed pay)

2022 
£’000

113

23

55 

12

47

52

52

31

32

417

2021 
£’000

103

50

42

42

42

48

48

n/a

n/a

375

For LTIP awards prior to these, performance conditions were entirely EPS-based and vested on a sliding 
scale between 25% when average annual growth exceeded 3.0% p.a., and 100% where average annual 
growth equalled or exceeded 10.0% p.a.

The share options of the Directors in office during the year are as set out below:

exercise dates

exercise 
price

at 1 Oct 
2021

Granted 
during the 
year

exercised 
during the 
year

Forfeited 
during the 
year

Daemmon reeve

Sept 2022 – Feb 2023

361.0p

4,986

–

(4,986)

Sept 2023 – Feb 2024

610.0p

–

2,950

–

Dec 2021 – Dec 2028

Dec 2022 – Dec 2029

Dec 2023 – Dec 2030

Feb 2025 – Feb 2032

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

80,487

73,978

45,571

–

–

–

–

52,232

(80,487)

–

–

–

205,022

55,182

(85,473)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

richard Hope1

Sept 2022 – Feb 2023

Sept 2023 – Feb 2024

Sept 2024 – Feb 2025

Dec 2021 – Dec 2028

Dec 2022 – Dec 2029

Dec 2023 – Dec 2030

361.0p

409.0p

932.0p

Nil

Nil

Nil

1,645

1,496

637

53,658 

49,318

30,381

137,135

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,599)

(955)

–

(53,658)

(46)

(541)

(637)

–

–

–

(3,282)

46,036

(12,197)

18,184

at 30 
Sept 
2022

–

2,950

–

73,978

45,571

52,232

174,731

–

–

–

–

Tim Jones

Jeff Iliffe1

Yetunde Hofmann

Richard Illek2

David Johnston

Lynne Weedall3

Vijay Thakrar

Philip O’Connor4

Christine Sisler4

1   Jeff Iliffe stepped down on 25 February 2022.

2   Richard Illek stepped down on 31 December 2022.

3   Lynne Weedall stepped down on 17 September 2022.

4   Philip O’Connor and Christine Sisler were both appointed on 1 February 2022.

pensions (audited)
The Chief Executive Officer is a deferred member of the R C Treatt & Co Limited Pension & Assurance 
Scheme following its closure to future accruals on 31 December 2012. The plan was a non-contributory, 
HM Revenue & Customs approved, defined benefit occupational pension scheme.

(56,212)

(16,703)

64,220

The pension entitlement is as follows:

1  Richard Hope retired on 30 June 2022, and the Board exercised its discretion to permit a proportion of shares under existing LTIP awards 

to be retained, and for these shares to be capable of vesting at the originally specified vesting dates per the scheme rules.

The aggregate amount of gains made by the Directors on the exercise of share options in the year was 
£1,638,000 (2021: £11,000).

Daemmon Reeve

accrued total pension

Normal 
retirement date

2022 
£

24 Sept 2036

14,855

2021 
£

14,404

There have been no further changes in the interests of the Directors to subscribe for or acquire shares 
between 1 October 2022 and 22 November 2022, the latest date practicable to obtain the information 
prior to publication of this document.

The transfer values have been calculated on the basis of actuarial advice in accordance with Statutory 
Instrument 2013 No 1981 – The Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013. Further details of the scheme are included in note 29.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

97

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Contributions to defined money purchase pension plans were made as follows:

The table below shows the value of Executive Directors’ interests in shares as at 30 September 2022 as 
a percentage of their base salary:

Daemmon Reeve

Richard Hope1

Ryan Govender1

2022 
£’000

31

14

7

2021 
£’000

45

18

–

1  Richard Hope retired on 30 June 2022. Ryan Govender was appointed as an executive director on 1 July 2022.

Pension contributions include pay in lieu of pension after deduction of employers’ NI in order to be cost 
neutral to the Group.

Directors’ interests (audited)
The Directors who held office at 30 September 2022 had the following interests in the shares of the 
Parent Company:

Shares held outright or vested

Unvested share options with 
performance conditions

Unvested all-employee share 
options

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

549,161

493,463

171,781

200,036

2,950

4,986

–

–

70,948

40,799

6,144

1,641

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

executive Directors

Daemmon Reeve

Ryan Govender1

Non-executive Directors

Tim Jones

Vijay Thakrar

1  Ryan Govender was appointed on 1 July 2022.

Between 1 October 2022 and 22 November 2022, the latest date practicable to obtain the information 
prior to publication of this document, there were no changes in the Directors’ interests.

Value of shares held1  
outright or vested

Base salary2

Value of interest as  
% of base salary

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

Target 
% of  
base 
salary

Daemmon Reeve

Ryan Govender3

3,240 

5,009 

– 

– 

390

235

340

831%

1,473%

200%

–

–

–

200%

1  Based upon a share price of £5.90 as at 30 September 2022.

2  Base salary is the basic gross pay for the corresponding year.

3  Ryan Govender was appointed on 1 July 2022.

ceO remuneration (unaudited)
The following table provides historical data on remuneration in respect of the Director performing the role 
of Chief Executive Officer for each of the years covered by the performance graph:

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

Total remuneration 
(£’000)

Annual bonus as % of 
maximum1

Share options vesting  
as % of maximum

1,466

741

1,219

1,501

1,757

603

580

470

436

405

8.2% 100% 100% 62.5% 92.5% 100%

88%

92%

95%

85%

100%

N/A1

100% 100% 100%

N/A1

N/A1

100%2

100%2

100%2

1  There were no options which vested during the year.

2  All share options vested in full as they were all-employee share options which were not subject to performance conditions.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

98

relative importance of spend on pay
Wages and salaries are the most significant overhead cost in the Group. The following table sets out, in a 
manner prescribed by the regulations, the relative importance of employee remuneration, as compared to 
distributions to shareholders and other uses of profit, the most significant of which, taxation, has therefore 
been selected: 

Of the three options set out in legislation for calculating Chief Executive pay ratios, we have chosen 
option B. This option utilises existing gender pay gap data from April 2022 to calculate the ratio, and was 
chosen as it is the most accurate and comprehensive data currently available. This data has not significantly 
changed by the year-end date and so we consider this to be a reliable data set.

Total remuneration1

Dividends2

Current tax3

2022 
£’000

20,939

4,834

1,939

2021 
£’000

18,909

3,704

3,374

Movement

comparison group

10.7%

30.5%

(42.5%)

Employee A – 25th percentile

Employee B – 50th percentile

Employee C – 75th percentile

Total 
remuneration

£30,507

£33,033

£46,686

Base
salary

£21,590

£30,520

£41,929

1  Total remuneration includes wages, salaries and pension costs as disclosed in note 6.

2  Dividends paid in the financial year as disclosed in note 10. 

3  Current tax charge in respect of the financial year as disclosed in note 9.

chief executive pay ratio reporting
The average number of UK employees in the current financial year has exceeded 250 for the first time, 
and as such the Group are required to publish CEO pay ratio information. The CEO pay ratio information 
for prior years is not in scope.

Set out below is the ratio of the Chief Executive’s single figure of total remuneration for 2022 of 
£1,466,000 expressed as a multiple of total remuneration for UK employees.

The three ratios below are calculated by reference to the colleagues at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile. 
The total remuneration of these employees is also disclosed below.

Year

2022

25th percentile

50th percentile

75th percentile

48:1

44:1

31:1

Year to year movements in the pay ratio will largely be down to the Chief Executive’s variable pay outcome 
which will significantly outweigh any other changes to pay within the Group. Regardless of what the pay 
ratio is, we will always continue to invest in competitive pay for all employees. The Group currently offer 
participation in all-staff share schemes as well as share incentive plans in the UK, and similar schemes for 
US colleagues. The Group is satisfied that the median pay ratio for this financial year is consistent with the 
Group’s wider pay, reward and progression policies affecting our employees.

We apply the same reward principles for all employees, that is overall remuneration should be competitive 
when compared to other similar roles from where we recruit. The Chief Executive’s remuneration 
is benchmarked against other similar sized listed companies, taking into account their size, business 
complexity, scope and relative performance. Based on this information we are satisfied that the Chief 
Executive’s pay is weighted at the correct level.

We expect the pay ratio to fluctuate year on year and it may not always coincide with the underlying 
performance of the business in a single year.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

99

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

change in remuneration of employees and Directors
The table below shows the percentage change in remuneration of the Directors and employees of the 
business between the years ended 30 September 2020 and 30 September 2022.

Statement of voting
At the Annual General Meeting held on 28 January 2022, the votes cast in respect of the resolution to 
approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report, was as follows:

% change from 2021 to 2022

% change from 2020 to 2021

% change from 2019 to 2020

Directors’ Remuneration Report

For 99.24%

Against 0.76%

Votes withheld 10,820

Salary or 
fees

Bonus

Taxable 
benefits

Salary or 
fees

Bonus

Taxable 
benefits

Salary or 
fees

Bonus

Taxable 
benefits

Employees1

9.0% (58.6%)2

31.6%

4.2%

56.5%

10.3%

4.9%

22.9%

6.5%

The remuneration policy was approved at the Annual General Meeting held on 28 January 2022 and the 
votes cast in respect of the resolution to approve the remuneration policy, was as follows:

exec Directors:

Daemmon Reeve

14.7% (88.2%)

Richard Hope3

2.5% (79.5%)

0.2%

0.2%

Non-exec 
Directors:

Tim Jones

Yetunde 
Hofmann

Jeff Iliffe4

Richard Illek4

David Johnston

Lynne Weedall4

Vijay Thakrar

9.7%

28.9%

10.1%

10.1%

10.1%

10.1%

8.0%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1.0%

1.0%

1.0%

1.0%

1.0%

1.0%

(9.0%)

5.4%

1.0%

1.0%

1.0%

0.1%

0.1%

2.1%

1.8%

63.6%

62.3%

0.2%

0.1%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

2.0%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

2.0%

2.0%

2.0%

(4.7%)

10.0%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1   The employees used for comparison are those UK and US employees who, for the salary comparison, were employed for the whole of 

the 2022 financial year.

2   Employee bonuses are based on a combination of Group performance and the performance of the entity they are employed by.  

US all-staff bonuses were 0.0% of salary (2021: 12.0%) and UK all-staff bonuses were 1.6% of salary (2021: 7.0%).

3  Richard Hope retired on 30 June 2022, the percentage change from 2021 to 2022 is shown pro-rated. 

4  Richard Illek, Jeff Iliffe and Lynne Weedall resigned on 31 December 2021, 25 February 2022 and 17 September 2022 respectively, 

their percentage increases are calculated on a pro-rata basis.

5   Philip O’Connor and Christine Sisler were both appointed on 1 February 2022.

Remuneration Policy

For 96.81%

Against 3.19%

Votes withheld 1,258,243

audit notes
In accordance with Section 421 of the Companies Act 2006 and the Regulations, where indicated, certain 
information contained within the Implementation Section of this report has been audited. The remaining 
sections are not subject to audit.

This report was approved by the Board on 29 November 2022.

ryan Govender
Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionDirectors’ Report

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

100

The Directors present their report and the audited 
financial statements for the Group for the year 
ended 30 September 2022.

This report is required to be produced by law.  
The Disclosure, Guidance and Transparency Rules 
and the Listing Rules also require us to make 
certain disclosures.

The Corporate Governance Statement on  
pages 72 to 78, including the Audit Committee 
report, forms part of this Directors’ Report 
and is incorporated by reference. Disclosures 
elsewhere in the Annual Report and Accounts are 
cross-referenced where appropriate.

OperaTIONS aND perFOrMaNce

results and dividends
The results of the Group for the year are set out 
on page 110. Reported profit before tax for the year 
was £16.2m (2021: 19.6m). Profit before tax and 
exceptional items from continuing operations was 
£15.3m (2021: £20.9m).

The Directors recommend a final dividend of 5.35p 
(2021: 5.50p) per ordinary share. This, when taken 
with the interim dividend of 2.50p (2021: 2.00p) 
per share paid on 11 August 2022, gives a total 
dividend of 7.85p (2021: 7.50p) per share for the 
year ended 30 September 2022.

events since balance sheet date
No important events affecting the Group have 
occurred since year end.

research and development 
Product innovation and research and development 
are a critical part of the Group’s strategy and 
business model as outlined in the Strategic 
Report on pages 17 to 18. The main research and 
development activity undertaken by the Group is in 
the area of new product development. 

The Group utilises its strong technical capabilities 
to develop innovative products that provide 
solutions for customers, particularly in the food 
and beverage sectors. In this way, it seeks to 
make itself indispensable to a key group of major 
global multi-national companies. In the opinion of 
the Directors, continuity of investment in this area 
is essential for the maintenance of the Group’s 
market position and for future growth.

SHareS aND SHareHOlDerS

Structure of share capital 
The Parent Company’s share capital comprises 
60,864,564 ordinary shares with a nominal value 
of 2 pence each. All of the Parent Company’s 
issued ordinary shares are fully paid up and rank 
equally in all respects. The rights attached to them, 
in addition to those conferred on their holders by 
law, are set out in the Articles, a copy of which 
can be found on the Treatt website or obtained on 
request from the Company Secretary.

Details of the issued ordinary share capital of the 
Parent Company and movements during the year 
are set out in note 24 of the financial statements. 

restrictions on transfer of securities
There are no restrictions on the transfer of 
ordinary shares or on the exercise of voting rights 
attached to them, except (i) where the Company 
has exercised its right to suspend their voting 
rights or to prohibit their transfer following the 
omission of their holder or any person interested 
in them to provide the Company with information 
requested by it in accordance with Part 22 of the 
Companies Act 2006 or (ii) where their holder 
is precluded from exercising voting rights by the 
Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules or the 
City Code on Takeovers and Mergers.

rights and obligations of ordinary shares
On a show of hands at a general meeting, every 
holder of ordinary shares present in person or by 
proxy and entitled to vote shall have one vote and 
on a poll, every member present in person or by 
proxy and entitled to vote shall have one vote for 
every ordinary share held. Subject to the relevant 
statutory provisions and the Articles, holders of 
ordinary shares are entitled to a dividend where 
declared or paid out of profits available for  
such purposes.

Treatt employee benefit trust (eBT)
The EBT holds ordinary shares in the Company 
in order to meet obligations under the Group’s 
employee share option schemes. At 30 September 
2022 the trustees, Apex Financial Services (Trust 
Company) Limited held 270,140 shares (2021: 
166,040). No shares (2021: nil) were purchased 
by the EBT during the year ended 30 September 
2022. During the year 400,000 (2021: 100,000) 
shares were issued to the EBT under a block 
listing application. The trustees have waived their 
voting rights and their right to receive dividends in 
respect of the ordinary shares held by the EBT. 

Treatt share incentive plan 
The Company outsources the administration of  
the UK Share Incentive Plan to Link Asset Services 
Trustees (the SIP Trust), who, at 30 September 
2022, held 437,711 shares (2021: 477,305), all of 
which are allocated to participants under the rules 
of the SIP. Voting rights are waived on all shares 
held in the SIP Trust. Dividends received by  
the SIP Trust on behalf of participants are 
reinvested in shares at market value on the date  
of reinvestment.

Substantial shareholders
In accordance with Rule 5 of the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct 
Authority, the Company has been notified of 
the following holdings of 3% or more of the 
voting rights at 22 November 2022 (the latest 
practicable reporting date prior to publication of 
this document). 

Group

abrdn plc

Blackrock Inc

Hargreaves 
Lansdown Plc

Number 

6,356,922

3,334,321

Issued 
%

10.44

5.48

Voting 
%

10.56

5.54

2,904,162

4.77

4.83

Canaccord Genuity 
Group Inc

2,703,969

4.44

4.49

Rights and Issues 
Investment Trust Plc 2,500,000

Liontrust Asset 
Management

2,480,805

Ameriprise Financial

2,273,941

James Sharp & Co

2,072,043

Invesco

1,850,343

4.11

4.15

4.08

3.74

3.40

3.04

4.12

3.78

3.44

3.08

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

101

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

GOVerNaNce

articles of association
The powers of the Directors are conferred on them 
by UK legislation and the Articles of Association. 
Changes to the Articles must be approved by 
shareholders passing a special resolution at a 
general meeting.

Directors
The Directors of the Company are shown on pages 
70 and 71. 

powers of Directors and purchase of own 
shares
At the forthcoming Annual General Meeting in 
2023, the Company will be seeking a renewal 
of the shareholder authority for the Directors to 
purchase up to 10% of the Company’s ordinary 
shares, although at present the Directors have 
no plans to buy back any shares. It is, however, 
considered prudent to have the authority in place 
so that the Company is able to act at short notice if 
circumstances warrant.

A resolution will also be proposed at the 2023 
Annual General Meeting to renew the power given 
to the Directors to issue new shares up to an 
aggregate nominal value, in line with the latest 
Investment Association guidelines, of up to 10% of 
the existing issued share capital by disapplying pre-
emption rights, of which 5% can only be issued for 
the purposes of financing an acquisition or other 
capital investment. 

It is the Directors’ intention to seek renewal 
of these general authorities annually. Further 
information is set out in the notice of Annual 
General Meeting on pages 150 to 156.

appointment and replacement of Directors
The appointment and replacement of Directors is 
informed and governed by the Company’s Articles 
of Association, the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, the Companies Act and related legislation. 
Directors can be appointed by the Company by 
ordinary resolution at a general meeting or by 
the Board. If a Director is appointed by the Board, 
such Director will hold office until the next Annual 
General Meeting and shall then be eligible, subject 
to Board recommendation, for election at that 
meeting. All Directors will offer themselves for  
re-election annually; further details are provided  
in the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 
72 to 78.

Details of the Executive Directors’ contracts 
and notice periods are given in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 91 to 92.  
The Executive Directors’ contracts are terminable 
by the Group giving the required notice period of 
12 months. The appointments of the Non-executive 
Directors can be terminated by the Company giving 
three months’ notice at any time. The Company can 
remove a Director from office, either by passing 
an ordinary resolution of which special notice has 
been given or by notice being given by all the  
other Directors.

conflicts of interest
No Director had an interest in any contract of 
significance during the year. The Group has 
procedures in place for managing conflicts of 
interest, which are set out on page 75.

Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance
The Group maintains Directors’ and officers’ 
liability insurance which is reviewed annually. 
The insurance covers the Directors and officers 
of the Company and its subsidiaries against the 
costs of defending themselves in civil proceedings 
taken against them in their capacity as a Director 
or officer of a Group company and in respect of 
damages or civil fines or penalties resulting from 
the unsuccessful defence of any proceedings.

Going concern and viability
The going concern and viability statement is set out 
on pages 68 to 69.

Branch disclosure
The subsidiary, R C Treatt & Co Limited, 
established a branch in China in July 2006, 
which was closed during the course of the year. 
A WOFE (wholly owned foreign enterprise) was 
incorporated on 13 May 2021 and is a subsidiary 
of Treatt plc. The WOFE engages directly with 
customers in China.

political donations
The Group made no political donations in 2022 
(2021: £nil). 

Significant agreements
The Group’s main banking facilities contain 
provisions that allow the lenders to require 
immediate repayment of the facilities and cancel 
commitments under the agreements where there is 
a change of control of the Company’s subsidiaries. 
Certain other commercial agreements, entered into 
in the normal course of business, include change of 
control provisions. 

annual General Meeting 
The Annual General Meeting will be held at Treatt 
plc, Skyliner Way, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk,  
IP32 7FR on 27 January 2023. The Notice of 
Meeting and explanatory notes are given on pages 
150 to 156. The notice of any general meeting will 
specify the deadline for exercising voting rights and 
appointing a proxy or proxies to vote in relation to 
resolutions to be proposed at a general meeting. 
The number of proxy votes for, against or withheld 
in respect of each resolution are announced and 
published on the Treatt website after the meeting 
(www.treatt.com).

Financial and internal control
The Board confirms that a process for the ongoing 
identification, evaluation and management of 
significant risks faced by the Group has been 
in place throughout the year and to the date of 
approval of this report, which complies with the 
‘Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control 
and Related Financial and Business Reporting’ 
issued by the FRC in September 2014.

The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring 
that the Group maintains a system of internal 
controls and for reviewing its effectiveness. This 
covers financial, operational and compliance 
controls including those in relation to financial 
reporting processes (including the preparation of 
consolidated accounts). In addition to monitoring 
reports received via the Executive Directors, the 
Board considers whether the control systems are 
appropriate and consults with those responsible 
for environmental, insurance, legal and health and 
safety compliance as appropriate. There were no 
significant internal control issues identified during 
the year.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionDIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

102

Such a system can only provide reasonable, but not 
absolute, assurance against material misstatement 
or loss. The key procedures that the Directors have 
established to provide effective internal controls 
are as follows:

Financial reporting
A detailed formal budgeting process for all Group 
businesses culminates in an annual Group budget 
and a three-year forecast which is approved by 
the Board. Results for the Group and its main 
constituent businesses are reported monthly 
against the budget to the Board and revised 
forecasts for the year are prepared quarterly. 

The Group uses a standardised consolidation 
system for the preparation of its monthly 
management accounts, half year and annual 
consolidated financial statements, which is subject 
to review by senior management throughout the 
consolidation process.

The Board monitors the integrity of all financial 
announcements released by the Group, ensuring 
that, among other things, appropriate accounting 
standards and policies are applied consistently, 
that all material information is presented and that 
appropriate disclosures are made.

Financial and accounting principles
Financial controls and accounting policies are 
set by the Board so as to meet appropriate levels 
of effective financial control. Compliance with 
accounting policies is reviewed where necessary 
as part of the external audit.

Information technology
The Group operates on a common centrally-
managed computer platform. This provides 
common reporting and control systems and the 
ability to manage and interrogate businesses 
remotely. However, there are associated risks with 
having the entire Group IT systems on a common 
platform, such as IT security, access rights and 
business continuity. These risks are mitigated by 
an ongoing focus on IT security through a process 
of continuous investment in IT facilities.

Capital investment
The Group has clearly defined guidelines for 
capital expenditure. These include annual budgets, 
appraisal and review procedures, and levels 
of authority. Post-investment appraisals are 
performed for major investments. 

Further information in respect of the new UK 
Headquarters is set out in the Financial Review  
on page 58.

aDDITIONal DISclOSUreS

Future business developments
Further details on these are set out in the Strategic 
Report on pages 10 to 69.

Streamlined energy and carbon reporting 
In compliance with the SECR requirements, our 
greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption 
and energy reduction initiatives are reported within 
the sustainability section on pages 35 to 49.

Directors’ interests in shares
The interests of Directors in shares of 
the Company are shown in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on page 97.

Financial instruments
Information on the Group’s financial risk 
management objectives and policies and on the 
exposure of the Group to relevant risks in respect 
of financial instruments is set out in note 29 of the 
financial statements.

Health and safety
The Group’s disclosures on health and safety have 
been included within the Sustainability section on 
pages 24 to 49.

employees
The Group’s disclosures on employees have been 
included within the Sustainability section on pages 
24 to 49. Group’s policies on equal opportunities 
recruitment can be found on page 27.

Risk management
Details of the risk management system and 
the principal risks associated with the Group’s 
activities are given in the Strategic Report on pages 
62 to 67.

employee engagement
The Group’s disclosures on how the Board has 
engaged with employees and how it has had regard 
to employee interests have been included within 
the Section 172 statement on pages 50 to 53.

Business relationships
The Group’s disclosures on how the Board has 
had regard to the need to foster the Company’s 
business relationships with suppliers, customers 
and others have been included within the Section 
172 statement on pages 50 to 53.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionStatement of Directors’  

Responsibilities

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

103

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Directors’ Report, the Strategic Report, the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report, the Corporate 
Governance Statement and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law  
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare 
Group financial statements and they have 
elected to prepare the Parent Company financial 
statements for each financial year. The Directors 
are required under company law and the listing 
rules of the Financial Conduct Authority to prepare 
Group financial statements and have elected to 
prepare the Parent Company financial statements 
in accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards.

The Group financial statements are required by 
law, and UK-adopted international accounting 
standards, to present fairly the financial position 
of the Group and the Parent Company and 
the financial performance of the Group. The 
Companies Act 2006 provides, in relation to such 
financial statements, that references in the relevant 
part of that Act to financial statements giving a true 
and fair view are references to their achieving a 
fair presentation.

Under company law the Directors must not approve 
the financial statements unless they are satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the Group and the Parent Company and 
of the profit of the Group for that period. 

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

In preparing each of the Group and Parent 
Company financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

a.  select suitable accounting policies and apply 

them consistently;

b.  make judgements and estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

c.  state whether they have been prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards, subject to material 
departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements; 

d.  prepare the financial statements on the 

going concern basis unless it is inappropriate 
to presume that the Group and the Parent 
Company will continue in business; and

The Directors are responsible for ensuring the 
Annual Report and the financial statements are 
made available on a website. Financial statements 
are published on the Company’s website in 
accordance with legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination 
of financial statements, which may vary from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. The Directors are 
responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the 
Treatt plc website. 

DIrecTOrS’ STaTeMeNT pUrSUaNT TO THe 
DISclOSUre aND TraNSpareNcY rUleS
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions 
are listed in the Directors’ Report, confirms that, to 
the best of their knowledge:

e.  prepare a Directors’ Report, a Strategic 

a. 

Report and Directors’ Remuneration Report 
which comply with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Group’s and the Parent Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the Group and 
the Parent Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report comply with the Companies 
Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.  
They are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and the Parent Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for 
the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

the financial statements, prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation, give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the Group and Parent 
Company and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole; 

b. 

the Strategic Report contained in the Annual 
Report includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the 
position of the Group and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that they face; and

c.  consider the Annual Report, taken as a 

whole, is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position 
and performance, business model and strategy.

STaTeMeNT aS TO DISclOSUre OF 
INFOrMaTION TO aUDITOrS
The Directors who were in office on the date 
of approval of these financial statements have 
confirmed, as far as they are aware, that there is 
no relevant audit information of which the auditors 
are unaware. Each of the Directors has confirmed 
that they have taken all the steps that they ought 
to have taken as Directors in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information 
and to establish that it has been communicated to 
the auditors.

This report was approved by the Board on  
29 November 2022.

ryan Govender
Chief Financial Officer and Company 
Secretary

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionFinancial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report

to the Members of Treatt Plc

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
to the members of Treatt Plc

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

104

OpINION ON THe FINaNcIal STaTeMeNTS
In our opinion:

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent 
Company’s affairs as at 30 September 2022 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards;

the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006; and

• 

• 

• 

• 

cONclUSIONS relaTING TO GOING cONcerN
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis 
of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ 
assessment of the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:

We obtained the Directors’ cash flow forecasts and evaluated the key assumptions in respect of revenue 
growth, gross profit margins, cash generation and the potential impact of key provisions with reference to 
our knowledge of the business, its historical performance and results;

•  We checked the mathematical accuracy of forecasts and critically assessed the integrity of the 

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006.

forecast model and its consistency with approved forecasts as well as assessing management’s ability 
to forecast through comparison of actuals to prior year forecasts;

We have audited the financial statements of Treatt Plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the 
‘Group’) for the year ended 30 September 2022 which comprise the Group Income Statement, the Group 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Group Statement of Changes in Equity, the Parent Company 
Statement of Changes in Equity, the Group and Parent Company Balance Sheets, the Group and Parent 
Company Statements of Cash Flows and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of 
significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation 
is applicable law and UK adopted international accounting standards and as regards the Parent Company 
financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

BaSIS FOr OpINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) 
and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Our audit 
opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee. 

Independence
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the Board of Directors on 
29 June 2020 to audit the financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2020 and subsequent 
financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement including retenders and reappointments 
is 3 years, covering the years ended 30 September 2020 to 30 September 2022. We remain independent 
of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to 
our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed 
public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements. The non-audit services prohibited by that standard were not provided to the Group or the 
Parent Company. 

•  Evaluated sensitivity analysis and reverse stress tests prepared by the Directors in relation to the 
Group’s cash flow forecasts with reference to the financial covenants in place over the existing 
financing facilities and the expiration of the certain facilities in April 2023. The analysis considered 
reasonably possible adverse effects that could arise, as well as a stress test to consider the level of 
future revenue reduction the Group could support without the facilities being renewed;

•  We assessed covenants during the year, at the year end and through the going concern period, 
checking that the Group remains compliant under the terms of its lender agreements; and

•  We considered the adequacy of disclosures in the financial statements in respect of going concern 

against the applicable financial reporting framework.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to 
events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and the 
Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when 
the financial statements are authorised for issue. 

In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial 
statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in 
the relevant sections of this report.

Contents Generation – Sub PageOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

105

OVerVIeW

coverage1 

98.5% (2021: 99.9%) of Group profit before tax

99.5% (2021: 99.9%) of Group revenue

99.8% (2021: 99.7%) of Group total assets

Key audit matters

Valuation of inventory which is consistent with prior years

Materiality

Group financial statements as a whole

£808,000 (2021:£980,000) based on 5% of profit before tax. 

1  These are areas which have been subject to a full scope audit by the group engagement team

aN OVerVIeW OF THe ScOpe OF OUr aUDIT
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including 
the Group’s system of internal control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements. We also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including assessing 
whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk of material 
misstatement.

The Group operates through a number of legal entities, which form reporting components, consistent 
with those included in Note 15. Treatt PLC, R C Treatt & Co. Limited and Treatt USA Inc are significant 
components and are subject to full scope audits. Treatt Trading (Shanghai) Company Limited was 
considered to be a non-significant component, where we performed desktop review procedures. All audits 
and desktop review procedures were completed by BDO LLP. 

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our 
audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of 
material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified, including those which had the 
greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the 
efforts of the engagement team. This matter was addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
this matter.

Key audit matter 

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of 
inventory

The accounting 
policy, key 
judgements and 
estimates applied 
are disclosed in 
note 3 and the 
Group inventory 
note can be found 
in note 17.

The Group 
has significant 
inventory 
balances, which 
due to the nature 
of the products, 
include a degree 
of estimation 
and judgement 
in respect of the 
allocation of costs 
in the valuation 
process, as well 
as provisions 
against inventory 
for slow moving, 
obsolete items 
or in respect of 
commodity price 
fluctuations. 
Accordingly, this 
was determined 
to be a key audit 
matter. 

Our audit work included but was not limited to; 

•  Verification a sample of raw materials purchased during the year, to 

confirm the accuracy of the value recognised in inventory; 

•  Critically reviewed direct costs and overheads to check that those 

relevant to the manufacturing process were included in management’s 
overhead absorption calculations;

•   Critically assessed management’s judgement applied when setting 

overhead recovery rates, including the appropriateness of the nature 
of categories of overheads absorbed and reviewing the underlying 
assumptions applied in the calculations; 

•  Considered variances between expected overhead and actual overhead 
recovery to confirm that the proportion of overheads absorbed was 
accurate; 

•  In order to confirm the allocation of costs through the production process, 
we selected a sample of overheads absorbed and verified these back to 
works orders and budgeted utilisation; 

•  Verified a sample of completed works orders checking that the 

corresponding overhead recovery charge was recorded as appropriate; 

•  Checked the mathematical accuracy of management’s overhead 

absorption and inventory provision calculations;

•  We critically assessed management’s policy in respect of the recognition 
of inventory provisions to determine its appropriateness in relation to the 
age, nature and condition of the Group’s inventory and the requirements 
of the applicable accounting standards;

•  Critically assessed management’s weighted average inventory valuation 
policy including allocation of overheads for compliance with IAS 2; 

•  Challenged management’s judgements in relation to inventory provisions 

by reviewing the utilisation of prior year provisions to assess the accuracy 
of management’s estimation process; and 

•  Tested a sample of year end inventory items via examination of 

supporting evidence and held discussions with management to determine 
that where a provision was required it had been appropriately recognised 
in accordance with the specific criteria outlined in management’s policy.

Key observations:

We found management’s judgements and estimates used in the valuation of 
inventory to be appropriate and in line with the requirements of applicable 
accounting standards. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED
to the members of Treatt Plc

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

106

component materiality
We set materiality for each component of the Group based on a percentage of between 54% and 66% 
(2021: 61% to 71%) of Group materiality dependent on the size and our assessment of the risk of material 
misstatement of that component. Component materiality ranged from £436,000 to £536,000 (2021: 
£600,000 to £700,000). In the audit of each component, we further applied performance materiality 
levels of 70% of the component materiality to our testing to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding 
component materiality was appropriately mitigated.

reporting threshold 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in 
excess of £28,000 (2021:£34,300). We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our 
view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

OTHer INFOrMaTION
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information 
included in the annual report and accounts other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report 
thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the 
extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion 
thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives 
rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

OUr applIcaTION OF MaTerIalITY
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the 
effect of misstatements. We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including 
omissions, could influence the economic decisions of reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the 
financial statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, 
we use a lower materiality level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. 
Importantly, misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we 
also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the particular circumstances of their 
occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole 
and performance materiality as follows:

Group financial statements

parent company financial statements

2022  
£

Materiality

808,000

2021  
£

980,000

2022  
£

436,000

2021  
£

600,000

Basis for 
determining 
materiality

rationale for 
the benchmark 
applied

5% of profits before tax

5% of profits before tax

1% of total assets

1.4% of total assets

The parent company is 
a non-trading holding 
company and the most 
significant balance in 
its financial statements 
is total assets.

The parent company is 
a non-trading holding 
company and the most 
significant balance in 
its financial statements 
is total assets.

We consider the use of 
profit before tax to be 
the most appropriate 
benchmark as this is a 
key statutory performance 
measure for stakeholders 
based on market practice 
and investor expectations 
and is reflective of 
the changing market 
sentiment in respect of 
alternate performance 
measures.

We consider the use of 
profit before tax to be 
the most appropriate 
benchmark as this is a 
key statutory performance 
measure for stakeholders 
based on market practice 
and investor expectations 
and is reflective of 
the changing market 
sentiment in respect of 
alternate performance 
measures.

performance 
materiality

Basis for 
determining 
performance 
materiality

£566,000

£686,000

£305,000

£424,600

70% of financial statement materiality. The level of performance materiality was set after considering 
a number of factors including significant transactions in the year, the expected value of known and 
likely misstatements, and management’s attitude towards proposed misstatements.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

107

cOrpOraTe GOVerNaNce STaTeMeNT
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term 
viability and that part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the parent company’s compliance 
with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review. 

OTHer cOMpaNIeS acT 2006 repOrTING
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, 
we are required by the Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as 
described below. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements 
of the Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained during the audit. 

Strategic report and 
Directors’ report 

Going concern and longer-term 
viability

•  The Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the 

going concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties identified set 
out on page 69; and

•  The Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the Group’s prospects, 
the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate set out 
on page 68.

Other code provisions 

•  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on  

page 103; 

•  Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the 

emerging and principal risks set out on page 64. 

•  The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness  
of risk management and internal control systems set out on page 83; and

•  The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on  

pages 81 to 83.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial 
year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial 
statements; and

•  the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with 

applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company 
and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material 
misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

Directors’ remuneration

In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been 
properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Matters on which we 
are required to report by 
exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the 
Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns 
adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration 
report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED
to the members of Treatt Plc

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

108

reSpONSIBIlITIeS OF DIrecTOrS
As explained more fully in the statement of Director’s responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for 
the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and 
for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the 
Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the 
Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

aUDITOr’S reSpONSIBIlITIeS FOr THe aUDIT OF THe FINaNcIal STaTeMeNTS
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report 
that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that 
an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of these financial statements.

extent to which the audit was capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design 
procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of 
irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud is detailed below:

•  We gained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the Group and the 

industry in which it operates, through discussion with management and the Audit Committee and our 
knowledge of the industry. We focussed on significant laws and regulations that could give rise to 
a material misstatement in the financial statements, including, but not limited to, the Companies Act 
2006, the UK Listing Rules, UK adopted International Accounting Standards,, Health and Safety, the 
Bribery Act 2010 and tax legislations; 

•  We considered compliance with these laws and regulations through discussions with management, in-

house legal counsel and the Audit Committee. Our procedures also included reviewing minutes from 
board meetings of those charged with governance to identify any instances of non-compliance with 
laws and regulations; 

•  We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements to material misstatement as an 
engagement team, including how fraud might occur, by meeting with management to understand 
where it is considered there would be a susceptibility of fraud; 

•  Our audit planning identified fraud risks in relation to management override and inappropriate or 

incorrect revenue recognition. We obtained an understanding of the processes and controls that the 
group has established to address risks identified by the entity or that otherwise seek to prevent, deter 
or detect fraud; 

•  With regard to the fraud risk in management override, our procedures included targeted journal 

transactions testing, with a focus on large or unusual transactions based on our knowledge of the 
business and we tested the application of revenue recognition policies;

•  We identified areas at risk of management bias, particularly in respect of the inventory valuation and 
reviewed key estimates and judgements applied by management in the financial statements to assess 
their appropriateness (refer to valuation of inventory KAM); and 

•  We communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement 
team members, and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and 
regulations throughout the audit. 

Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements, recognising that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher 
than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, 
for example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. There are inherent limitations in the audit 
procedures performed and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the 
events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

109

USe OF OUr repOrT
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Parent Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and 
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to 
anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, 
for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Tracey Keeble (Senior Statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor
Ipswich, UK

29 November 2022

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number 
OC305127).

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionGroup Income Statement

GROUP INCOME STATEMENT
for the year ended 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

110

2022

2021

Before exceptional  
items 
£’000

Notes

exceptional items 
£’000

–

–

–

(601)

3,324

(1,800)

923

–

–

923

431

1,354

4

8

8

8

5

7

7

9

11

11

140,185

(101,101)

39,084

(23,311)

–

–

15,773

8

(525)

15,256

(3,295)

11,961

adjusted2

19.80p

19.60p

Total
 £’000

140,185

(101,101)

39,084

(23,912)

3,324

(1,800)

16,696

8

(525)

16,179

(2,864)

13,315

Statutory

22.04p

21.82p

Before exceptional  
items 
£’000

exceptional items  

£’000

–

–

–

–

–

(1,302)

(1,302)

–

–

(1,302)

186

(1,116)

124,326

(82,103)

42,223

(20,877)

–

–

21,346

12

(439)

20,919

(4,655)

16,264

adjusted2

27.05p

26.74p

Total  

£’000

124,326

(82,103)

42,223

(20,877)

–

(1,302)

20,044

12

(439)

19,617

(4,469)

15,148

Statutory

25.19p

24.91p

revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Gain on disposal of land and buildings

Relocation expenses

Operating profit1

Finance income

Finance costs

profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Parent Company

earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

1   Operating profit is calculated as profit before net finance costs and taxation. 

2   All adjusted earnings per share measures exclude exceptional items and the related tax effect, details of which are given in note 8. 

All financial information presented relates to continuing operations.

Notes 1 to 31 form part of these financial statements.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionGroup Statement of  

Comprehensive Income

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

111

GROUP STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended 30 September 2022

profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent company

Items that will or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Currency translation differences on foreign currency net investments

Current tax on foreign currency translation differences 

Fair value movement on cash flow hedges 

Deferred tax on fair value movement 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension scheme 

Deferred tax on actuarial gain 

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the parent company

All financial information presented relates to continuing operations. 

Notes 1 to 31 form part of these financial statements.

Notes

9

23

9

27

9

2022  
£’000

13,315

11,461

102

(23)

4

11,544

8,273

(2,068)

6,205

17,749

31,064

2021  

£’000

15,148

 (1,752)

18

 (508)

93

 (2,149)

2,952

(135)

2,817

668

15,816

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionGroup Statement of Changes  

in Equity

GROUP STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 30 September 2022

Own 
shares 
in share 
trusts
£’000

(5)

–

Hedging
reserve
£’000

123

–

Foreign 
exchange
reserve
£’000

retained 
earnings
£’000

Total  

equity
£’000

Group

Notes

3,554

62,759

91,120

1 October 2021

–

15,148

15,148

Profit for the year

–

(1,752)

–

–

(508)

–

93

Other comprehensive 
income:

(1,752)

Exchange differences

(508)

Fair value movement  
on cash flow hedges

23, 29

–

–

2,952

2,952

18

(135)

(24)

Actuarial gain on defined 
benefit pension scheme

Taxation relating to  
items above

(415)

(1,734)

17,965

15,816

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners:

(3,704)

(3,704)

Dividends

1,732

1,732

Share-based payments

–

4

Movement in own shares in 
share trusts

629

–

629

–

702

702

(641)

(637)

Gain on release of shares in 
share trusts

Issue of share capital

Taxation relating to items 
recognised directly in equity

Total transactions with owners

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

27

9

10

26

24

9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4

–

(3)

–

1

Share  
capital
£’000

Share 
premium 
account
£’000

1,208

23,484

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9

–

9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Group

Notes

1 October 2020 

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive 
income:

Exchange differences

Fair value movement  
on cash flow hedges

23, 29

Actuarial gain on defined 
benefit pension scheme

Taxation relating to  
items above

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners:

Dividends

Share-based payments

Movement in own shares in 
share trusts

Gain on release of shares in 
share trusts

Issue of share capital

Taxation relating to items 
recognised directly in equity

Total transactions with owners

27

9

10

26

24

9

Share  
capital
£’000

Share 
premium 
account
£’000

1,205

23,484

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

–

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

30 September 2021

1,208

23,484

(4)

(292)

1,820

80,083 106,299

30 September 2022

1,217

23,484

Notes 1 to 31 form part of these financial statements.

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

112

Own 
shares 
in share 
trusts
£’000

(4)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8

–

(9)

–

(1)

(5)

Hedging
reserve
£’000

Foreign 
exchange
reserve
£’000

retained 
earnings
£’000

Total  

equity
£’000

(292)

1,820

80,083

106,299

–

–

(23)

–

4

–

13,315

13,315

11,461

–

–

–

–

11,461

(23)

8,273

8,273

102

(2,068)

(1,962)

(19)

11,563

19,520

31,064

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(4,834)

(4,834)

1,115

1,115

–

8

622

–

622

–

(424)

(424)

(3,521)

(3,513)

(311)

13,383

96,082 133,850

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionParent Company Statement  

of Changes in Equity

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

113

PARENT COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 30 September 2022

Notes

Share capital  

£’000

1,205

Share premium 
account  
£’000

Own shares in 
share trusts  

£’000

retained  
earnings  
£’000

Total equity 
£’000

23,484

(5)

15,644

40,328

10

15

24

10

15

24

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,208

23,484

–

–

–

–

–

–

9

9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,217

23,484

–

–

–

4

–

–

(3)

1

(4)

–

–

–

8

–

–

(9)

(1)

(5)

3,155

3,155

3,155

3,155

(3,704)

(3,704)

–

1,732

629

–

(1,343)

17,456

4,101

4,101

4

1,732

629

–

(1,339)

42,144

4,101

4,101

(4,834)

(4,834)

–

1,115

622

–

8

1,115

622

–

(3,097)

18,460

(3,089)

43,156

parent company

1 October 2020

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners:

Dividends

Movement in own shares in share trusts

Share-based payments

Gain on release of shares in share trusts

Issue of share capital

Total transactions with owners

30 September 2021

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners:

Dividends

Movement in own shares in share trusts

Share-based payments

Gain on release of shares in share trusts

Issue of share capital

Total transactions with owners

30 September 2022

Notes 1 to 31 form part of these financial statements.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionGroup and Parent Company  

Balance Sheets

GROUP AND PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEETS
as at 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

114

registered number: 01568937

Notes

Group

2022 
£’000

aSSeTS

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Investment in subsidiaries

Post-employment benefits

Deferred tax assets

current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Current tax assets

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and bank balances

Total assets

lIaBIlITIeS

current liabilities

Bank overdrafts

Borrowings

Provisions

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Current tax liabilities

Net current assets

12

13

14

15

27

16

17

18

23

19

20

20

21

22

14

23

3,206

74,281

375

–

1,782

–

79,644

68,351

37,113

719

–

2,354

108,537

188,181

(6,174)

(15,861)

(397)

(22,903)

(105)

(666)

(223)

(46,329)

62,208

2021
 £’000

2,424

61,039

1,556

–

–

792

65,811

47,263

26,371

2,701

11

7,260

83,606

149,417

(7,013)

(5,684)

(143)

(17,027)

(96)

(593)

–

(30,556)

53,050

parent company

2022 
£’000

2021  

£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

37,385

36,189

–

–

–

–

37,385

36,189

–

4,141

–

–

2,085

6,226

43,611

–

–

–

–

1,252

–

–

5,206

6,458

42,647

–

–

–

(455)

(503)

–

–

–

(455)

5,771

–

–

–

(503)

5,955

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

115

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Post-employment benefits

Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

eQUITY

Share capital

Share premium account

Own shares in share trusts

Hedging reserve

Foreign exchange reserve

Retained earnings

Notes

20

14

27

16

24

25

Total equity attributable to owners of the parent company

Notes 1 – 31 form part of these financial statements.

The Parent Company reported a profit for the year of £4,101,000 (2021: £3,155,000). 

Group

2022 
£’000

(2,342)

(291)

–

(5,369)

(8,002)

(54,331)

133,850

1,217

23,484

(5)

(311)

13,383

96,082

133,850

2021
 £’000

(2,624)

(957)

(6,806)

(2,175)

(12,562)

(43,118)

106,299

1,208

23,484

(4)

(292)

1,820

80,083

106,299

parent company

2022 
£’000

2021  

£’000

–

–

–

–

–

(455)

43,156

1,217

23,484

(5)

–

–

18,460

43,156

–

–

–

–

–

(503)

42,144

1,208

23,484

(4)

–

–

17,456

42,144

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 29 November 2022 and were signed on its behalf by:

Tim Jones 
Chairman 

ryan Govender 
Chief Financial Officer

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
 
Group and Parent Company  

Statements of Cash Flows

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

116

GROUP AND PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended 30 September 2022

Group

parent company

Notes

12

8

7

26

27

27

cash flow from operating activities

Profit before taxation

adjusted for:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Gain on disposal of land and buildings

Net finance costs excluding post-employment benefit expense

Share-based payments

Increase in fair value of derivatives

Employer contributions to defined benefit pension scheme

Post-employment benefit expense

Operating cash flow before movements in working capital

Movements in working capital:

Increase in inventories

(Increase)/decrease in receivables

Increase/(decrease) in payables

cash (used in)/generated from operations

Taxation received/(paid)

Net cash (used in)/generated from operating activities

2022 
£’000

16,179

2,476

215

(3,324)

382

1,039

61

(450)

135

16,713

(14,396)

(8,502)

4,355

(1,830)

443

(1,387)

2021
 £’000

19,617

1,705

93

–

270

1,733

365

(450)

157

2022 
£’000

4,102

–

–

–

(16)

–

–

–

–

2021  

£’000

3,155

–

–

–

(65)

–

–

–

–

23,490

4,086

3,090

(11,851)

(2,680)

4,483

13,442

(4,874)

8,568

–

–

3

4,089

–

4,089

–

(453)

243

2,880

–

2,880

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

117

cash flow from investing activities

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Increase in intercompany loan balance

Acquisition of shares in subsidiaries

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Interest received/(paid)

Net cash used in investing activities

cash flow from financing activities

Repayment of bank loans

Increase of bank loans

Repayment of lease liabilities

Interest paid

Dividends paid

Proceeds on issue of shares

Net sale of own shares by share trusts

Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Effect of foreign exchange rates

Movement in cash and cash equivalents in the year

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

cash and cash equivalents at end of year

cash and cash equivalents comprise:

Cash and bank balances

Bank overdrafts

Notes 1 – 31 form part of these financial statements.

Notes

Group

2022 
£’000

15

12

7

7

10

24 

19

20

5,597

–

–

(11,849)

(925)

8

(7,169)

(360)

9,412

(80)

(390)

(4,834)

9

621

4,378

(4,178)

111

(4,067)

247

(3,820)

2,354

(6,174)

(3,820)

2021
 £’000

–

–

–

(13,195)

(1,178)

12

(14,361)

(674)

5,000

(10)

(282)

(3,704)

3

630

963

(4,830)

(173)

(5,003)

5,250

247

7,260

(7,013)

247

parent company

2022 
£’000

–

(2,925)

(81)

–

–

–

(3,006)

–

–

–

–

(4,834)

9

621

(4,204)

(3,121)

–

(3,121)

5,206

2,085

2,085

–

2,085

2021  

£’000

–

–

(360)

–

–

(1)

(361)

–

–

–

–

(3,704)

3

630

(3,071)

(552)

–

(552)

5,758

5,206

5,206

–

5,206

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionGroup Reconciliation of  

Net Cash Flow to Movement  

in Net Debt

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

118

The statement of reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt does not form part of the primary statements. 

GROUP RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH FLOW TO MOVEMENT IN NET DEBT
for the year ended 30 September 2022

Movement in cash and cash equivalents in the year

Repayment of bank loans

Increase of bank loans

Reduction in/(increase of) lease liabilities

cash outflow from changes in net debt in the year

Effect of foreign exchange rates

Movement in net debt in the year

Net (debt)/cash at beginning of year

Net debt at end of year

2022  
£’000

(4,067)

360

(9,412)

657

(12,462)

(843)

(13,305)

(9,114)

(22,419)

2021  

£’000

(5,003)

674

(5,000)

(394)

(9,723)

182

(9,541)

427

(9,114)

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

119

analysis of movement in net debt during the year:

Cash and bank balances

Bank overdrafts

cash and cash equivalents

Bank loans

Lease liabilities

Net debt

Cash and bank balances

Bank overdrafts

cash and cash equivalents

Bank loans

Lease liabilities

Net cash/(debt)

Notes 1 – 31 form part of these financial statements.

at 1 October 
2021 
£’000

7,260

(7,013)

247

(8,308)

(1,053)

(9,114)

cash flow 
£’000

(5,017)

839

(4,178)

(9,052)

666

(12,564)

Foreign exchange 
movements 
£’000

at 30 September 
2022 
£’000

111

–

111

(843)

(9)

(741)

2,354

(6,174)

(3,820)

(18,203)

(396)

(22,419)

at 1 October 
2020 
£’000

cash flow 
£’000

Foreign exchange 
movements 
£’000

at 30 September 
2021
 £’000

7,739

(2,489)

5,250

(4,164)

(659)

427

(306)

(4,524)

(4,830)

(4,326)

(396)

(9,552)

(173)

–

(173)

182

2

11

7,260

(7,013)

247

(8,308)

(1,053)

(9,114)

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNotes to the Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

120

1. GeNeral INFOrMaTION
Treatt plc (the Parent Company) is a public limited company incorporated in the United Kingdom and is 
domiciled in England and Wales. The Parent Company’s shares are traded on the London Stock Exchange. 
The address of the registered office is included within the Parent Company Information section on  
page 157.

2.aDOpTION OF NeW aND reVISeD accOUNTING STaNDarDS

New and amended accounting standards
The consolidated entity has adopted all of the new or amended accounting standards and interpretations 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) that are mandatory for the current 
reporting period. No accounting standards which became mandatorily effective for the current reporting 
period have had any material effect on the financial statements of the Group.

Any new or amended accounting standards or interpretations that are not yet mandatory have not been 
early adopted.

accounting standards in issue but not yet effective
There are no IFRSs or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a 
material impact on the Group or Parent Company.

3. SIGNIFIcaNT accOUNTING pOlIcIeS
The significant accounting policies which have been used in the preparation of these financial statements 
are set out below.

accounting convention
The Group is required to prepare its annual consolidated financial statements in accordance with 
international accounting standards in conformity with UK-adopted international financial reporting 
standards. The Parent Company has also prepared its own financial statements in accordance with UK-
adopted international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006. The financial statements have also been prepared under the historical cost convention (unless a 
fair value basis is required by IFRS) and are in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 applicable for 
companies reporting under IFRS.

The Parent Company has taken advantage of the exemption under Section 408 of the Companies Act 
2006 and has not presented its own income statement in these financial statements.

The financial statements are prepared in Sterling which is the functional currency of the Parent Company 
and Group and figures are presented to the nearest thousand, unless stated otherwise.

Basis of consolidation
The Group accounts consolidate the accounts of Treatt plc and all of its subsidiaries (entities controlled 
by the Parent Company) made up to 30 September each year. Control is achieved where the Parent 
Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an investee entity so as to obtain 
benefits from its activities. All intra-group transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions 
between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless 
the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Going concern
The Directors have concluded that it is reasonable to adopt the going concern basis in preparing these 
financial statements based on the expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue as a 
going concern for a period of 12 months from the date of these financial statements.

The process adopted to assess the viability of the Group involved the modelling of a series of theoretical 
‘stress test’ scenarios linked to the Group’s principal risks as set out on pages 65 to 67, most significantly 
severe business interruption like that which was experienced during the pandemic, or that could arise 
through the impact of climate change.

The current Global economic environment post-pandemic is still uncertain in both domestic and 
international markets. We have seen supply-side challenges and economic slowdown due to China’s 
lockdowns, together with higher-than-expected inflationary pressures, especially on raw material prices 
and energy from Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, all alongside a challenging labour market.

Considering this, the Directors have modelled scenarios representing varying degrees of severity and have 
considered the impact of changes in working capital, foreign exchange rates, revenues and margins. These 
assumptions are those that would arise from the aforementioned uncertainties and that would adversely 
impact cash generation and profitability. Using these assumptions, headroom and covenant compliance 
have been assessed throughout the going concern (12-month) and viability (three-year) periods. The 
modelling indicated that the Group would comply with its covenants throughout the tested periods.

A further ‘reverse stress test’ scenario was modelled to find a sustained reduction in revenue that would 
give rise to a breach of the Group’s covenant conditions within the next 24 months. This scenario was 
then stress-tested further by overlaying the adverse impact of a decline in profit margins. 

At the year-end date, the Group had net debt of £22.4m, headroom on facilities of £8.8m and was 
comfortably within its net debt to EBITDA ratio covenant limit of 2.5x and interest cover limit of 4.0x. The 
Group has an accordion facility of £6.5m and access to an uncommitted asset-backed financing line should 
further funding be required. Facilities of £13.4m come for renewal in April 2023, and for the purpose of 
the review these were assumed not to be renewed.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

121

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2022

3. SIGNIFIcaNT accOUNTING pOlIcIeS CONTINUED

Going concern continued
Under the reverse-engineered scenario, it was determined that a continuous decline in sales of greater 
than 12.5% per annum, or 8.0% per annum alongside a 300bps decline in margin for two consecutive 
years, with no change to the forecast operating costs and no mitigating measures put in place, would lead 
to a breach in banking covenants around 22 months from the date of this report and a breach in headroom 
in May 2023 if the Group fails to refinance any of its facilities that fall for renewal, does not draw upon its 
uncommitted facilities and does not implement any of the cash-saving measures it has at its disposal. The 
Directors believe that the financial position of the Group is sufficiently robust that it could renew or extend 
its facilities should it wish to and consider it implausible that the Group would not act swiftly and decisively 
to activate the cash generative mitigations it has at its disposal should they be required.

Having considered the range of stress-test scenarios and the Group’s proven ability to adapt to and 
manage adversity, the Directors have not identified any material uncertainties which would affect the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 months from the date of this 
report. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing these 
financial statements.

presentation of financial statements 
The primary statements within the financial information contained in this document have been presented 
in accordance with IAS 1, ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries in the Parent Company balance sheet are stated at cost, less any provision  
for impairment.

Business combinations
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the purchase method. The cost of the acquisition 
is measured at the aggregate fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred 
or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. The 
acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition 
under IFRS 3, ‘Business Combinations’ are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date.

revenue recognition
Revenue represents amounts receivable net of trade discounts, VAT and other sales-related taxes. 
Revenue is recognised in these financial statements when goods are physically dispatched from the 
Group and/or Parent Company’s premises or other storage depots, irrespective of the terms of trade. 
Where goods are sold to a customer, but retained physically on a bill and hold arrangement, revenue is 
recognised at the point that the goods are assigned to the customer. At the point of physical dispatch or 
assignment, the goods are derecognised by the Group and are no longer available for sale, therefore the 
Directors believe that this is the point at which control transfers to the customer in accordance with IFRS 
15, ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’.

effect of changes in foreign exchange rates
Transactions in currencies other than Sterling are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of 
transaction. Assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into Sterling in the balance sheet at 
the year-end rate.

Income and expense items of the Group’s overseas subsidiaries are translated into Sterling at the average 
rate for the year. Their balance sheets are translated at the rate ruling at the balance sheet date.

Exchange differences which arise from the translation of the opening net assets and results of foreign 
subsidiaries and from translating the income statement at an average rate are taken to reserves. Under 
IAS 21, ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’, these cumulative translation differences 
which are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income are separately accounted for within 
reserves and are transferred from equity to the income statement in the event of the disposal of a foreign 
operation. All other exchange differences are taken to the income statement.

research and development expenditure
Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense and charged to the income statement in 
the period in which it is incurred.

Expenditure arising from any specific development is recognised as an asset only if all of the following 
conditions are met:

•  An asset is created that can be identified;

• 

It is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and

•  The development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Development expenditure meeting these conditions is amortised on a straight-line basis over its useful 
life. Where these conditions for capitalising development expenditure have not been met, the related 
expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. 

leases
When the Group becomes party to a lease arrangement it applies IFRS 16, ‘Leases’ and recognises a right-
of-use asset and a lease liability upon commencement, except for leases of low value (less than £3,000) 
or for leases with a duration of less than 12 months. The lease liability and right-of-use asset is initially 
measured at the present value of the lease payments payable over the lease term, discounted at the 
incremental borrowing rate for that lease. Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the expected life of the 
lease. The amount charged to the income statement comprises the depreciation of the right-of-use asset 
and the interest cost on the lease liability.

Rentals receivable under lease arrangements continue to be recognised in the income statement as and 
when they fall due.

Taxation
The tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

122

3. SIGNIFIcaNT accOUNTING pOlIcIeS CONTINUED

Current tax
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as 
reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or 
deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s 
liability for current tax is calculated by using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date. Where the Group and/or Parent Company have a net current tax asset in one legal 
jurisdiction, a liability in another, and consequently have no legal right of set off, then these assets and 
liabilities will be shown separately on the balance sheet as required by IAS 12, ‘Income Taxes’.

Current tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items credited or 
charged directly to equity, in which case the current tax is also dealt with in equity.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amount 
of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation 
of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are 
recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. 
Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of 
goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in 
a transaction which affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in 
subsidiaries, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is 
probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which timing 
differences are expected to reverse, based on tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the balance sheet date. Where the Group and/or Parent Company have a net deferred tax asset 
in one legal jurisdiction, a liability in another, and consequently have no legal right of set off, then these 
assets and liabilities will be shown separately on the balance sheet as required by IAS 12, ‘Income Taxes’.

Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items credited or 
charged directly to equity, in which case deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.

exceptional items 
The Group has elected to classify certain items as exceptional and present them separately on the face of 
the income statement. Exceptional items are classified as those which are separately identified by virtue of 
their size, nature or expected frequency, to allow a better understanding of the underlying performance in 
the year.

post balance sheet events and dividends 
IAS 10, ‘Events after the Balance Sheet Date’ requires that final dividends proposed after the balance 
sheet date should not be recognised as a liability at that balance sheet date, as the liability does not 
represent a present obligation as defined by IAS 37, ‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent 
Assets’. Consequently, final dividends are only recognised as a liability once formally approved at the 
Annual General Meeting and interim dividends are not recognised until paid.

cash flow
The Statement of Cash Flows explains the movement in cash and cash equivalents and short-term 
borrowings. Short-term borrowings comprise of amounts drawn on overdrafts.

property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that 
is directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of the assets. Assets are recognised only when it 
is probable that future economic benefits associated with the assets will flow to the Group and the cost of 
the asset can be measured reliably.

Depreciation is provided on all property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets, except freehold and long 
leasehold land, using the straight-line basis to write off the cost of the asset, less estimated residual value. 
Property, plant and equipment residual values and useful lives are reviewed annually, and are as follows:

•  Buildings: 

•  Plant and machinery: 

50 years

4 – 15 years

•  Fixtures, fittings and equipment: 

4 – 10 years

•  Laboratory equipment: 

5 years

Property, plant and equipment is derecognised on disposal or where no future economic benefits are 
expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Gains and losses on disposals are determined by 
comparing the net proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within administration expenses.

Intangible assets
Intangible assets comprise of licences for software, internally generated software and development costs 
that meet the criteria for capitalisation as set out in the research and development expenditure accounting 
policy note. Amortisation (which is included within administrative expenses) is provided on all intangible 
assets, using the straight-line basis to write off the cost of the asset, less estimated residual value,  
as follows:

•  Software: 

•  Development costs: 

4 – 12 years

10 years

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

123

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

3. SIGNIFIcaNT accOUNTING pOlIcIeS CONTINUED

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Provision will be made should any impairment in the value of properties or other non-current assets, 
excluding deferred tax assets, occur.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-current assets, excluding deferred tax assets, are reviewed at 
each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication 
exists, the need for an impairment is assessed by comparison of the carrying value of the asset against 
the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. The value in use is estimated using a 
discounted cash flow model.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is based on raw material costs 
plus attributable overheads.

Net realisable value is based on estimated selling price less further costs expected to be incurred through 
to disposal. Provision is made for obsolete, slow-moving and defective items.

Onerous contracts
Provisions for onerous contracts are recognised when the expected benefits from a contract are lower 
than the unavoidable costs of meeting the contract’s obligations. This arises when fixed-price contracts 
become loss-making as a result of raw material price increases or market pressure on selling prices.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group and/or Parent Company’s balance 
sheet when the Group and/or Parent Company have become a party to the contractual provisions of the 
instrument.

Financial assets
Financial assets held by the Group are classified in accordance with IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’. 
Financial assets at the reporting date comprise trade receivables, loans, other receivables and cash and 
cash equivalents. The classification depends on both the nature of contractual cash flows due from the 
instrument, and the business model in which it is expected the cash flows will be realised.

Trade receivables
The Group generally holds trade receivables with the objective to collect the contractual cash flows, and 
so it measures them initially at fair value then subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method, less an allowance for expected credit losses (ECLs). The Group may sell trade receivables from 
some customers before the due date; these sales are true sales of debt that result in derecognition. Any 
receivables from such customers not sold at the reporting date are classified as ‘held to collect and sell’ 
and held at fair value with changes recognised in other comprehensive income. The Group has adopted 
the simplified approach to impairment as permitted under IFRS 9 and recognises the lifetime ECLs for 
trade receivables at initial recognition. ECLs have been estimated using the Group’s historical credit loss 
experience and the current and anticipated future market conditions at the reporting date.

Loans receivable
All loans receivable are intercompany balances held by the Parent Company and are initially recognised 
at fair value. After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans are measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less an allowance for ECLs. Impairment provisions for receivables from related 
parties and loans to related parties are recognised based on the forward looking ECL model. For those 
receivables where the credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition, 12-month ECLs 
are recognised. ECLs measured over the lifetime of the financial asset are only recognised where it is 
determined that the credit risk has increased significantly.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, and other short-
term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that 
are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a 
component of cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the consolidated cash flow statement.  
Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities on the balance sheet.

Financial liabilities and equity instruments
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual 
arrangements entered into, and in accordance with IAS 32, ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’. An 
equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group or Parent 
Company after deducting all of its liabilities.

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received, net of issue 
costs. After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method. All borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the year in 
which they are incurred unless they meet the criteria for capitalisation under IAS 23, ‘Borrowing Costs’.

Trade payables
Trade payables are not interest-bearing and are stated at their nominal value.

Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Parent Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct 
issue costs.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group’s activities expose it to both the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates 
and interest rates. From time to time the Group uses foreign exchange forward and option contracts 
and interest rate swap contracts to hedge some of these exposures. The Group does not use derivative 
financial instruments for speculative purposes. The use of financial derivatives is governed by the Group’s 
policies approved by the Board. Further information on currency and interest rate management is provided 
in note 29. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

124

3. SIGNIFIcaNT accOUNTING pOlIcIeS CONTINUED

Hedge accounting
At the inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents the relationship between the hedging 
instrument and the hedged item, along with the Group’s risk management objectives and strategy for 
undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing 
basis, the Group prospectively documents whether the hedging instrument that is used in a hedging 
relationship is effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, 
or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. If a hedging transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net 
cumulative gain or loss that was recognised in equity is reclassified to profit and loss as a reclassification 
adjustment through reserves. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that do not 
qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the income statement as they arise.

Cash flow hedges
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated as effective as cash flow 
hedging instruments are initially recognised directly in equity. Where the hedged item is cash flows that 
are to be recognised in the income statement, amounts deferred in equity are recognised in the income 
statement at the same time in which the hedged items affect net profit or loss. Any ineffective portion 
is recognised immediately in the income statement as other gains and losses. If the cash flow hedge of 
a firm commitment or forecasted transaction results in the recognition of an asset or a liability, then, at 
the time the asset or liability is recognised, the associated gains or losses on the derivative that had been 
previously recognised in equity are included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability.

pension costs
One of the Group’s UK subsidiaries, R C Treatt & Co Limited, operates a defined benefit scheme through 
an independently administered pension scheme.

For defined benefit retirement plans, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the projected 
unit credit method, with full actuarial valuations being carried out every three years and updated at each 
balance sheet date. The post-employment benefits obligation or surplus recognised in the balance sheet 
represents the present value of the defined benefit pension obligations as reduced by the fair value of 
scheme assets. Any asset resulting from this calculation is limited to the present value of available refunds 
and reductions in future contributions to the scheme.

In accordance with IAS 19, ‘Employee Benefits’, the asset or liability in the defined benefit pension scheme 
is recognised as an asset or liability of the Group under non-current assets or liabilities under the heading 
‘post-employment benefits’. The deferred tax in respect of ‘post-employment benefits’ is netted against 
other deferred tax assets and liabilities relating to the same jurisdiction (see taxation accounting policy) 
and included in the deferred taxation asset or liability shown under non-current assets or liabilities.

The service cost and net interest on assets, net of interest on scheme liabilities, are reflected in the 
income statement for the period, in place of the actual cash contribution made. All experience gains or 

losses on the assets and liabilities of the scheme, together with the effect of changes in assumptions are 
reflected as a gain or loss in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

The Group also operates a number of defined contribution pension schemes. The contributions for these 
schemes are charged to the income statement in the year in which they become payable.

Share options, the employee benefit trust and share incentive plan trust
Shares held by the Treatt Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) for the purpose of fulfilling obligations in respect 
of various employee share plans are deducted from equity in the Group and Parent Company balance 
sheets. The treatment in the Parent Company balance sheet reflects the substance of the entity’s control 
of the trust.

The Group has an HMRC-approved share incentive plan (SIP) which is administered by Link Asset 
Services Trustees, to whom shares are issued at nominal value for the purpose of fulfilling obligations 
under the SIP. The treatment of the SIP in the Group and Parent financial statements is consistent with 
that of the EBT as explained above.

Share-based payments 
IFRS 2, ‘Share-based Payments’, requires that an expense for equity instruments granted be recognised 
in the financial statements based on their fair value at the date of grant. The Group has adopted the Black-
Scholes model for the purposes of computing the fair value of options under IFRS. The fair value excludes 
the effect of non market-based vesting conditions. This expense, which is in relation to share option 
schemes for staff in the UK and US, is recognised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the 
scheme, based on the Group’s estimate of the number of equity instruments that will eventually vest.

At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected 
to vest as a result of the effect of non market-based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of 
the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the 
revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to the retained earnings reserve.

Savings-related share options granted to employees are treated as cancelled when employees cease 
to contribute to the scheme. Cancelled options are accounted for as an acceleration of vesting. The 
unrecognised grant date fair value is recognised in profit or loss in the year that the options are cancelled.

The Group has an HMRC-approved SIP for its UK-based employees under which employees can be 
awarded ‘Free’ and ‘Matching’ shares. The fair value of shares awarded under the SIP is the market value 
of those shares at the date of grant, which is then adjusted for leavers and recognised on a straight-line 
basis over the vesting period.

Where the Parent Company grants options over its shares to employees in subsidiaries, it recognises this 
as a capital contribution equivalent to the share-based payment charge recognised in the Group income 
statement. In the financial statements of the Parent Company, this capital contribution is recognised as an 
increase in the cost of investment in subsidiaries, with the corresponding credit being recognised directly 
in equity.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

125

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

3. SIGNIFIcaNT accOUNTING pOlIcIeS CONTINUED

critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and 
other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting 
accounting estimates and assumptions will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The 
Group has evaluated the estimates and assumptions that have been made in relation to the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities in these financial statements.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The key sources of estimation uncertainty with a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to 
assets and liabilities in the next financial year include the following:

Pensions 
The choice of discount rate, inflation rate and life expectancy basis could materially affect the level of 
surpluses and deficits in the defined benefit pension scheme. Under IAS 19, a discount rate should be 
based upon a yield of high quality corporate bonds of appropriate term and currency, hence a degree  
of estimation exists in the choice of applicable bond universe on which the yield curve is constructed,  
the method used to produce the yield curve as well as the expected average duration of the  
scheme’s liabilities. 

The methodology behind the inflation assumptions is based on similar assumptions regarding duration 
of the scheme and choice of yield curves, as well as the application of a risk-premium deduction. The 
estimated life expectancy of scheme members is determined through the choice of mortality model and 
allowances for future mortality improvements.

The key assumptions listed above, and how a change in those would impact the defined benefit pension 
liability or asset are set out in note 27.

Inventory provisions
Estimates are made of the level of provision against inventory at the year-end date. The Group has an 
inventory provisioning policy which is applied consistently year on year, however, because of the volatility 
of citrus commodity pricing as well as the fast-moving nature of trends and customer requirements there 
is a chance that judgements made at the balance sheet date could lead to a material adjustment in the 
following year. 

Expected credit losses
Estimations are made in determining the expected credit losses on its trade receivables based on historic 
credit loss levels and its current knowledge of customer relationships and wider market conditions at the 
balance sheet date. Due to the size, diversity and international nature of its customer base the estimates 
on credit losses require judgements around recoverability which could give rise to material adjustments in 
the following year.

Share-based-payments
In accordance with IFRS 2, ‘Share-based Payments’, share options and other share awards are measured 
at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined is then expensed in the income statement on 
a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value of the 
options is measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The valuation of these share-based 
payments requires several estimates to be made in respect of the number of options that are expected 
to vest. Details of the assumptions made in respect of each of the share-based payment schemes are 
disclosed in note 26. Changes in these assumptions could lead to changes in the income statement 
expense in future periods.

critical judgements
In the course of preparing these financial statements, no judgements have been made in the process of 
applying the Group’s accounting policies, other than those involving estimations as discussed above, that 
have had a material effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Description of the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity

Share capital
Share capital represents the value of all called up, allotted and fully paid shares of the Parent Company.

Share premium account 
The share premium account represents amounts received in excess of the nominal value of shares on the 
issue of new shares.

Own shares in share trusts 
Own shares in share trusts relate to shares held in the Treatt Employee Benefit Trust (the EBT) and the 
SIP Trust, which is administered by Link Asset Services Trustees. The shares held in the EBT and SIP 
Trust are all held to meet options to be exercised by employees, and share awards and tax-approved 
purchases by employees under the SIP. Dividends on those shares not beneficially held on behalf of 
employees have been waived.

Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash 
flow hedging instruments related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

Foreign exchange reserve
The foreign exchange reserve records the cumulative exchange differences arising from the translation of 
the financial statements of overseas subsidiaries.

Retained earnings
Retained earnings comprises the Group’s cumulative annual profits and losses, actuarial gains and losses 
on the defined benefit pension scheme and dividend payments, combined with the employee share option 
reserve which represents the equity component of share-based payment arrangements.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

126

4. SeGMeNTal INFOrMaTION

Group

Non-current assets by geographical location, excluding deferred tax assets and post-employment benefit 
surplus were as follows:

Business segments
IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal financial information reported 
to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The Group’s CODM has been identified as the Board of 
Directors who are primarily responsible for the allocation of resources to the segments and for assessing 
their performance. The disclosure in the Group accounts of segmental information is consistent with the 
information used by the CODM in order to assess profit performance from the Group’s operations. 

continuing operations

United Kingdom

United States

The Group operates one global business segment engaging in the manufacture and supply of innovative 
ingredient solutions for the beverage, flavour, fragrance and consumer product industries with 
manufacturing sites in the UK and the US. Many of the Group’s activities, including sales, manufacturing, 
technical, IT and finance, are managed globally on a Group basis. 

5. prOFIT FOr THe Year
Profit1 for the year is stated after charging/(crediting):

Geographical segments
The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s revenue by geographical market:

revenue by destination

United Kingdom

Rest of Europe

The Americas

Rest of the World

– Germany

– Ireland

– Other

– USA

– Other

– China

– Other

2022 
£’000 

9,777

7,907

11,527 

14,596 

53,731 

12,919

7,901 

21,827

2021 
£’000

9,502

5,970

7,313 

13,931 

53,356 

9,595

7,440 

17,219

140,185

124,326

Group

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets2

Research and development costs

Research and development tax credits

Net foreign exchange (gain)/loss3

Rent receivable

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense4

Write down of inventories recognised as an expense

Shipping costs

IT and telephony costs

Insurance costs

Energy and utility costs

2022  
£’000

44.952

32,910

77,862

2022  
£’000 

2,476

215

2,338

(208)

(1)

(1)

84,469

2,295

3,362

1,174

1,061

1,217

2021 
 £’000

41,622

23,397

65,019

2021  
£’000 

1,705

93

1,767

(181)

450

(18)

69,204

1,157

2,774

953

950

987

All Group revenue is in respect of the sale of goods, other than property rental income of £1,000  
(2021: £18,000). No country included within ‘Other’ contributes more than 5% of the Group’s total 
revenue. The Group revenue from the largest customer was £15,226,000 (2021: £10,331,000).

1   Figures refer to operating profit excluding exceptional items, which is calculated as profit before exceptional items, net finance 

costs and taxation. 

2   Included in administrative expenses.

3   Excludes foreign exchange gains or losses on financial instruments disclosed in note 23.

4   Included in cost of sales.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

127

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

5. prOFIT FOr THe Year CONTINUED
The analysis of auditor’s remuneration is as follows:

employment costs
The following costs were incurred in respect of the above:

2022  
£’000

2021  

£’000

Group

Fees payable to the parent company’s auditors and their associates for  
the audit of:

– the Parent Company and Group accounts 

– the Group’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Total audit fees

Fees payable to the parent company’s auditors and their associates for other 
services to the Group:

– other assurance services 

Total non-audit fees

6. eMplOYeeS

73

164

237

14

14

55

124

179

12

12

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs (see note 27)

Share-based payments (see note 26)

The value of other short-term non-monetary benefits were £1,545,000 (2021: £1,110,000).

Directors
During the year, the aggregate emoluments in respect of the Executive and Non-executive Directors was 
as follows:

Number of employees
During the year the average number of staff employed by the Group, including Directors, was as follows:

Group

Group

Technical and production

Administration and sales

2022  
Number 

2021  

Number

Directors in aggregate

Emoluments in respect of qualifying services

208

233

441

216

176

392

Fees paid to Non-executive Directors in respect of qualifying services

Taxable benefits in respect of qualifying services

Gains made on the vesting of share options

Pension contributions to money purchase schemes

The total number of staff employed by the Group at the year-end date is 425 (2021: 423), no staff were 
employed by the Parent Company in the current or prior year. During the year, the Directors shown on 
pages 70 and 71 were employed by R C Treatt & Co Limited.

Further information on Directors’ emoluments and share options are set out on pages 95 to 99. 

2022 
£’000

19,733

1,683

1,206

1,039

23,661

2021 
£’000

17,912

1,962

997

1,733

22,604

2022  
£’000

2021 
 £’000

722

417

32

351

52

1,574

1,134

375

32

501

63

2,105

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

128

7. NeT FINaNce cOSTS

Group

Finance income

Bank interest received

Other interest received

Finance costs

Bank interest paid

Other bank finance costs 

Post-employment benefit expense (see note 27)

Lease liabilities finance expense (see note 14)

2022  
£’000

2021 
£’000 

–

8

8

189

187

135

14

525

12

–

12

89

168

157

25

439

8. eXcepTIONal ITeMS
The exceptional items referred to in the income statement can be categorised as follows:

Group

Disposal of Northern Way premises:

Gain on disposal of land and buildings

Less: tax effect of disposal

UK relocation project:

Relocation expenses

Less: tax effect of relocation expenses

restructuring costs:

Restructuring costs

Less: tax effect of restructuring costs

2022  
£’000

2021 
£’000

3,324

–

(1,800)

317

(601)

114

1,354

–

–

(1,302)

186

–

–

(1,116)

The exceptional items all relate to non-recurring items.

On 28 February 2022, the Group successfully disposed of its former UK premises at Northern Way,  
Bury St Edmunds. The proceeds of the sale, net of selling costs were £5,597,000 and the associated gain 
on disposal was £3,324,000. The gain on the sale of property is not expected to be taxable as indexation 
allowances are available which fully offset the taxable gain.

Relocation expenses relate to one-off costs incurred in connection with the relocation of the Group’s UK 
operations that do not fall to be capitalised.

Restructuring costs relate to a significant change to the management and executive leadership structure 
of the global business, which was announced in May 2022. The restructuring costs consist of employment 
and termination costs for those employees impacted. Payments to employees are those which are 
contractually due under their existing terms and conditions, and are therefore considered to be fully 
allowable expenses for tax purposes. During the financial year, payments totalling £387,000 had  
been made, with the cash flow impact of the remaining costs expected to be settled in the following 
financial year.

9. TaXaTION
analysis of tax charge in income statement:

Group

current tax:

UK corporation tax on profits for the year

Adjustments to UK tax in respect of previous periods

Overseas corporation tax on profits for the year

Adjustments to overseas tax in respect of previous periods

Total current tax

Deferred tax:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Effect of change of tax rate on opening deferred tax

Adjustments in respect of previous periods

Total deferred tax (see note 16)

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

2022  
£’000 

153

(231)

2,069

(52)

1,939

726

(45)

244

925

2,864

2021 
£’000 

157

(131)

3,882

(534)

3,374

945

183

(33)

1,095

4,469

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

129

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

9. TaXaTION CONTINUED
analysis of tax charge/(credit) in other comprehensive income:

Group

current tax:

Foreign currency translation differences

Total current tax

Deferred tax:

Cash flow hedges

Defined benefit pension scheme

Total deferred tax

Total tax expense recognised in other comprehensive income

2022  
£’000

2021  

£’000

(102)

(102)

(4)

2,068

2,064

1,962

(18)

(18)

(93)

135

42

24

analysis of tax credit in equity: 

Group

current tax:

Share-based payments

Deferred tax:

Share-based payments

Total tax charge recognised in equity

Factors affecting tax charge for the year:

The tax assessed for the year is different from that calculated at the standard rate of corporation tax in the 
UK of 19.0% (2021: 19.0%). The differences are explained below:

Group

profit before tax multiplied by standard rate of UK corporation tax at 19.0%  
(2021: 19.0%)

effects of:

Expenses not deductible in determining taxable profit

Income not taxable in determining taxable profit

Research and development tax credits

Difference in tax rates on overseas earnings

Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior years

Effect of change of tax rate on opening deferred tax

2022  
£’000 

2021 
£’000 

3,074

3,727

268

(694)

(243)

678

(39)

(38)

(142)

660

–

(52)

479

(699)

354

–

2,864

4,469

2022  
£’000

2021 
£’000

Deferred tax not recognised

Total tax charge for the year

(20)

(116)

444

424

(586)

(702)

The Group’s effective UK corporation tax rate for the year was 17.7% (2021: 22.8%). The effective tax 
rate of US-based earnings is 21.5% (2021: 21.9%). The adjustments in respect of prior years relate to the 
finalisation of previous year’s tax computations.

10. DIVIDeNDS

equity dividends on ordinary shares:

parent company and Group

Interim dividend

Final dividend

Dividend per share for years ended 30 September

2022 
pence

2.50p3

5.35p4

7.85p

2021 
pence

2.00p2

5.50p3

7.50p

2020 
pence

1.84p1

4.16p2

6.00p

2022 
£’000

1,512

3,322

4,834

2021 
£’000

1,203

2,501

3,704

1  Accounted for in the year ended 30 September 2020.

2  Accounted for in the year ended 30 September 2021.

3   Accounted for in the year ended 30 September 2022.

4   The proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 September 2022 of 5.35p pence will be voted on at the Annual  

General Meeting on 31 January 2023 and will therefore be accounted for in the financial statements for the year ending  
30 September 2023.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

130

11. earNINGS per SHare

Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue and 
ranking for dividend during the year. The weighted average number of shares excludes shares held by the 
Treatt Employee Benefit Trust (EBT), together with shares held by the Treatt SIP Trust (SIP Trust), which 
do not rank for dividend.

adjusted earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share measures are calculated based on profits for the year attributable to owners 
of the Parent Company before exceptional items as follows:

Group

Profit after taxation attributable to owners of the Parent Company

Group

profit attributable to owners of the parent company (£’000)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (No: ‘000)

Basic earnings per share (pence)

2022

13,315

60,400

22.04p

2021

Adjusted for:

15,148

60,125

25.19p

Exceptional items – gain on disposal of land and buildings (see note 8)

Exceptional items – relocation expenses (see note 8)

Exceptional items – restructuring costs (see note 8)

Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue and 
ranking for dividend during the year, adjusted for the effect of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

The number of shares used to calculate earnings per share (EPS) have been derived as follows:

Taxation thereon

adjusted earnings

adjusted basic earnings per share (pence)

adjusted diluted earnings per share (pence)

Group

Weighted average number of shares

Weighted average number of shares held in the EBT and SIP

Weighted average number of shares used for calculating basic epS

Executive share option schemes

All-employee share options

Weighted average number of shares used for calculating diluted epS

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

2022  

2021  

No (‘000)

No (‘000)

60,578

(178)

60,400

487

148

61,035

21.82p

60,310

(185)

60,125

486

210

60,821

24.91p

2022  
£’000

13,315

(3,324)

1,800

601

(431)

11,961

19.80p

19.60p

2021  

£’000

15,148

–

1,302

–

(186)

16,264

27.05p

26.74p

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

131

12. INTaNGIBle aSSeTS

13. prOperTY, plaNT aND eQUIpMeNT

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

Group

cost

1 October 2020

Exchange adjustment

Additions

Disposals

30 September 2021

Exchange adjustment

Additions

Disposals

30 September 2022

amortisation

1 October 2020

Exchange adjustment

Charge for year

Disposals

30 September 2021

Exchange adjustment

Charge for year

Disposals

30 September 2022

Net book value

30 September 2022

30 September 2021

Development 
costs  
£’000

Software 
licences  
£’000

Total  

£’000

Group

cost

land &  
buildings  
£’000

plant & 
machinery 
£’000

Fixtures, fittings 
& equipment 
£’000

laboratory 
equipment 
£’000

Total  

£’000

428

(18)

215

–

625

86

278

–

989

–

1

41

–

42

15

44

–

101

888

583

1,209

(1)

963

(104)

1,637

1 October 2020

(19)

Exchange adjustment

1,178

Additions

(104)

Disposals

2,067

2,692

30 September 2021

3

647

(43)

89

925

Exchange adjustment

Additions

(43)

Disposals

35,748

(544)

2,260

–

37,464

2,798

28

(2,611)

19,967

(500)

8,429

(207)

27,689

3,666

10,486

(922)

2,674

3,663

30 September 2022

37,679

40,919

3,345

(46)

1,763

(75)

4,987

436

1,005

(606)

5,822

1,003

60,063

(16)

983

(259)

1,711

126

491

(104)

(1,106)

13,435

(541)

71,851

7,026

12,010

(4,243)

2,224

86,644

Depreciation

279

1 October 2020

2,094

6,006

1,324

279

–

52

(104)

226

2

171

(43)

356

1

93

Exchange adjustment

Charge for year

(104)

Disposals

268

17

215

(43)

457

30 September 2021

Exchange adjustment

Charge for year

Disposals

30 September 2022

Net book value

(52)

292

–

2,334

347

334

(840)

2,175

(168)

978

(207)

6,609

1,140

1,266

(922)

8,093

2,318

1,841

3,206

2,424

30 September 2022

30 September 2021

35,504

35,130

32,826

21,080

(11)

302

(75)

1,540

129

560

(606)

1,623

4,199

3,447

480

(5)

113

(259)

329

34

213

(104)

472

1,752

1,382

9,904

(236)

1,685

(541)

10,812

1,650

2,373

(2,472)

12,363

74,281

61,039

Included in intangible assets are software licences in the course of construction totalling £53,000 (2021: 
£1,699,000) and included within development costs are ongoing projects totalling £488,000 (2021: 
£210,000) which are not yet subject to amortisation. Intangible assets with a net book value of £407,000 
(2021: £373,000) have been pledged as security in relation to all US borrowings as detailed in note 20. 
Included within software additions is £8,000 (2021: nil) of interest payments capitalised in accordance 
with IAS 23, ‘Borrowing Costs’.

Included within freehold land and buildings is £6,597,000 (2021: £6,016,000) of land which is  
not depreciated.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionTreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

132

2022 
 £’000

2021 
 £’000

1,053

9

36

14

(622)

(94)

396

105

291

659

(3)

406

25

–

(34)

1,053

96

957

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

lease liabilities

Group

lease liabilities

At start of year

Exchange adjustment

Additions

Lease liabilities finance expense

Disposals

Repayments of lease liabilities

Balance at end of year

Of which:

Current lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

13. prOperTY, plaNT aND eQUIpMeNT CONTINUED
Included in property, plant and equipment are land and buildings assets in the course of construction 
totalling £7,363,000 (2021: £15,503,000), plant and machinery assets in the course of construction of 
£21,422,000 (2021: £14,899,000), fixtures, fittings and equipment in the course of construction totalling 
£827,000 (2021: £2,013,000) and laboratory equipment in the course of construction totalling £225,000 
(2021: £868,000) which are not yet being depreciated.

Included within land and buildings additions is £1,000 (2021: £4,000), within plant and machinery additions 
is £273,000 (2021: £19,000), within fixtures and fittings is £5,000 (2021: nil) and laboratory equipment 
£1,000 (2021: nil) of interest payments capitalised in accordance with IAS 23, ‘Borrowing Costs’.

Property, plant and equipment with a net book value of £32,443,000 (2021: £22,984,000) has been 
pledged as security in relation to all US borrowings and property, plant and equipment with a net book 
value of £21,325,000 (2021: £23,175,000) has been pledged as security in relation to UK borrowings as 
detailed in note 20.

capital commitments

Contracted but not provided for 

14. leaSeS

2022  
£’000

4,398

2021  

£’000

4,919

Group as lessee
The Group reports right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all lease arrangements it is party to, 
excluding those with less than a 12 month duration or those of low value.

right-of-use assets

Group

Net carrying value

1 October 2020

Exchange Adjustment (see note 12)

Additions

Depreciation charge

30 September 2021

Exchange adjustment

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation charge

30 September 2022

land & buildings  

£’000

plant & machinery 
£’000

1,138

–

–

(9)

1,129

–

–

(1,126)

(3)

–

35

(3)

406

(11)

427

10

37

–

(99)

375

Total  

£’000

1,173

(3)

406

(20)

1,556

10

37

(1,126)

(102)

375

The lease liability is determined by discounting the lease payments over the life of the leases using 
an incremental borrowing rate applicable to the respective lease. The weighted average incremental 
borrowing rate associated with the lease liabilities is 3.0% (2021: 3.2%).

Following the disposal of the Group’s former UK Headquarters at Northern Way and its associated leases 
in February 2022, the Group’s leasing activities now primarily comprise equipment hire agreements. 
There are no residual value guarantees, variable lease payments or extension options in any of the  
lease arrangements.

As part of the sale agreement for the sale of premises at Northern Way, the Group leased back a building 
for a period of up to 19 months, with a break-clause at 12 months. The short-term exemption, as permitted 
by IFRS 16, ‘Leases’ was applied from the outset as expectations were of a 12-month lease. The income 
statement expense in respect of short-term leases is £35,000 (2021: £nil).

The maturity analysis of the undiscounted contractual lease commitments is shown below:

Group

Maturity analysis – undiscounted lease payments

Within one year

In one to two years

In two to five years

In more than five years

2022  
£’000

2021  

£’000

105

91

213

–

97

109

301

2,994

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

133

15. INVeSTMeNTS IN SUBSIDIarIeS

parent company

Cost

1 October 2020

Capital contribution to subsidiaries

Acquisition of share capital in subsidiaries

30 September 2021

Capital contribution to subsidiaries

Acquisition of share capital in subsidiaries

30 September 2022

parent company

Subsidiary:

R C Treatt & Co Limited – 100% (2021: 100%)

Treatt USA Inc – 100% (2021: 100%)

Treatt Trading (Shanghai) Company Limited – (2021: 100%)

Treatt SIP Trustees Limited and Treatt Development Company Limited were no longer required as part of 
the Group’s company structure and were struck-off the register in November 2021.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

£’000

Subsidiary

country of 
incorporation Holding

principal activity

Wholly owned by Treatt plc:

R C Treatt & Co Limited

Treatt USA Inc

England1

USA2

Treatt Trading (Shanghai) Company Limited

China³

100%

100%

100%

Supply of flavour and fragrance ingredients

Supply of flavour and fragrance ingredients

Supply of flavour and fragrance ingredients

Registered office addresses:

1   Skyliner Way, Bury St Edmunds, IP32 7FR, UK.

2   The Prentice-Hall Corporation System Inc., 1201 Hays Street, Suite 105, Tallahassee, FL 32301, USA.

3   Room 906, Hongmei International Plaza, 105 Tianlin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai 200233, China.

34,097

1,732

360

36,189

1,115

81

37,385

2022  
£’000

2021  

£’000

16. DeFerreD TaXaTION

27,790

9,154

441

37,385

26,871

8,958

360

36,189

Group

UK deferred tax asset

Deferred tax assets

UK deferred tax liability

Overseas deferred tax liability

Deferred tax liabilities

2022  
£’000

–

–

(1,707)

(3,662)

(5,369)

2021  

£’000

792

792

–

(2,175)

(2,175)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented net within the same legal jurisdictions where it is 
expected that such assets and liabilities may be set-off in the future.

At the balance sheet date, R C Treatt & Co Limited had a deferred tax liability in relation to its  
pension surplus

Legislation was substantively enacted that set out the main rate of UK corporation tax as 25.0% from  
1 April 2023. The deferred tax rate applied to UK companies within the Group is 19.0% (2021: 19.0%) if 
the tax asset or liability is expected to unwind before 1 April 2023, and is 25.0% for those unwinding after 
that date. The deferred tax rate applicable to the Group’s US subsidiary was 21.5% (2021: 21.9%).

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

16. DeFerreD TaXaTION CONTINUED
A reconciliation of the net deferred tax liability is shown below:

UK deferred tax

Overseas deferred tax

17. INVeNTOrIeS

Group

Raw materials

post- 
employment 
benefits  
£’000

Fixed 
assets 
£’000

cash flow 
hedge 
£’000

Other and 
share-based 
payments 
£’000

losses 
£’000

Other  
temporary 
differences  

Work in progress and intermediate products

Total  

Finished goods

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

134

2022  
£’000

30,784

22,347

15,220

68,351

2021  

£’000

23,162

20,197

3,904

47,263

Fixed 
assets 
£’000

(2,576)

102

£’000

£’000

294

(10)

(924)

92

(324)

30

187

(1)

(912)

(183)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Inventories are stated net of provisions for impairment of £3,602,000 (2021: £2,102,000).

Inventory with a carrying value of £40,810,000 (2021: £28,541,000) has been pledged as security in 
relation to all US borrowings as detailed in note 20.

18. TraDe aND OTHer receIVaBleS

–

–

–

–

(2,768)

(661)

–

–

(645)

603

current

Trade receivables1

Amounts owed by subsidiaries

Other receivables

Prepayments

123

–

551

35

593

(1,383)

108

(553)

Group

parent company

2022  
£’000

34,727

–

478

1,908

37,113

2021  

£’000

23,529

–

763

2,079

26,371

2022  
£’000

–

4,086

55

–

4,141

2021  

£’000

–

1,194

58

–

1,252

1  This includes £9,000 (2021: £1,109,000) of trade receivables which are classified under the business model of ‘held to collect 

and sell’ and are measured at fair value with changes through other comprehensive income.

Group

1 October 2020

Exchange differences

Credit/(charge) to income 
statement:

  For the year

  For change in tax rate

Credit/(charge) to other 
comprehensive income:

  For the year

  For change in tax rate

Credit to equity:

  For the year

  For change in tax rate

1,910

(672)

–

–

8

–

(73)

–

(913)

(212)

(32)

–

(738)

603

–

–

–

–

–

–

1 October 2021

1,702

(1,797)

Exchange differences

–

–

Credit/(charge) to income 
statement:

  For the year

(80)

(1,277)

  In respect of prior period

  For change in tax rate

Credit/(charge) to other 
comprehensive income:

–

–

  For the year

(2,068)

  For change in tax rate

Charge to equity:

  For the year

  For change in tax rate

–

–

–

(231)

–

–

–

–

–

93

–

–

–

69

–

–

–

–

4

–

–

–

112

–

243

–

–

–

428

35

818

–

(142)

(30)

–

–

–

(301)

–

1,609

(627)

(209)

17

–

–

–

–

–

–

47

–

–

–

–

(726)

(244)

45

–

(2)

– (2,064)

–

–

(143)

(444)

–

–

30 September 2022

(446)

(3,305)

73

345

1,626 (4,009)

347 (5,369)

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

135

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

18. TraDe aND OTHer receIVaBleS CONTINUED
The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. Before accepting any new 
customer, the Group uses a range of information, including credit reports, industry data and other 
publicly or privately available information in order to assess the prospective customer’s credit quality and 
determine credit limits by customer, and where appropriate will only accept orders on the basis of cash in 
advance, or if secured through a bank letter of credit. Processes are in place to manage trade receivables 
and overdue debt and to ensure that appropriate action is taken to resolve issues on a timely basis. Credit 
control operating procedures are in place to review all new customers. Existing customers are reviewed 
as management become aware of any specific changes in circumstances. 

The average credit period taken for trade receivables is as follows:

The ECL model is also applied to amounts owed by subsidiaries of the Parent Company. Application of the 
model did not result in the recognition of an impairment in the Parent Company accounts against amounts 
owed by subsidiaries.

The Group’s top five customers represent 33.4% (2021: 33.0%) of the Group’s turnover. These customers 
have favourable credit ratings and consequently reduce the credit risk of the Group’s overall trade 
receivables. The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates 
to their fair value. The Group holds no collateral against these receivables at the balance sheet date.

The ageing profile of impaired trade receivables is as follows:

Group

Average debtor days

2022

76

2021

67

Group

Number of days past the due date:

The Group recognises the lifetime expected credit losses (ECLs) based on the difference between the 
contractual cash flows due and the cash flows the Group expects to receive over the life of the receivable. 
An ECL loss rate has been calculated based on the historical credit losses of the past five accounting 
years and adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information. The carrying amount of receivables 
is reduced by the value of the provision, as determined by applying the ECL loss rate and providing for 
any specific provisions. A specific provision for impairment is made when there is objective evidence of 
impairment which is usually indicated by a significant delay in the expected cash flows or non-payment 
from customers.

1-30

31-60

Over 60

The currency risk in respect of trade receivables is managed in conjunction with the other currency risks 
faced by the Group as part of its overall hedging strategy. For further details see note 29 and the  
Financial Review on pages 54 to 60. The currency exposure within trade receivables of the principal 
foreign currencies, was as follows:

2022  
£’000

2021 
£’000

127

–

689

–

–

788

An impairment review has been undertaken at the balance sheet date to assess whether the carrying 
amount of financial assets is deemed recoverable. 

The amounts presented in the balance sheet are net of amounts that are individually determined to be 
impaired as follows:

Group

US Dollar

Euro

2022  
£’000

23,691

3,314

2021 
£’000

14,896

3,358

Group

Impairment provision

At start of year

Released in year

Provided in year

Foreign exchange

Balance at end of year

2022  
£’000

2021  

£’000

788

(628)

624

32

816

611

(127)

314

(10)

788

Trade receivables with a carrying value of £12,462,000 (2021: £10,505,000) have been pledged as 
security in relation to all US borrowings as detailed in note 20. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

136

19. caSH aND BaNK BalaNceS

Group and parent company
Cash and bank balances of £2,354,000 (2021: £7,260,000) comprise cash held by the Group and short-
term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. The Parent Company held cash and bank 
balances of £2,085,000 (2021: £5,206,000). The carrying amount of these assets approximates to their 
fair value.

A detailed analysis of net cash balances by currency is shown in note 29. All material cash balances are 
held with the Group’s main banks, being HSBC and Bank of America. The credit ratings of these banks are 
considered to be satisfactory.

20. BOrrOWINGS

current 

Group

UK bank overdrafts

UK revolving credit facilities

US line of credit

US term loan

Non-current 

Group

US term loan

loans and borrowings
The term loan comprises the following:

Group

Treatt USA $6.5m term loan – US

2022  
£’000

6,174

13,000

2,034

827

22,035

2022  
£’000

2,342

2021 
£’000

7,013

5,000

–

684

12,697

2021 
£’000

2,624

2022  
£’000

3,169

2021 
£’000

3,308

The Group has a three-year US Dollar credit facility (US line of credit) of $8.0 million (with an additional 
$2.0 million seasonal line from March to July each year) expiring in July 2025. At the year-end date the 
overdrawn balance was £2,034,000 (2021: £nil). The Group also has a $6.5 million US Dollar term loan 
repayable over seven years. The US line of credit and the term loan, both held by Treatt USA Inc, are 
secured by a fixed and floating charge over Treatt USA’s current and non-current assets.

The Group’s UK facilities consist of a £7.0 million three-year revolving credit facility (RCF) alongside 
a £6.5m accordion facility, secured on the value of the freehold land and buildings of the new UK 
Headquarters at Skyliner Way, renewing in March 2024 and a $9.0 million unsecured RCF and an 
unsecured overdraft facility of $6.0 million which both come for renewal in April 2023. 

The Group’s UK-based bank borrowings and cash balances denominated in Sterling are operated on a 
pooling basis, whereby interest is only charged on the net overdrawn balance of the Group’s UK-based 
accounts. At the year-end date, the £6,174,000 balance on the UK overdraft was offset against UK cash 
balances within the overdraft pool, and was incurring interest.

Borrowings are repayable as follows:

Group

– in one year or less

– in more than one year but not more than two years

– in more than two years but not more than five years

– in more than five years

2022 
 £’000

22,035

827

1,515

–

24,377

2021 
£’000

12,697

685

1,939

–

15,321

Further information on Group borrowing facilities is given in notes 28 and 29, including a detailed analysis 
of cash balances by currency.

Borrowing facilities
At 30 September 2022, the Group had total borrowing facilities of £30,773,000 (2021: £25,833,000)  
of which £13,437,000 (2021: £2,225,000) expires in one year or less at the balance sheet date. At  
30 September 2022 the Group had access to £8,355,000 (2021: £17,822,000) of financing facilities 
including its own cash balances at that date.

21. prOVISIONS

Group

Onerous contract provision:

At start of year

Utilised in year

Additional provision in year

Foreign exchange

Balance at end of year

2022  
£’000

2021 
£’000

143

(138)

348

44

397

146

(145)

142

–

143

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

137

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

21. prOVISIONS CONTINUED
Onerous contract provisions relate to losses which are or were expected to materialise in the future on 
fixed price contracts as a result of raw material price increases or market pressure on selling prices. 
The onerous contract provision expense is included in cost of sales within the income statement and is 
expected to be utilised in the following financial year.

22. TraDe aND OTHer paYaBleS

current

Trade payables

Other taxes and social security costs

Accruals and other creditors

Group

parent company

2022  
£’000

17,565

411

4,927

22,903

2021 
£’000

10,412

346

6,269

17,027

2022  
£’000

27

(1)

429

455

2021 
£’000

67

–

436

503

Trade payables principally comprise amounts for trade purchases and on-going costs. The Directors 
consider that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates to their fair values.

The currency risk in respect of trade payables is managed in conjunction with the other currency 
risks faced by the Group as part of its overall hedging strategy. For further details see note 29 and the 
Financial Review on pages 54 to 60. The currency exposure within trade payables of the principal foreign 
currencies, was as follows:

2022  
£’000

12,236

464

2021 
 £’000

9,387

241

The gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments were as follows:

Group

Income statement:

Foreign exchange contracts

Other comprehensive income:

Foreign exchange contracts

2022  
£’000

2021 
£’000

(2,336)

1,355

(23)

(508)

Further details on the Group’s hedging policies and derivative financial instruments are disclosed in  
note 29.

24. SHare capITal

parent company and Group called up,  
allotted and fully paid

At start of year

Issued in year

At end of year

2022

2021

£’000

1,208

Number

60,411,933

9

452,631

£’000

1,205

3

Number

60,270,670

141,263

1,217

60,864,564

1,208

60,411,933

The Parent Company has one class of ordinary shares with a nominal value of 2p each, which carry no 
right to fixed income. 

During the year the Parent Company issued 400,000 (2021: 100,000) ordinary shares to the Employee 
Benefit Trust, and 52,631 (2021: 41,263) ordinary shares to the SIP Trust, at nominal value of 2p per 
share, for the purpose of meeting obligations under employee share option schemes.

Group

US Dollar

Euro

23. DerIVaTIVe FINaNcIal INSTrUMeNTS

Group

Derivative financial assets:

current:

Foreign exchange contracts asset

Derivative financial liabilities:

current:

Foreign exchange contracts liability

25. SHare preMIUM accOUNT

2022  
£’000

2021 
 £’000

parent company and Group

Balance at 1 October 2021 and 30 September 2022

2022  
£’000

23,484

–

11

(666)

(593)

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section26. SHare-BaSeD paYMeNTS
The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2, ‘Share-based Payments’. 

The equity-settled options which existed during the year were as follows:

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

138

The Group operates executive share option schemes for Directors, senior management and other key 
employees within the Group in addition to issuing UK and US approved savings-related share options for 
employees of certain subsidiaries. Options are granted with a fixed exercise price and will lapse when an 
employee leaves the Group subject to certain ‘good leaver’ provisions.

The Group also operates an HMRC-approved share incentive plan in the UK, and operates an equivalent 
scheme for its US employees.

The share-based payments charge was as follows:

Group

Share option schemes – see (a) below

Share incentive plans – see (b) below

Effect of movement in foreign exchange rates

2022 
£’000

735

380

1,115

(76)

1,039

2021 
£’000

1,390

342

1,732

1

1,733

(a) Share option schemes 
Under the schemes listed below, options have been granted to subscribe for the following number 
of existing ordinary shares of 2p each in the capital of the Parent Company. These share options are 
expected to be settled via the transfer of shares out of the Treatt Employee Benefit Trust.

UK SAYE¹ Scheme 2018

UK SAYE¹ Scheme 2019

UK SAYE¹ Scheme 2020

UK SAYE¹ Scheme 2021

UK SAYE¹ Scheme 2022

US ESPP2 Scheme 2021

US ESPP2 Scheme 2022

UK LTIP³ Scheme 2014

UK LTIP³ Scheme 2015

UK LTIP³ Scheme 2016

UK LTIP³ Scheme 2017

UK LTIP³ Scheme 2019

US LTIP³ Scheme 2019

UK LTIP³ Scheme 2020

US LTIP³ Scheme 2020

UK LTIP³ Scheme 2021

UK LTIP³ Scheme 2021

US LTIP³ Scheme 2021

UK LTIP³ Scheme 2021

Number of share 
options outstanding at 
30 September 2022

– 

14,301

110,545

 51,077 

113,095

–

 17,615 

 12,565 

 14,045 

 15,984 

 2,137 

14,102

 7,295 

39,934

 64,206 

16,962

 5,578 

25,275

20,124

in year

7,138

–

 –

 –

 –

 –

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

33,486

49,151

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

– 

Number exercised  

exercise price  

per share

Date option  
exercisable

373.0p

Sep 2021 – Feb 2022

102,622

361.0p

Sep 2022 – Feb 2023

409.0p

Sep 2023 – Feb 2024

932.0p

Sep 2024 – Feb 2025

610.0p

Sep 2025 – Feb 2026

1,062.5p

634.0p

July 2022

July 2023

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Jun 2017 – Jun 2024

Jun 2018 – Jun 2025

Jun 2019 – Jun 2026

Jun 2020 – Jun 2027

Jun 2022 – Jun 2029

Jun 2022 – Feb 2023

Jun 2023 – Jun 2030

Jun 2023 – Feb 2024

Jun 2024 – Jun 2031

Dec 2023 – Dec 2030

Jun 2024 – Feb 2025

Dec 2024 – Dec 2031

Dec 2021 – Dec 2028

Dec 2022 – Dec 2029

Dec 2023 – Dec 2030

Feb 2025 – Feb 2032

UK Executive⁴ Options 2018

UK Executive⁴ Options 2019

UK Executive⁴ Options 2020

UK Executive⁴ Options 2022

–

134,145

 120,014 

 63,755 

52,232

 – 

 – 

 –

1  The SAYE schemes are HMRC-approved Save As You Earn share option plans which vest after three years. Options are forfeited 

where employees choose to leave the Group before the end of the three year period.

2  The ESPP schemes are IRS-approved Employee Stock Purchase Plans which vest after one year. Options are forfeited where 

employees choose to leave the Group before the end of the vesting period.

3   Options are awarded to certain key employees in the UK and US under a Long Term Incentive Plan. All awards are nil-cost 

options which vest, subject to achievement of the relevant performance conditions, after three years and can be exercised over 
the following seven years in the UK, or upon vesting in the US. Save as permitted in the LTIP rules, awards lapse on an employee 
leaving the Group. 

4  Details of the Executive options are provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

139

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

26. SHare-BaSeD paYMeNTS CONTINUED
The fair value per option granted using the “Black-Scholes” model, and the assumptions used in the 
share-based payments calculations, are as follows:

2018 
SaYe

2019 
SaYe

2020 
SaYe

2021 
SaYe

2022 
SaYe

466.3p

451.0p

511.3p

1,165.0p

762.5p

3.5 years

3.5 years

3.5 years

3.5 years

3.5 years

3.0 years

3.0 years

3.5 years

3.5 years

3.5 years

27.29%

31.10%

39.63%

43.88%

46.77%

0.71%

1.06%

0.53%

0.09%

1.15%

1.10%

0.17%

0.53%

1.86%

1.05%

10.00%

10.00%

10.00%

10.00%

10.00%

14.46%1

4.76%1

20.00%

5.00%

20.00%

114.3p

117.0p

158.5p

403.6p

279.9p

Share price at date of grant

executive share schemes:

US lTIp 
2019

US lTIp 
2020

US eSpp 
2021

US lTIp 
2021

US eSpp 
2022

455.0p

485.0p

1,120.0p

1,140.0p

758.0p

3.2 years

3.2 years

1.0 year

3.2 years

1.0 years

3.2 years

3.2 years

1.0 year

3.2 years

1.0 years

31.10%

39.63%

43.15%

43.88%

42.70%

0.62%

0.05%

1.14%

1.16%

0.17%

0.55%

0.22%

0.54%

1.86%

1.06%

Contractual life

Expected life

Expected volatility

Risk-free interest rate

Dividend yield

Expected cancellations

Expected forfeitures

Key-employee share schemes:

Share price at date of grant

Contractual life

Expected life

Expected volatility

Risk-free interest rate

Dividend yield

Expected cancellations

Expected forfeitures

UK lTIp 
2019

UK lTIp 
2020

UK lTIp 
2021

UK lTIp 
20212

UK lTIp 
20212

455.0p

485.0p

1,140.0p

1,000.0p

1,205.0p

10.0 years

10.0 years

10.0 years

10.0 years

10.0 years

5.0 years

3.5 years

3.5 years

2.5 years

3.5 years

31.10%

39.63%

43.88%

48.57%

52.41%

0.62%

0.05%

1.14%

1.16%

0.00%

0.00%

0.22%

0.54%

0.00%

0.19%

0.62%

0.00%

0.69%

0.62%

0.00%

0.00%

28.75%

20.13%

11.25%

100.00%

Fair value per option at date of grant

429.7p

465.6p

1,118.6p

984.7p

1,179.0p

UK exec 
2018

UK exec 
2019

UK exec 
2020

UK exec 
2022

410.0p

455.0p

746.0p

1,120.0p

10.0 years

10.0 years

10.0 years

10.0 years

5.0 years

3.5 years

3.5 years

3.0 years

27.29%

31.10%

39.63%

44.15%

0.73%

1.24%

0.59%

1.21%

0.00%

0.00%

0.11%

0.80%

0.00%

1.06%

0.71%

0.00%

0.00%1

27.0%3

25.50%3

100.00%

Fair value per option at date of grant

385.3p

436.1p

725.3p

1,096.2p

0.00%

0.00%

10.00%

0.00%

10.00%

1  Actual forfeiture experienced.

18.67%

37.38%

13.88%1

20.13%

10.00%

2  Additional UK LTIP grants made to specific employees.

Fair value per option at date of grant

438.6p

467.2p

242.7p

1,120.4p

171.5p

3  Expected forfeitures relate to the retirement of Richard Hope on 30 June 2022. The Board exercised its discretion to permit a 
proportion of shares under these existing LTIP awards awards to be retained,. the non-vesting portion is forfeited. More details 
are provided in the Director remuneration report on pages 95 and 99.

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group’s share price over a 
period equivalent to the expected life of the respective options prior to their date of grant.

The risk-free interest rate was based on the simple average of the historical daily gilt yields quoted for five 
year benchmark gilts during the month in which a grant of options is made.

all-employee share schemes:

Share price at date of grant

Contractual life

Expected life

Expected volatility

Risk-free interest rate

Dividend yield

Expected cancellations

Expected forfeitures

Fair value per option  
at date of grant

Key-employee share schemes:

Share price at date of grant

Contractual life

Expected life

Expected volatility

Risk-free interest rate

Dividend yield

Expected cancellations

Expected forfeitures

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section26. SHare-BaSeD paYMeNTS CONTINUED
Details of movements in share options during the year were as follows:

Details of the movements in the SIP were as follows:

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

140

2022

2021

Group

Group

Outstanding at start of year

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

Exercised during the year

Lapsed during the year

Cancelled during the year

Outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

No of options

Weighted average 
exercise price

No of options

Weighted average 
exercise price

982,449

207,436

(45,791)

(326,542)

(8,787)

(27,924)

780,841

80,429

£1.68

£3.92

£1.27

£1.22

£10.63

£4.59

£2.28

£0.64

1,111,072

196,734

(6,677)

(116,757)

(201,483)

(440)

982,449

62,367

£1.27

£3.39

£1.36

£3.64

£0.00

£4.09

£1.68

£2.22

Forfeiture arises when the employee is no longer entitled to participate in the savings-related share option 
scheme as a consequence of leaving the Group whereas cancellation arises when a participant voluntarily 
chooses to cease their membership of a scheme within the vesting period. 

The options outstanding had a weighted average remaining contractual period of 4.4 years (2021: 
4.9 years). The weighted average actual market share price on the date of exercise for share options 
exercised during the year was 841.0 pence (2021: 1,052.4 pence) and the weighted average fair value of 
options granted during the year was 392.0 pence (2021: 700.6 pence).

(b) Share incentive plans
All UK-based employees are eligible to participate in an HMRC-approved SIP once they have been with the 
Group for a qualifying period of up to 12 months. US employees participate in a similar scheme through 
the use of nil cost Restricted Stock Units (RSUs). During the year UK employees were awarded £700 
(2021: £650) of ‘Free Shares’, and US employees $1,000 (2021: $950) of RSUs, in Treatt plc. There are 
no vesting conditions attached to the Free Shares or RSUs, other than being continuously employed by 
the Group for three years from the date of grant. UK employees can also buy shares in Treatt plc out of 
pre-tax income, subject to an annual HMRC limit, currently £1,800. These shares are called ‘Partnership 
Shares’ and are held in trust on behalf of the employee. The employees must take their shares out of the 
plan on leaving the Group. For every Partnership Share acquired during the year, one and a half (2021: 
one and a half) ‘Matching Shares’ were awarded under the rules of the SIP. Matching Shares are subject 
to the same forfeiture rules as Free Shares.

Outstanding at start of year

Granted during the year

Vested during the year

Forfeited during the year

Released during the year

Outstanding at end of year

Number of free and matching shares

Number of nil cost rSUs

2022

167,463

35,875

2021

185,095

47,147

(52,638)

(50,952)

(7,832)

(578)

(5,178)

(8,649)

2022

33,152

7,440

(10,962)

(4,074)

–

142,290

167,463

25,556

2021

34,548

9,776

(8,437)

(2,735)

–

33,152

In accordance with IFRS 2, no valuation model is required to calculate the fair value of awards under the 
SIPs. The fair value of an equity-based payment under the SIPs is the face value of the award on the 
date of grant because the participants are entitled to receive the full value of the shares and there are no 
market-based performance conditions attached to the awards.

At 30 September 2022 the number of shares held by the EBT was 270,000 (2021: 166,000), and the 
number of shares held by the SIP was 438,000 (2021: 477,000).

27. pOST-eMplOYMeNT BeNeFITS
The Group operates a wholly-funded defined benefit pension scheme for certain current and former UK 
employees. The scheme’s assets are held separately from the assets of the Group and are administered by 
trustees and managed professionally. From 1 October 2001 this scheme was closed to new entrants and 
from 1 January 2013 was not subject to any further accruals. Instead, members of the final salary pension 
scheme became eligible for membership of a defined contribution pension plan with effect from  
1 January 2013.

Defined contribution schemes are operated on behalf of eligible employees throughout the Group, the 
assets of which are held separately from those of the Group in independently administered funds.

The pension charge for the year was made up as follows:

Group

Defined contribution schemes

Other pension costs

 2022  
£’000

1,181

25

1,206

 2021  
£’000

972

25

997

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section 
Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

141

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

27. pOST-eMplOYMeNT BeNeFITS CONTINUED

Defined benefit pension scheme
The Group accounts for pensions in accordance with IAS 19, ‘Employee Benefits’.

The valuation used for IAS 19 disclosures in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme (the scheme) 
for the current year has been calculated by updating the valuation calculations used in the actuarial 
valuation as at 1 January 2021. The liabilities in last year’s disclosures were calculated by updating the 
valuation calculations used in the initial results of the same actuarial valuation. 

•  Member options: Certain benefit options may be exercised by members without requiring the consent 

of the trustees or the Company, for example exchanging pension for cash at retirement. In this 
example, if fewer members than expected exchange pension for cash at retirement then a funding 
strain will emerge. The assets do not include any investment in shares of the Group and there were 
no plan amendments, curtailments or settlements during the period. The disclosed liability makes no 
allowance for discretionary benefits.

The financial assumptions used to calculate scheme liabilities and assets under IAS 19 are:

The actuarial valuation as at 1 January 2021 was carried out by Barnett Waddingham, and the updates 
made to them to take account of the requirements of IAS 19 in order to assess the assets and liabilities  
of the scheme at 30 September 2022, are carried out by Mrs L Lawson, a Fellow of the Institute and 
Faculty of Actuaries. Scheme assets are stated at their market value as at that date.

Group

Discount rate

Rate of inflation (RPI)

Rate of inflation (CPI)

The scheme is subject to the Statutory Funding Objective under the Pensions Act 2004. A valuation  
of the scheme is carried out at least once every three years to determine whether the Statutory  
Funding Objective is met. As part of the process the Group must agree with the trustees of the  
scheme the contributions to be paid to address any shortfall against the Statutory Funding Objective.  
The Statutory Funding Objective does not currently impact on the recognition of the scheme in these 
financial statements.

The scheme is managed by a board of trustees appointed in part by the Group and part from elections 
by members of the scheme. The trustees have responsibility for obtaining valuations of the fund, 
administering benefit payments and investing the scheme’s assets. The trustees delegate some of  
these functions to their professional advisors where appropriate.

The scheme exposes the Group to a number of risks:

Investment risk: The scheme holds investments in asset classes, such as equities, which have  
volatile market values and while these assets are expected to provide real returns over the long-term, 
the short-term volatility can cause additional funding to be required if a deficit emerges.

Rate of increase in pensions in payment – CPI max 5%

Rate of increase in pensions in payment – CPI max 3%

Rate of increase in pensions in payment – CPI max 2.5%

Mortality table

Commutation allowance

Proportion married (at retirement or earlier death)

GMP equalisation allowance

Rate of increase in salaries

Life expectancy for male aged 65 in 20 years’ time

Life expectancy for female aged 65 in 20 years’ time

Interest rate risk: The scheme’s liabilities are assessed using market yields on high quality corporate 
bonds to discount the liabilities. As the scheme holds assets such as equities the value of the assets 
and liabilities may not move in the same way.

Life expectancy for male aged 65 now

Life expectancy for female aged 65 now

Inflation risk: A proportion of the benefits under the scheme are linked to inflation. Although 
the scheme’s assets are expected to provide a good hedge against inflation over the long-term, 
movements over the short-term could lead to deficits emerging.

•  Mortality risk: In the event that members live longer than assumed a greater deficit will emerge in  

the scheme.

• 

• 

• 

2022

5.50%

3.75%

3.35%

3.20%

2.60%

2.25%

2021

2.05%

3.50%

3.10%

3.00%

2.45%

2.20%

S3pa tables with cMI 
2019 projections using a 
long-term improvement 
rate of 1.25% pa & initial 
addition parameter of 
0.25% pa

S3PA tables with CMI 2019 
projections using a long-
term improvement rate of 
1.25% pa & initial addition 
parameter of 0.25% pa

20%

75%

20%

75%

0.5% of liability value

0.5% of liability value

N/a

23.6

26.0

22.3

24.6

N/A

23.6

25.9

22.2

24.5

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

142

27. pOST-eMplOYMeNT BeNeFITS CONTINUED

effect of the scheme on future cash flows
The Group is required to agree a schedule of contributions with the trustees of the scheme following a full 
valuation which must be carried out at least once every three years. The latest valuation of the scheme 
took place as at 1 January 2021. The valuation revealed that there was a funding deficit in the scheme 
as at that date of £4,924,000, being a funding level of 82%. The Group has agreed with the Trustees to 
continue to make deficit funding contributions of £450,000 (2021: £450,000). The weighted average 
duration of the defined benefit obligation is approximately 14 years.

recognition of pension surplus
The Group obtained legal advice over the recognition of a pension surplus, and determined that per the 
scheme rules the Group has an unconditional right to a refund of any surplus that may arise on cessation 
of the scheme in context of IFRIC 14 paragraph 11b. The full net pension surplus has been recognised on 
the Group balance sheet.

Group

Scheme assets:

Equities

Target return funds

Bonds

Other

Fair value of scheme assets

Present value of funded obligations (scheme liabilities)

Surplus/(deficit) in the scheme recognised in the balance sheet

Related deferred tax

Net pension surplus/(liability)

changes in scheme liabilities

Balance at start of year

Interest cost

Benefits paid

Remeasurement losses:

 – Experience gain on liabilities

 – Actuarial gain arising from changes to demographic assumptions

 – Actuarial gain arising from changes in financial assumptions

Balance at end of year

2022
£’000

11,073

3,776

6,300

63

21,212

(19,430)

1,782

(446)

1,336

2021
£’000

12,025

4,834

6,882

71

23,812

(30,618)

(6,806)

1,702

(5,104)

(30,618)

(31,166)

(621)

704

(548)

–

11,653

(19,430)

(493)

671

246

109

15

(30,618)

Group

changes in scheme assets

Balance at start of period

Interest on scheme assets

Employer contributions

Benefits paid

Remeasurement gains:

 – (Loss)/return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in interest expense)

Balance at end of year

Group

amount charged to finance costs

Interest on scheme assets

Interest on scheme liabilities

Net expense recognised in income statement

amount recognised in statement of comprehensive income

(Loss)/gain on scheme assets in excess of interest

Experience (losses)/gains on liabilities

Gain from changes to demographic assumptions

Gain from changes to financial assumptions

remeasurement gain recognised in statement of comprehensive income

actual (loss)/return on scheme assets

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

23,812

21,115

486

450

(704)

(2,832)

21,212

2022
£’000

486

(621)

(135)

(2,832)

(548)

–

11,653

8,273

(2,346)

336

450

(671)

2,582

23,812

2021
£’000

336

(493)

(157)

2,582

246

109

15

2,952

2.918

cumulative remeasurement gain/(loss) recognised in statement of comprehensive 
income

102

(8,171)

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

143

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

27. pOST-eMplOYMeNT BeNeFITS CONTINUED
Approximate effect of change of assumptions on surplus values at 30 September 2022:

Reduce discount rate by 0.25% pa

Increase inflation and all related assumptions by 0.1% pa

Increase life expectancy by one year

reduce surplus 
by: £’000

633

135

584

The above sensitivities are approximate and only show the likely effect of an assumption being adjusted 
whilst all other assumptions remain the same. The assumptions used in preparing this sensitivity analysis 
are unchanged from the prior year.

28. cONTINGeNT lIaBIlITIeS

parent company
When the Parent Company enters into financial guarantee contracts that guarantee the indebtedness of 
group companies, the Parent Company considers these to be insurance arrangements. In this respect, 
the Parent Company treats the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such a time it becomes 
probable that the Parent Company will be required to make payments under the guarantee. The Parent 
Company has guaranteed the borrowings, net of cash balances for Treatt USA Inc. At the balance sheet 
date, the liability covered by this guarantee amounted to $5,808,000 (£5,203,000) (2021: $3,253,000 
(£2,413,000)).

The Parent Company has also guaranteed certain bank borrowings of its UK subsidiary R C Treatt & Co 
Limited that are held within cash pooling arrangements. At the year-end the liabilities covered by this 
guarantee amounted to £5,797,000 (2021: £7,013,000).

29. FINaNcIal INSTrUMeNTS

parent company and Group

Capital risk management
The Group and Parent Company manage their capital to ensure that entities in the Group continue as 
going concerns whilst maximising returns to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity 
balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of net debt and equity shareholders’ funds. The Group 
is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. Board policy is to operate with a mix of 
short and medium-term borrowings.

The Group has a mix of facilities for its UK and US-based businesses. In the UK, the Group has both an 
unsecured $9.0m (2021: $12.0m) five-year revolving credit facility (RCF) and an unsecured $6.0m (2021: 
$3.0m) overdraft facility, as well as a secured £7.0m three-year RCF, all of which are held with HSBC. In 
the US, the Group has a $8.0m (plus $2.0m from March to July each year) three-year line of credit facility 
and a seven-year term loan of $6.5m, both held with Bank of America. 

All bank facilities are operated independently and are therefore not syndicated. The Group’s net debt 
position is monitored daily and reviewed by management on a weekly basis. Further details of the Group’s 
capital management are given in the Financial Review on pages 54 to 60.

Categories of financial instruments
In the following table those financial instruments which are measured subsequent to initial recognition  
at fair value are required to be grouped into levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value  
is observable:

• 

• 

• 

level 1 – fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets 
for identical assets or liabilities;

level 2 – fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included 
within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly 
(i.e. derived from prices); and

level 3 – fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for 
the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Financial assets

Measured at amortised cost:

Trade receivables1

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Amounts owed by subsidiaries

Derivative financial instruments measured at fair 
value through other comprehensive income:

Trade receivables

Derivative financial instruments measured at fair 
value through profit and loss:

Forward currency contracts (level 2)

Group

parent company

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

34,718

478

2,354

–

9

–

37,559

22,420

763

7,260

–

1,109

11

31,563

–

55

2,085

4,086

–

–

–

58

5,206

1,194

–

–

6,226

6,458

1  Trade receivables at amortised cost are shown net of lifetime expected credit losses.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

144

29. FINaNcIal INSTrUMeNTS CONTINUED

Financial liabilities

Measured at amortised cost:

Trade payables

Other creditors

UK bank overdraft

US line of credit

Lease liabilities

Amounts owed to subsidiaries

Revolving credit facilities

US term loan

Derivative financial instruments measured at fair 
value through profit and loss:

Forward currency contracts (level 2)

Group

parent company

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

17,565

4,927

6,174

2,034

396

–

13,000

3,169

10,412

6,269

7,013

–

1,053

–

5,000

3,308

666

47,931

593

33,648

27

429

67

436

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

456

503

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
The estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities is not considered to be significantly different 
from their carrying values.

Financial risk management objectives
The Group and Parent Company collate information from across the business and report to the Board on 
key financial risks. These risks include credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk and currency risk. The 
Group has policies in place, which have been approved by the Board, to manage these risks. The Group 
does not enter into traded financial instruments as the costs involved currently outweigh the risks they 
seek to protect against. Speculative purchases of financial instruments are not made.

Credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in 
financial loss to the Group or Parent Company. The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade 
receivables and details of how this risk is managed are explained in note 18. The credit risk on liquid 
funds is limited because the counterparties are banks with good credit ratings assigned by international 
credit rating agencies as outlined in note 19. The Directors are of the opinion that there are no significant 
concentrations of credit risk. The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, 
which is net of impairment losses, represents the Group and Parent Company’s maximum exposure to 
credit risk.

Liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk refers to the risk that the Group may not be able to fund the day-to-day running of the 
Group. Liquidity risk is reviewed by the Board at all Board meetings. The Group manages liquidity risk 
by monitoring actual and forecast cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and 
liabilities. The Group also monitors the drawdown of debt against the available banking facilities and 
reviews the level of reserves. Liquidity risk management ensures sufficient debt funding is available for the 
Group’s day-to-day needs. Board policy is to maintain a reasonable headroom of unused committed bank 
facilities. The Board also monitors the Group’s banking covenants which are based on total net assets, 
interest cover and net debt to EBITDA ratio, and are calculated under IFRS. There were no breaches 
during the year or prior year.

The Group has a number of debt facilities, details of which, including their terms and maturity profile, 
are given in note 20. The undiscounted contracted maturity profile of the Group’s financial instrument 
liabilities payable at year-end, including interest payments estimated using the prevailing floating rate at 
that date, is as follows:

Group

Non-derivative financial 
instruments:

Trade payables

Other creditors

UK bank overdraft

US line of credit

Revolving credit facilities

US term loan:

– Capital repayments

– Interest repayments

Derivative financial instruments:

Forward currency contracts

Within  
0 to 3 months  

£’000

Within  
3 to 12 months 
 £’000

Within  
1 to 2 years  

£’000

Within  
2 to 5 years  

£’000

Over  
5 years  
£’000

17,565

3,736

6,174

2,034

13,000

207

34

50

–

1,084

–

–

–

620

90

616

–

104

–

–

–

827

87

–

–

3

–

–

–

1,515

65

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Group trade payables and other creditors are not interest-bearing and are all due within one year. All 
financial instruments held by the Parent Company fall due within twelve months, and contractual interest 
due is £nil.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

145

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

29. FINaNcIal INSTrUMeNTS CONTINUED

Interest rate risk management
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on short to medium-term borrowings primarily with two major 
institutions being HSBC and Bank of America. The risk is managed by maintaining borrowings with 
several institutions across a number of currencies, principally US Dollar and Sterling. Long-term financing 
is primarily used to finance long-term capital investment.

The Group has facilities denominated in various currencies, all of which attract floating rate interest. 
Interest on the Group’s UK-based $9.0m unsecured RCF, £7.0m secured RCF and $6.0m overdraft 
facility are charged at SONIA plus 2.25%, SONIA plus 1.20% and Bank of England base rate plus 2.00% 
respectively for borrowings denominated in Sterling. The Group’s US-based $8.0m line of credit and 
$6.5m term loan are both charged at SOFR plus 1.75%. 

The Group’s net cash/(debt) position by currency at year-end, is as follows:

Group

Bank balances:

US Dollars

Sterling

Euro

Other

Overdrafts:

Sterling

Term loans:

US Dollars

lease liabilities:

Sterling

Total net debt

Floating rate financial assets/
(liabilities)

Fixed rate financial liabilities

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

(2,015)

(10,905)

1

93

2,131

(800)

509

420

(6,028)

(7,013)

(3,169)

(3,308)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(22,023)

–

(8,061)

(396)

(396)

(1,053)

(1,053)

Interest rate sensitivity analysis has been performed on the floating rate financial liabilities to illustrate the 
impact on Group profits if interest rates increased or decreased. A 100 bps increase or decrease has been 
used, comprising management’s assessment of reasonably possible changes in interest rates. If interest 
rates had been 100 bps higher or lower, then profit before taxation for the year ended 30 September 
2022 would have decreased or increased as follows:

Group

parent company

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

Impact on profit before tax of 1.00% interest rate 
movement

(314)

(66)

–

–

Foreign currency risk management
Foreign currency risk management occurs at a transactional level on revenues and purchases in foreign 
currencies and at a translational level in relation to the translation of overseas operations. The Group’s 
main foreign exchange risk is the US Dollar. The Group has a risk management strategy with regards to 
the hedging of foreign currency transactions which is approved by the Audit Committee. The policy for 
the UK business is to mitigate foreign currency transactional exposures by managing foreign currency 
borrowings, and by entering into foreign currency forward contracts and options on a rolling basis with the 
aim to provide a hedge on the Group’s margin exposure where both purchases and sales are made in the 
same currencies, and gross revenue exposure where only the selling price is exposed. This is achieved by 
matching the value of the contracts, the hedging instrument, to the expected amount of foreign currency 
margin received in the period, the hedged item.

Where the hedged item and hedging instrument are aligned economically and matched on a 1:1 
ratio, a hedge is considered effective and is accounted for using the principles of hedge accounting. 
Ineffectiveness can occur as a result of a mismatch between the hedged item and instrument, for example 
as a result of credit risk deterioration in the Group or the counterparty’s credit risk, or more likely a 
shortfall in the amount of expected receipts or payments.

Further details of the Group’s foreign currency risk management can be found in the Financial Review on 
pages 54 to 60.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

146

29. FINaNcIal INSTrUMeNTS CONTINUED
Foreign currency contract assets and liabilities are shown under the heading of ‘derivative financial 
instruments’, in current assets and liabilities respectively within the Group balance sheet. The following 
table details the forward and option contracts outstanding at the year-end as well as information regarding 
their related hedged items:

Group – as at 30 September 2022

US Dollars:

average 
contract rate

Nominal 
currency 
‘000

contract 
GBp
£’000

Fair value loss 
£’000

The gain/(loss) recognised in the Groups income statement and the Group statement of comprehensive 
income on cash flow hedges of foreign currency receipts during the year, is as follows:

Group

Revenue

Other comprehensive income

2022
£’000

(2,336)

(23)

(2,359)

2021 
£’000

1,355

(508)

847

Forward contract to sell USD within 4 – 6 months

1.2457

$7,000

5,642

(616)

The reconciliation of the hedging reserve per the statement of changes in equity is as follows:

euros:

Forward contract to sell EUR within 1 – 3 months

1.1661

€2,500

2,144

(50)

(666)

Group

1 October 2020

Group – as at 30 September 2021

US Dollars:

Forward contract to sell USD within 1 – 3 months

Forward contract to sell USD within 4 – 6 months

Forward contract to sell USD within 6 – 9 months

euros:

Forward contract to sell EUR within 1 – 3 months

Forward contract to sell EUR within 4 – 6 months

average 
contract rate

Nominal 
currency 
‘000

contract 
GBp
£’000

Fair value 
(loss)/gains 
£’000

1.413

1.382

1.414

1.157

1.168

$9,000

$9,000

$3,500

€2,500

€1,500

6,369

6,512

2,475

2,160

1,284

(301)

(162)

(123)

11

(7)

(582)

The derivative financial instruments for the foreign currency contracts and options described above are 
all held as cash flow hedges and are classified as level 2. The fair value of the foreign currency contracts 
at the year-end equate to the mark-to-market valuation of the contracts and options. These represent the 
amounts which the Group would expect to pay or receive in order to close these contracts at the balance 
sheet date. 

Fair value movement on: 

– Cash flow hedges of probable future receipts

Transfer from hedging reserve to:

– Profit and loss account

amounts recognised in other comprehensive income

Taxation relating to items above

30 September 2021

Fair value movement on: 

– Cash flow hedges of probable future receipts

Transfer from hedging reserve to:

– Profit and loss account

amounts recognised in other comprehensive income

Taxation relating to items above

30 September 2022

Hedging reserve
£’000

123

847

(1,355)

(508)

93

(292)

(2,359)

2,336

(23)

4

(311)

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

147

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

29. FINaNcIal INSTrUMeNTS CONTINUED
The Group’s currency exposure, being those exposures arising from transactions where the net currency 
gains and losses will be recognised in the income statement, is as follows:

Group – net foreign currency financial assets

US Dollar

Euro

Other

2022
£’000

6,953

2,774

148

9,875

2021 
£’000

1,131

3,587

499

5,217

Group

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits

Fees paid to Non-executive Directors in respect of qualifying services

Employer’s social security costs

Pension contributions to money purchase schemes

Share-based payments charge in respect of qualifying services

2022
£’000

754

417

160

52

351

2021 
£’000

1,166

375

213

63

501

1,734

2,318

A currency sensitivity analysis has been performed on the financial assets and liabilities to sensitivity 
of a 10% increase/decrease in the Sterling to US Dollar and Sterling to Euro exchange rate. A 10% 
strengthening has been used, comprising management’s assessment of reasonably possible changes 
in exchange rates. The impact on profit for the year in the income statement would be a gain on net 
monetary assets or liabilities as follows:

No Directors were members of a defined benefit pension scheme as the scheme was closed to future 
accrual with effect from 31 December 2012. Further details on Directors’ pensions are given in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 96 and 97.

parent company

Transactions with subsidiaries:

Group

Impact of 10% strengthening of US Dollar against Sterling

Impact of 10% strengthening of Euro against Sterling

2022
£’000

773

308

2021 
£’000

126

399

parent company

Interest received from:

  R C Treatt & Co Limited

In management’s opinion the sensitivity analysis is unrepresentative of the inherent foreign exchange risk 
since it is limited only to the year-end exposure and does not reflect the exposure during the year, nor 
does it include the impact of gains or losses that would have occurred on hedging instruments.

Dividends received from:

  R C Treatt & Co Limited

  Treatt USA Inc

30. relaTeD parTY TraNSacTIONS
The following transactions were carried out with related parties:

Group

Remuneration of key management personnel
The remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out 
below in aggregate. Further information about the remuneration of individual Directors is provided in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 95 to 99.

Balances with subsidiaries:

parent company

amounts owed to parent company:

  R C Treatt & Co Limited

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

16

65

2,005

2,829

1,404

2,300

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

4,086

1,194

The Parent Company has guaranteed certain bank borrowings of its subsidiaries as set out in note 29. 
Amounts owed to the Parent Company are unsecured and will be settled in cash. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

31. alTerNaTIVe perFOrMaNce MeaSUreS
The Group reports certain alternative performance measures (APMs) that are not required under IFRS. 
The Group believes that these APMs, when viewed in conjunction with its IFRS financial information, 
provide valuable and more meaningful information regarding the underlying financial and operating 
performance of the Group to its stakeholders.

rOace – statutory measure

Group

Average capital employed2

Profit before taxation

APMs referenced throughout the Annual Report which are not possible to easily derive from the financial 
statements, are shown in the reconciliations below alongside their statutory equivalent measures.

rOace %

return on average capital employed
Adjusted return on average capital employed (ROACE) is considered to be a key performance indicator 
(KPI), and is an APM which enables stakeholders to see the profitability of the business as a function of 
how much capital has been invested in the business. 

In the years to and including the year to 30 September 2020, the equivalent KPI disclosed was return 
on capital employed (ROCE), however the Board decided that ROACE was considered to be a more 
meaningful measure and as such, has been reported in the current and prior financial year. The derivation 
of how the new APM is measured, along with the statutory equivalent measure, and the former measure, 
is shown below:

rOace – apM measure

Group

Total equity

Net debt/(cash)

capital employed

Interim total equity1

Interim net debt/(cash)1

Interim capital employed1

average capital employed2

adjusted operating profit3

rOace %

page reference

115

118

110

2022
£’000

133,850

22,419

156,269

114,988

19,787

134,775

135,486

15,773

11.6%

2021
£’000

106,299

9,114

115,413

95,369

4,468

99,837

101,981

21,346

20.9%

2020
£’000

91,120

(427)

90,693

88,782

(6,067)

82,715

81,519

15,137

18.6%

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

148

page reference

110

page reference

110

2022
£’000

135,486

16,179

11.9%

2022
£’000

156,269

15,773

10.1%

2021
£’000

101,981

19,617

19.2%

2021
£’000

115,413

21,346

18.5%

rOce – former measure

Group

Closing capital employed

Adjusted operating profit3

rOce %

The previous five years’ measure of ROACE can be found in the Key Performance Indicators section,  
on page 20.

Net debt/(cash) to adjusted eBITDa
The net debt/(cash) to adjusted EBITDA ratio is useful to ensure that the level of borrowings in the 
business can be supported by the cashflow in the business, and as it is measured by reference to adjusted 
EBITDA, is considered to be an APM. The derivation of this ratio, along with its statutory equivalent 
measure is shown below:

apM Measure

Group

Profit before taxation

Exceptional items

profit before taxation and exceptional items

Interest receivable

Interest payable

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and 
right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

adjusted eBITDa

Net debt

Net debt to adjusted eBITDa

page reference

110

110

110

110

110

126

126

118

110

2022
£’000

16,179

(923)

15,256

(8)

525

2,476

215

18,464

22,419

1.21

2021
£’000

19,617

1,302

20,919

(12)

439

1,705

93

23,144

9,114

0.39

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

149

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 September 2022

31. alTerNaTIVe perFOrMaNce MeaSUreS CONTINUED

Statutory measure

Group

profit before taxation

Interest receivable

Interest payable

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and 
right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

eBITDa

Net debt

Net debt to eBITDa

page reference

110

110

110

126

126

118

110

2022
£’000

16,179

(8)

525

2,476

215

19,387

22,419

1.16

2021
£’000

19,617

(12)

439

1,705

93

21,842

9,114

0.42

1 

Interim total equity and interim net debt/(cash) for a given year are taken from the unaudited half year condensed financial 
statements made out to 31 March, which can be found on www.treatt.com.

2  Average capital employed for a given year is calculated as the average of the opening, interim and closing capital employed.

3  Adjusted operating profit for ROACE and ROCE purposes is operating profit before exceptional items as defined in the Group 

income statement.

alternative performance measures no longer reported
In the previous financial years, the Group reported free cash flow as an alternative performance measure. 
The measure was calculated as cash generated from operations minus the purchase of property, plant 
and equipment and intangible assets, adjusted to exclude UK relocation costs.

The measure was useful to express Group net cashflows without the distortion of the significant annual 
spend on the UK relocation project. As the capital investment programme nears its conclusion and the 
associated spend reduces, the measure was no longer considered useful.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionOther Information

Notice of Annual General Meeting

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

150

THIS DOcUMeNT IS IMpOrTaNT aND reQUIreS YOUr IMMeDIaTe aTTeNTION. IF YOU are 
IN aNY DOUBT aS TO WHaT acTION TO TaKe YOU are recOMMeNDeD TO cONSUlT YOUr 
STOcKBrOKer, SOlIcITOr, accOUNTaNT Or OTHer INDepeNDeNT aDVISOr aUTHOrISeD 
UNDer THe FINaNcIal SerVIceS aND MarKeTS acT 2000.

If you have sold or transferred all of your ordinary shares in Treatt plc, you should pass this document to 
the person through whom the sale or transfer was made for transmission to the purchaser or transferee.

Notice of the Annual General Meeting (AGM) which has been convened for 27 January 2023 at 10.30am 
at Treatt plc, Skyliner Way, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk, IP32 7FR is set out below. 

prOXY VOTING
Shareholders are requested to complete and submit their proxy appointment online by using the Signal 
Shares share portal service at www.signalshares.com as soon as possible and, in any event, by no later 
than 10.30am on 25 January 2023, being 48 hours before the time appointed for the holding of the 
AGM. To do so, you will need to log in to your Treatt plc Signal Shares account, or register if you have 
not previously done so. To register you will need your Investor Code, which is detailed on your share 
certificate or is available from our registrars, Link Group. For those who hold their shares in uncertificated 
form in CREST, proxy appointments may be made via the CREST system. 

Proxy appointments can also be made by completing a paper proxy form and returning it to Link Group in 
accordance with the instructions printed on the form. If you require a paper proxy form, please contact 
Link Group by email at enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk or by telephone on +44 (0) 371 664 0300*.

*  Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom are charged at the 
applicable international rate. Lines are open 9.00am – 5.30pm Monday to Friday excluding bank holidays in England and Wales.

Notice is hereby given that the AGM of the shareholders of Treatt plc (the Company) will be held at 
Treatt plc, Skyliner Way, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk, IP32 7FR on 27 January 2023, at 10.30am for the 
purpose of considering and, if thought fit, passing the resolutions set out in this notice. Resolutions 1 to 12 
(inclusive) will be proposed as ordinary resolutions. Resolutions 13 to 16 (inclusive) will be proposed as 
special resolutions. 

OrDINarY reSOlUTIONS

resolution 1 – annual accounts and Directors’ report
1.  To receive the audited accounts and related reports of the Directors and auditors for the year ended 

30 September 2022.

Explanatory note
Under the Companies Act 2006 (the ‘Act’) the Directors of the Company must present the accounts to  
the meeting.

resolution 2 – Directors’ remuneration report
2.  To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Explanatory note
The Act requires two resolutions to be put to shareholders on separate sections of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report. The remuneration policy is only required to be approved by shareholders every 
three years or in the intervening period if amendments are proposed. The Company’s remuneration policy 
was approved at the 2022 AGM and accordingly, since no amendments are proposed, it will not be put 
before shareholders at the AGM in 2023. Resolution 2 is an advisory resolution on the Implementation 
Section of the Directors’ Remuneration Report, which details the remuneration packages paid to Directors 
during the year ended 30 September 2022. You can find the Implementation Section of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 92 to 99.

resolution 3 – Final dividend
3. 

 To approve a final dividend of 5.35 pence per share on the ordinary shares of the Company for the 
year ended 30 September 2022.

Explanatory note
A final dividend can only be paid after the shareholders at a general meeting have approved it. A final 
dividend of 5.35 pence per ordinary share is recommended by the Directors for payment to shareholders 
who are on the register of members at the close of business on 3 February 2023. If approved, the date 
of payment of the final dividend will be 16 March 2023. An interim dividend of 2.50 pence per ordinary 
share was paid on 11 August 2022. This represents an increase of 0.35 pence per share, or 4.7%, on the 
total 2021 dividend.

resolutions 4 to 9 – re-election of Directors
4.  To elect Ryan Govender as a Director of the Company.

5.  To elect Christine Sisler as a Director of the Company.

6.  To elect Philip O’Connor as a Director of the Company.

7.  To re-elect Vijay Thakrar as a Director of the Company.

8.  To re-elect Daemmon Reeve as a Director of the Company.

9.  To re-elect David Johnston as a Director of the Company.

Explanatory note
In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and in order to comply with best practice 
under the 2018 Corporate Governance Code, all Directors will retire and stand for election/re-election. 
Short biographies of the Directors are given on pages 70 and 71. Having considered the performance 

Contents Generation – Sub PageOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

151

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED

of, and contribution made, by each of the Directors, the Board remains satisfied that the performance 
of each of the Directors continues to be effective and to demonstrate commitment to the role and, as 
such, recommends their election/re-election, as appropriate. As previously announced, both Tim Jones 
and Yetunde Hofmann are stepping down as Chairman and Non-executive Director respectively at the 
conclusion of the AGM and therefore will not stand for re-election.

resolution 10 – re-appointment of auditors
10.  To re-appoint BDO LLP as auditors of the Company, to hold office from the conclusion of this meeting 

until the conclusion of the next AGM.

Explanatory note
At each general meeting at which the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts are presented to its ordinary 
shareholders, the shareholders are required to appoint an auditor to serve until the next such meeting. 
Following a recommendation by the Audit Committee, the Board is proposing the re-appointment of BDO LLP 
as auditors of the Company. 

resolution 11 – auditor’s remuneration
11.  To authorise the Directors to determine the remuneration of the auditors of the Company.

regulatory or practical difficulties which may arise under the laws of, or the requirements of any 
regulatory body or stock exchange in, any territory or any other matter whatsoever. 

provided that this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the AGM of the Company to be held in 
2024, or at close of business on 27 April 2024 (whichever occurs first) save that the Company may 
before such expiry make an offer or enter into an agreement which would or might require shares 
to be allotted, or rights to subscribe for or to convert securities into shares to be granted, after such 
expiry and the Directors may allot shares or grant such rights in pursuance of such an offer or 
agreement as if the authority conferred hereby had not expired.

Explanatory note
The Company may only allot ordinary shares or grant rights over ordinary shares if authorised to do so by 
shareholders. This resolution seeks to grant authority to the Directors to allot unissued share capital of the 
Company and grant rights to subscribe for, or convert other securities into, shares and will expire at the 
conclusion of the next AGM of the Company in 2024 or, if earlier, on 27 April 2024 (the date which is  
15 months after the date of passing of the resolution). Whilst the Board has no present intention of 
exercising these authorities, the Board believes it is in the best interests of the Company to have these 
authorities so that, if the need arises, the Board can allot securities at short notice and without the need  
to hold a general meeting of the Company.

Explanatory note 
The remuneration of the Company’s auditors must be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such 
manner as the shareholders may determine in general meeting. This resolution gives authority to the 
Directors to determine the remuneration of the auditors of the Company.

The authority in paragraph (a) of the resolution will allow the Directors to allot new shares and grant 
rights to subscribe for, or convert other securities into, shares up to an aggregate nominal value of 
£405,764 (representing approximately one-third (33.33%) of the total issued ordinary share capital of the 
Company as at 22 November 2022, the latest practicable date prior to publication of this Notice).

resolution 12 – authority to allot securities
12.  THAT in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) the Directors be and 
are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot 
shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the 
Company:

(a)  up to an aggregate nominal amount of £405,764 (such amount to be reduced by the nominal amount 

allotted or granted under paragraph (b) below in excess of such sum); and

(b)  comprising equity securities (as defined in Sections 560 of the Act) up to an aggregate nominal 

amount of £811,528 (such amount to be reduced by any allotments or grants made under paragraph 
(a) above) in connection with an offer by way of a rights issue in favour of ordinary shareholders 
in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) to the respective number of ordinary shares held 
by them on the record date for such allotment (and holders of any other class of equity securities 
entitled to participate therein or if the Directors consider it necessary, as permitted by the rights of 
those securities), but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may consider 
necessary or appropriate to deal with fractional entitlements, treasury shares, record dates or legal, 

The authority in paragraph (b) of the resolution will allow the Directors to allot new shares and grant 
rights to subscribe for, or convert other securities into, shares only in connection with a rights issue up 
to an aggregate nominal value of £811,528 (representing approximately two-thirds (66.66%) of the total 
issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 22 November 2022, the latest practicable date prior 
to publication of this Notice) such amount to be reduced by the amount of any relevant securities issued 
under the authority conferred by paragraph (a) of resolution 12.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

152

SpecIal reSOlUTIONS

resolution 13 – authority to disapply pre-emption rights
13.  THAT subject to the passing of resolution 12 above and in accordance with Sections 570 and 573 
of the Act, the Directors be and are hereby given power to allot equity securities (within the meaning of 
Section 560 of the Act) for cash pursuant to the authority conferred by resolution 12 above and to sell 
ordinary shares (as defined in Section 560(1) of the Act) held by the Company as treasury shares for 
cash, as if Section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such power to be limited to 
the allotment of equity securities for cash and the sale of treasury shares:

issue of ordinary shares without a pre-emptive offer to existing shareholders. This cannot be done under 
the Act unless the shareholders have first authorised this.

Resolution 13 asks the shareholders to do this and, apart from rights issues or any other pre-emptive offer 
concerning equity securities, the authority will be limited to the issue of shares for cash up to a maximum 
aggregate nominal value of £121,729 (which includes the sale on a non pre-emptive basis of any shares 
held in treasury), which is equivalent to approximately 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital 
as at 22 November 2022, the latest practicable date prior to publication of this Notice. Shareholders will 
note that this resolution also relates to treasury shares and will be proposed as a special resolution.

(a)  in connection with or pursuant to an offer of, or invitation to acquire, equity securities (but in the case 
of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of resolution 12, by way of a rights issue only) in favour 
of holders of ordinary shares in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the respective number of 
ordinary shares held by them on the record date for such allotment or sale (and holders of any other 
class of equity securities entitled to participate therein or if the Directors consider it necessary, as 
permitted by the rights of those securities) but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as 
the Directors may consider necessary or appropriate to deal with fractional entitlements, treasury 
shares, record dates or legal, regulatory or practical difficulties which may arise under the laws of, or 
the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange in any territory or any other matter; 

(b)  in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (a) of resolution 12 and/or in the case of any sale 
of treasury shares, (and otherwise than under paragraph (a) of this resolution) up to an aggregate 
nominal amount of £121,729; and

(c)  in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (a) of resolution 12 above and/or in the case of 
any sale of treasury shares (and otherwise than under paragraph (a) and (b) of this resolution), up to 
a nominal amount equal to 20% of any allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares from 
time to time under paragraph (b) of this resolution, such authority to be used only for the purposes of 
making a follow-on offer which the Directors determine to be a kind contemplated by paragraph 3 of 
Section 2B of the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published 
by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice, 

provided that this power shall expire at the conclusion of the AGM of the Company to be held in 2024 or at 
close of business on 27 April 2024 (whichever occurs first), save that the Company may before such expiry 
make an offer or enter into an agreement which would or might require equity securities to be allotted, or 
treasury shares to be sold, after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities or sell treasury 
shares in pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

Explanatory note
Under Section 561 of the Act, if the Directors wish to allot any of the unissued shares or grant rights over 
shares or sell treasury shares for cash (other than pursuant to an employee share scheme) they must 
in the first instance offer them to existing shareholders in proportion to their holdings. There may be 
occasions, however, when the Directors will need the flexibility to finance business opportunities by the 

This resolution seeks a disapplication of the pre-emption rights on a rights issue so as to allow the 
Directors to make exclusions or such other arrangements as may be appropriate to resolve legal or 
practical problems which, for example, might arise with overseas shareholders. If given, the authority will 
expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company in 2024 or, if earlier, 27 April 2024 (the date 
which is 15 months after the date of passing of the resolution).

The Directors intend to adhere to the provisions in the Pre-Emption Group’s most recently published 
Statement of Principles in respect of any disapplication of pre-emption rights.

resolution 14 – authority to disapply pre-emption rights for the purposes of acquisitions or 
capital investments
14.  THAT subject to the passing of resolutions 12 and 13 above and in addition to the power granted under 
resolution 13, the Directors be and are hereby given power pursuant to Sections 570 and 573 of the Act 
to allot equity securities (within the meaning of Section 560 of the Act) for cash pursuant to the authority 
conferred paragraph (a) of resolution 12 above and to sell ordinary shares (as defined in Section 560(1) of 
the Act) held by the Company as treasury shares for cash, as if Section 561 of the Act did not apply to any 
such allotment of equity securities for cash and sale of treasury shares, such power to be limited to:

(a)  the allotment of equity securities for cash and sale of treasury shares up to an aggregate nominal 
amount of £121,729; such authority to be used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, 
if the authority is to be used within 12 months after the original transaction) a transaction which 
the Directors have determined to be either an acquisition or specified capital investment of a kind 
contemplated by the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently 
published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this Notice, or for any other purposes as the 
Company in general meeting may at any time by special resolution determine; and

(b)  the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares (otherwise than under paragraph (a) of 
this resolution) up to a nominal amount equal to 20% of any allotment of equity securities or sale 
of treasury shares from time to time under paragraph (a) of this resolution, such authority to be 
used only for the purposes of making a follow-on offer which the Directors determine to be a kind 
contemplated by paragraph 3 of Section 2B of the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-
Emption Rights most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice, 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

153

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED

provided that this power shall expire at the conclusion of the AGM of the Company to be held in 2024 or 
at close of business on 27 April 2024 (whichever occurs first), save that the Company may before such 
expiry make an offer or enter into an agreement which would or might require equity securities to be 
allotted, or treasury shares to be sold, after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities or 
sell treasury shares in pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if the power conferred hereby had  
not expired.

The authority hereby conferred shall expire at the conclusion of the AGM of the Company to be held 
in 2024, or at close of business on 27 April 2024 (whichever occurs first), save that in relation to the 
purchase of ordinary shares the contract for which is concluded before such date and which would or 
might be executed wholly or partly on or after such date, the Company may purchase ordinary shares 
pursuant to any such contract under this authority.

Explanatory note
The purpose of resolution 14 is to seek a further power from shareholders to allot equity securities or sell 
treasury shares for cash otherwise than to existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings to reflect the 
Statement of Principles for the disapplication of pre-emption rights.

Accordingly, resolution 14 will be proposed as a special resolution to grant such a power. The power will 
be limited to the allotment of equity securities and sales of treasury shares for cash up to an aggregate 
nominal value of £121,729, being approximately 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 
22 November 2022, the latest practicable date prior to publication of this Notice. This is in addition to the 
10% referred to in resolution 13. If given, the authority will expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the 
Company in 2024 or, if earlier, 27 April 2024 (the date which is 15 months after the date of passing of the 
resolution). The Directors will have due regard to the Statement of Principles in relation to any exercise 
of this power and in particular they confirm that they intend to use this power only in connection with an 
acquisition or other capital investment (of a kind contemplated by the Statement of Principles from time 
to time) which is announced contemporaneously with the announcement of the issue, or which has taken 
place in the preceding 12 month period and is disclosed in the announcement of the issue.

The Directors have no present intention of exercising these powers but believe that this resolution will 
assist them in taking advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

resolution 15 – authority to purchase own shares
15.  THAT the Company be generally and unconditionally authorised to make market purchases (within the 
meaning of Section 693 of the Act) of up to a maximum of 6,086,456 ordinary shares in the capital of the 
Company, subject to the following conditions:

(a)  the minimum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for an ordinary share is the nominal 

amount of that share; and

(b)  the maximum price which may be paid for an ordinary share so purchased is an amount equal to 5% 
above the average of the middle market quotations shown for an ordinary share in The London Stock 
Exchange Daily Official List on the five business days immediately preceding the day on which that 
ordinary share is purchased.

Explanatory note
In certain circumstances, it may be advantageous for the Company to purchase its own shares and 
resolution 15 seeks the authority from shareholders to continue to do so. The Directors will continue to 
exercise this power only when, in the light of market conditions prevailing at the time, they believe that the 
effect of such purchases will be to increase earnings per share and is in the best interests of shareholders 
generally. Other investment opportunities, appropriate gearing levels and the overall position of the 
Company will be taken into account when exercising this authority.

Any shares purchased in this way will be cancelled and the number of shares in issue will be reduced 
accordingly, save that the Company may hold in treasury any of its own shares that it purchases pursuant 
to the Act and the authority conferred by this resolution. This gives the Company the ability to re-issue 
treasury shares quickly and cost-effectively and provides the Company with greater flexibility in the 
management of its capital base. 

It also gives the Company the opportunity to satisfy employee share scheme awards with treasury shares. 
Once held in treasury, the Company is not entitled to exercise any rights, including the right to attend and 
vote at meetings in respect of the shares. Further, no dividend or other distribution of the Company’s 
assets may be made to the Company in respect of the treasury shares.

The resolution specifies the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be acquired (approximately 
10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 22 November 2022, the latest practicable date 
prior to publication of this Notice) and the maximum and minimum prices at which they may be bought.

The total number of options to subscribe for ordinary shares that were outstanding at 22 November 2022, 
the latest practicable date prior to publication of this Notice, was 729,518. The proportion of issued share 
capital that they represented at that time was 1.20% and the proportion of issued share capital that they 
will represent if the full authority to purchase shares (existing and being sought) is used is 1.33%.

If given, the authority will expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company in 2024 or, if earlier, 
27 April 2024 (the date which is 15 months after the date of passing of the resolution).

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

154

resolution 16 – Notice of general meetings
16.  THAT a general meeting (other than an Annual General Meeting) of the Company may be called on not 
less than 14 clear days’ notice.

Explanatory note
Under the Companies Act 2006, the notice period required for all general meetings of listed companies 
is 21 days; however, it is possible to reduce this period to 14 days (other than for AGMs), provided that 
the following two conditions are met: (i) that a company offers facilities for shareholders to submit proxy 
appointments by electronic means; and (ii) that there is an annual resolution of shareholders approving the 
reduction in the minimum notice period from 21 days to 14 days. This resolution would, if passed, allow 
the Company flexibility to call general meetings, other than AGM, on not less than 14 clear days’ notice. 
This additional flexibility would not be used as a matter of routine for such meetings but would be used 
where the Board considers it appropriate in the circumstances. The approval will be effective until the 
Company’s next AGM, at which meeting it is intended to propose a similar resolution for approval.

By order of the Board 

ryan Govender
Chief Financial Officer & Company Secretary

registered Office:  
Skyliner Way 
Bury St Edmunds  
Suffolk  
IP32 7FR 

15 December 2022 

The note on voting procedures and general rights of shareholders, together with explanatory notes on the 
resolutions to be put to the meeting form part of this Notice.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionOverview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

155

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED

NOTeS ON VOTING prOceDUreS aND GeNeral rIGHTS OF SHareHOlDerS
Only those persons entered in the Register of Members of the Company (the Register) as at close of 
business on 25 January 2023 (the Record Date) shall be entitled to attend or vote at the AGM in respect 
of the number of ordinary shares in the capital of the Company registered in their names at that time. 
Changes to entries on the Register for certificated or uncertificated shares of the Company after the 
Record Date shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the AGM. 
Should the AGM be adjourned to a time no more than 48 hours after the Record Date, that time will 
also apply for the purpose of determining the entitlement of members to attend and vote (and for the 
purpose of determining the number of votes they may cast) at the adjourned AGM. Should the AGM be 
adjourned for a longer period, to be so entitled, members must have been entered on the Register by 
close of business 48 hours prior to the adjourned AGM (excluding weekends and public holidays) or, if the 
Company gives notice of the adjourned AGM, at the time specified in such notice.

Voting at the meeting will be conducted by poll rather than on a show of hands, which the Board believes 
provides a more accurate reflection of shareholder views and takes into account the number of shares 
held by each member. Those shareholders who are unable to attend the meeting should submit a form 
of proxy as detailed below. Shareholders attending the meeting may also wish to vote in advance of the 
meeting by submitting a form of proxy. Members who have done so will not need to vote at the meeting 
unless they wish to change their vote or the way in which the proxy is instructed to vote. It will not be 
possible to vote at the meeting if joining remotely. 

A member entitled to attend and vote at this meeting may appoint a proxy or proxies to attend and vote 
instead of him or her. The proxy need not be a member of the Company. Shareholders are requested 
to complete and submit their proxy appointment online by using the Signal Shares share portal service 
at www.signalshares.com as soon as possible and, in any event, by no later than 10.30am on 25 
January 2023, being 48 hours before the time appointed for the holding of the AGM (or in the case of an 
adjournment, no later than 48 hours (excluding non-business days) before the time fixed for the holding 
of the adjourned meeting). To do so, you will need to log in to your Treatt plc Signal Shares account, or 
register if you have not previously done so. To register you will need your Investor Code, which is detailed 
on your share certificate or is available from our registrars, Link Group.

Proxy appointments can also be made by completing a paper proxy form and returning it to Link Group in 
accordance with the instructions printed on the form. If you require a paper proxy form, please contact 
Link Group by email at enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk or by telephone on +44 (0) 371 664 0300. Calls are 
charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom are 
charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are open 9.00am – 5.30pm Monday to Friday excluding 
bank holidays in England and Wales. Completion and return of a form of proxy will not preclude a member 
from attending and voting in person at the meeting or any adjournment of the meeting.

An abstention option is provided on the form of proxy to enable you to instruct your proxy to abstain on 
any particular resolution, however, it should be noted that an abstention in this way is not a ‘vote’ in law 
and will not be counted in the calculation of the proportion of the votes ‘For’ and ‘Against’ a resolution.

CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment 
service may do so for the AGM to be held on 27 January 2023 and any adjournment(s) of the meeting 
by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual. CREST personal members or other CREST 
sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider(s), should 
refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action 
on their behalf. Please note the following:

(a)  In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the 
appropriate CREST message (a ‘CREST Proxy Instruction’) must be properly authenticated in 
accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s (‘EUI’) specifications and must contain the 
information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, 
regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy or an amendment to the instruction 
given to a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received by 
the issuer’s agent (ID RA10) by the latest time(s) for receipt of proxy appointments specified in this 
notice of the AGM. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by 
the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST applications host) from which the issuer’s agent 
is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this 
time any change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the 
appointee through other means.

(b)  CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note 
that EUI does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal 
system timings and limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. 
It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST 
personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure 
that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to 
ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this 
connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers 
are referred in particular to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the 
CREST system and timings.

(c)  The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in 

regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001. Members may change proxy 
instructions by submitting a new proxy appointment using the methods set out above. Note that the 
cut-off time for receipt of proxy appointments also apply in relation to amended instructions; any 
amended proxy appointment received after the relevant cut-off time will be disregarded.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

156

If you are an institutional investor you may be able to appoint a proxy electronically via the Proximity 
platform, a process which has been agreed by the Company and approved by the Registrar. For further 
information regarding Proxymity, please go to www.proxymity.io. Your proxy must be lodged by 10.30am 
on 25 January 2023 in order to be considered valid or, if the meeting is adjourned, by the time which is 
48 hours before the time of the adjourned meeting. Before you can appoint a proxy via this process you 
will need to have agreed to Proxymity’s associated terms and conditions. It is important that you read these 
carefully as you will be bound by them and they will govern the electronic appointment of your proxy.

Members satisfying the thresholds in Section 338A of the Companies Act 2006 may request the Company 
to include in the business to be dealt with at the AGM any matter (other than a proposed resolution) which 
may properly be included in the business at the AGM. A matter may properly be included in the business at 
the AGM unless (i) it is defamatory of any person or (ii) it is frivolous or vexatious. A request made pursuant 
to this right may be in hard copy or electronic form, must identify the matter to be included in the business, 
must be accompanied by a statement setting out the grounds for the request, must be authenticated by the 
person(s) making it and must be received by the Company no later than six weeks before the date of the AGM.

The right to appoint a proxy does not apply to persons whose shares are held on their behalf by another 
person and who have been nominated to receive communications from the Company in accordance with 
section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 (‘nominated persons’). Nominated persons may have a right 
under an agreement with the registered shareholder who holds the shares on their behalf to be appointed 
(or to have someone else appointed) as a proxy. Alternatively, if nominated persons do not have such a 
right, or do not wish to exercise it, they may have a right under such an agreement to give instructions to 
the person holding the shares as to the exercise of voting rights.

A member of the Company which is a corporation may authorise a person or persons to act as its 
representative(s) at the AGM. In accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 (as amended 
by the Companies (Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations 2009), each such representative may exercise 
(on behalf of the corporation) the same powers as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual 
member of the Company, provided that they do not do so in relation to the same shares. It is therefore no 
longer necessary to nominate a designated corporate representative.

Pursuant to Section 319A of the Companies Act 2006, the Company must cause to be answered at 
the AGM any question relating to the business being dealt with at the AGM which is put by a member 
attending the meeting, except in certain circumstances, including if it is undesirable in the interests of the 
Company or the good order of the meeting that the question be answered or if to do so would involve the 
disclosure of confidential information. 

Members satisfying the thresholds in Section 338 of the Companies Act 2006 may require the Company 
to give, to members of the Company entitled to receive notice of the AGM, notice of a resolution which 
those members intend to move (and which may properly be moved) at the AGM. A resolution may 
properly be moved at the AGM unless (i) it would, if passed, be ineffective (whether by reason of any 
inconsistency with any enactment or the Company’s constitution or otherwise); (ii) it is defamatory of any 
person; or (iii) it is frivolous or vexatious. The business which may be dealt with at the AGM includes a 
resolution circulated pursuant to this right. A request made pursuant to this right may be in hard copy or 
electronic form, must identify the resolution of which notice is to be given, must be authenticated by the 
person(s) making it and must be received by the Company no later than six weeks before the date of  
the AGM.

In accordance with Section 311A of the Companies Act 2006, the contents of this notice of meeting details 
the total number of shares in respect of which members are entitled to exercise voting rights at the 
AGM, the total voting rights members are entitled to exercise at the AGM and, if applicable, any members’ 
statements, members’ resolutions or members’ matters of business received by the Company after the 
date of this notice will be available on the Company’s website www.treatt.com.

As at 22 November 2022 the Company’s issued share capital consists of 60,864,564 ordinary shares. 
The number of shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust and Treatt Share Incentive Plan, under which 
voting rights are waived, is 694,416. The total number of voting rights in the Company as at  
22 November 2022 (the latest practicable date prior to publication of this Notice) is 60,170,148. 

A statement of Directors’ share transactions and copies of their service contracts and the letters of 
appointment of the Non-executive Directors are available for inspection during usual business hours at 
the registered office of the Company from the date of this notice until the close of the AGM (Saturdays, 
Sundays and public holidays excluded). 

Except as provided above, members who wish to communicate with the Company in relation to the 
meeting should do so using the following means:

Calling the Company Secretariat on +44 (0) 1284 702500; 

Emailing the Company Secretariat on Cosec@treatt.com; or

Writing to: The Company Secretariat, Treatt plc, Skyliner Way, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk, IP32 7FR.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionParent Company Information  

and Advisors

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

157

PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION AND ADVISORS

DIrecTOrS

Tim Jones 
Chairman and Non-executive Director

Daemmon reeve
Chief Executive Officer

ryan Govender
Chief Financial Officer

Vijay Thakrar
Senior Independent Non-executive Director and 
Chairman Designate

David Johnston 
Non-executive Director

philip O’connor
Independent Non-executive Director

christine Sisler
Independent Non-executive Director

cOMpaNY SecreTarY

ryan Govender

reGISTereD OFFIce
Skyliner Way,  
Bury St. Edmunds,  
Suffolk, IP32 7FR 

Tel: +44 (0) 1284 702500 

Email: cosec@treatt.com 

WeBSITe
www.treatt.com 

reGISTereD NUMBer 
01568937

aUDIT cOMMITTee

philip O’connor (chair) 

Vijay Thakrar

christine Sisler

reMUNeraTION cOMMITTee

Yetunde Hofmann (chair)

Vijay Thakrar

christine Sisler

NOMINaTION cOMMITTee

Vijay Thakrar (chair)

Daemmon reeve

Yetunde Hofmann

christine Sisler

philip O’connor

JOINT BrOKerS

Investec Bank plc 
30 Gresham Street,  
London, EC2V 7QP 

peel Hunt llp
7th Floor, 
100 Liverpool Street, 
London, EC2M 2AT

pUBlIc relaTIONS
MHp 
4th Floor,  
60 Great Portland Street,  
London, W1W 7RT

aUDITOrS

BDO llp
16 The Havens,  
Ransomes Europark,  
Ipswich, IP3 9SJ

TaX aDVISOrS

KpMG llp 
Botanic House,  
98–100 Hills Road,  
Cambridge, CB2 1JZ

SOlIcITOrS

Greene & Greene Solicitors 
80 Guildhall Street,  
Bury St. Edmunds, 
Suffolk, IP33 1QB

ashurst llp
London Fruit & Wool Exchange,  
1 Duval Square,  
London, E1 6PW

BaNKerS 

HSBc Bank plc
140 Leadenhall Street,  
London, EC3V 4PS  

Bank of america
5th Floor, 101 E. Kennedy Boulevard,  
Tampa, FL 33602

reGISTrarS

link Group
10th Floor, 
Central Square, 
29 Wellington Street, 
Leeds, LS1 4DL

crowe llp 
124 South Florida Avenue, Suite 1,  
Lakeland, Florida 33801-4629

Annual and half year reports are available on the 
Group’s website: www.treatt.com 

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionFinancial Calendar

FINANCIAL CALENDAR

TreaTT plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022

158

FINaNcIal Year 2021/22

Financial year ended 

Results for year announced 

FINaNcIal Year 2022/23

30 September 2022

Interim results to 31 March 2023 announced 

29 November 2022

Interim dividend for 2023 goes ‘ex-dividend’ 

Annual Report and Financial Statements published

15 December 2022

Record date for 2023 interim dividend 

Annual General Meeting 

Final dividend for 2022 goes ‘ex-dividend’ 

Record date for 2022 final dividend 

27 January 2023

Last day for dividend reinvestment plan election 

2 February 2023

3 February 2023

Interim dividend for 2023 paid 

Financial year ended 

Last day for dividend reinvestment plan election 

23 February 2023

Results for year to 30 September 2023 announced 

Final dividend for 2022 paid 

16 March 2023

Final dividend for 2023 paid 

*  These dates are provisional and may be subject to change

9 May 2023*

29 June 2023*

30 June 2023*

20 July 2023*

10 August 2023*

30 September 2023

28 November 2023*

14 March 2024*

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - SectionCBP00019082504183028

Printed by a CarbonNeutral® Company certified to ISO 14001 environmental management system.

Printed on material from well-managed, FSC™ certified forests and other controlled sources.

100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk which complies with RoHS legislation and meets the 
chemical requirements of the Nordic Ecolabel (Nordic Swan) for printing companies, 95% of press 
chemicals are recycled for further use and, on average 99% of any waste associated with this production 
will be recycled and the remaining 1% used to generate energy.

The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international conservation charity, who offset 
carbon emissions through the purchase and preservation of high conservation value land.

Through protecting standing forests, under threat of clearance, carbon is locked-in, that would otherwise 
be released. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionT

r

e

a

T

T

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

2

Treatt plc
Skyliner Way, Bury St. Edmunds, Suffolk IP32 7FR

www.treatt.com 
cosec@treatt.com 
+ 44 (0) 1284 702500

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section